TWI338798B - Display unit with interleaved pixels - Google Patents

Display unit with interleaved pixels Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI338798B
TWI338798B TW96138112A TW96138112A TWI338798B TW I338798 B TWI338798 B TW I338798B TW 96138112 A TW96138112 A TW 96138112A TW 96138112 A TW96138112 A TW 96138112A TW I338798 B TWI338798 B TW I338798B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
color
pixel
pattern
dot
column
Prior art date
Application number
TW96138112A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200846751A (en
Inventor
Hiap L Ong
Original Assignee
Hiap L Ong
Kyoritsu Optronics Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US11/751,539 external-priority patent/US7999900B2/en
Application filed by Hiap L Ong, Kyoritsu Optronics Co Ltd filed Critical Hiap L Ong
Publication of TW200846751A publication Critical patent/TW200846751A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI338798B publication Critical patent/TWI338798B/en

Links

Description

1338798 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 [0003]本發明是有關於一種液晶顯示器(liquid crystal display, LCD),且特別是有關於一種具有大畫素之多域垂 直配向(multi-domain vertically alignment)液晶顯示器,且 此液晶顯示器是製作在平滑的基板上。1338798 IX. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] [0003] The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display (LCD), and more particularly to a multi-domain vertical alignment with a large pixel (multi- A domain display is a liquid crystal display, and the liquid crystal display is fabricated on a smooth substrate.

【先前技術】[Prior Art]

[0004] 液晶顯示器最早是用於如計算機與電子錶之單 色顯示器,而如今已成為顯示科技中的主流,且在電腦顯 示器或電視顯示器產業中,液晶顯示器均已取代了陰極射 線管(cathode ray tube, CRT)。此外,許多液晶顯示器的缺 點也已被克服而改善液晶顯示器的品質。舉例來說,相較 於被動陣列驅動顯示而言,主動陣列驅動顯示可降低殘影 現象(ghosting),並可提升解析度、色階、視角、對比度以 及反應時間。 [0005] 然而,傳統液晶顯示器的主要缺點在於窄視角 與低對比度,甚至主動陣列驅動顯示的視角仍遠小於陰極 射線管的視角。具體而言,當位於液晶顯示器正前方的觀 眾收看到高品質的影像時,位於液晶顯示器兩側的其他觀 眾便無法收看到高品質的影像。因此,多域垂直配向液晶 顯示器便應運而生來提升液晶顯示器的視角和對比度。圖 1(a)〜1(c)繪示垂直配向液晶顯示器100之畫素的基本機 能,而為求圖示清楚,圖1之液晶顯示器僅繪示單一領域 (domain)。再者,圖1(a)〜l(c)(以及圖2)之液晶顯示器是 1338798 在描述灰階操作的作動方式。 [麵6]'夜晶顯示器1⑻包括第-偏振片105、第-基板 110、第一電極120、第一配向層125、多個液晶130、第 二配向層14G、第二電極145、第二基板15()以及第二偏振 片丨55。一般而言,第一基板與第二基板150是由透 明f璃所構成’且第-電極】2〇與第二電極145是由如銦 錫氧化物(Indium Tin 0xide)之透明導電材質所構成。第一 配向層125與第二配向㉟140通常是由聚亞醯胺(p〇lyimide, PI)所構成’並在靜態下可使液晶130垂直排列。當操作時, 光源(树示)會從[偏振4 1G5下方發^束,其中第 一,振片105是貼附在第一基板11〇上。第一偏振片ι〇5 通常會以第一方向偏振化,而第一偏振片1〇5與第二偏振 片二55的偏振方向會相互垂直,且第二偏振4 155是貼附 ,第-基板15G上。所以’光源發出的光束無法同時穿越 第偏振片105與第二偏振片155,除非光束的偏振方向 被旋轉90。*至第一偏振片105與第二偏振片155的偏振 f向之間。為求清楚表示,圖中僅繪示少量的液晶,而在 實際上’液晶是有如柱狀之分子結構,其中液晶直徑約為 且液晶長度約為2〇A〜25A。所以,在一個長、 見ΙΟΟμιη、高3μηι的畫素區域,約有超過一千萬個液晶 子於其中。 [0007]在圖1(a)中,液晶13〇是垂直排列,且在垂直排 列下的液晶130並不會旋轉光源的偏振方向,所以光源發 出的光束無法通過液晶顯示器100。然而’如圖1(b)所^/, 當施加電場於第一電極12〇與第二電極145之間時,液f 1338798 130會重新定向至傾斜姿態。在傾斜姿態下的液晶會將通 過第一偏振片105之偏振光的偏振方向旋轉9(Γ ,而使得[0004] Liquid crystal displays were originally used in monochrome displays such as computers and electronic watches, and have now become the mainstream in display technology, and in the computer display or television display industry, liquid crystal displays have replaced cathode ray tubes (cathode). Ray tube, CRT). In addition, the shortcomings of many liquid crystal displays have been overcome to improve the quality of liquid crystal displays. For example, active array driven displays reduce ghosting and improve resolution, color scale, viewing angle, contrast, and response time compared to passive array driven displays. [0005] However, the main disadvantages of conventional liquid crystal displays are narrow viewing angles and low contrast, and even the viewing angle of the active array driving display is much smaller than that of the cathode ray tube. Specifically, when a viewer located directly in front of the liquid crystal display receives high-quality images, other viewers located on both sides of the liquid crystal display cannot receive high-quality images. Therefore, multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays have emerged to enhance the viewing angle and contrast of liquid crystal displays. 1(a) to 1(c) illustrate the basic functions of the pixels of the vertical alignment liquid crystal display 100, and for clarity of illustration, the liquid crystal display of Fig. 1 shows only a single domain. Furthermore, the liquid crystal display of Figures 1(a)-1(c) (and Figure 2) is 1338798 which describes the manner in which grayscale operations are performed. [Face 6] The night crystal display 1 (8) includes a first polarizing plate 105, a first substrate 110, a first electrode 120, a first alignment layer 125, a plurality of liquid crystals 130, a second alignment layer 14G, a second electrode 145, and a second The substrate 15 () and the second polarizer 55. Generally, the first substrate and the second substrate 150 are made of transparent glass and the first electrode and the second electrode 145 are made of a transparent conductive material such as indium tin oxide (Indium Tin 0xide). . The first alignment layer 125 and the second alignment layer 35140 are typically composed of polyplyimide (PI) and allow the liquid crystals 130 to be vertically aligned under static conditions. When operating, the light source (tree) will be beamed from [polarization 4 1G5, where first, the diaphragm 105 is attached to the first substrate 11A. The first polarizer ι 5 is generally polarized in a first direction, and the polarization directions of the first polarizer 1 〇 5 and the second polarizer 255 are perpendicular to each other, and the second polarizer 4 155 is attached, the first - On the substrate 15G. Therefore, the light beam emitted by the light source cannot pass through the first polarizing plate 105 and the second polarizing plate 155 at the same time unless the polarization direction of the light beam is rotated by 90. * To the polarization f of the first polarizing plate 105 and the second polarizing plate 155. For the sake of clarity, only a small amount of liquid crystal is shown in the drawing, and in fact, the liquid crystal has a columnar molecular structure in which the liquid crystal diameter is about and the liquid crystal length is about 2 Å to 25 Å. Therefore, in a long, see ιμιη, high 3μηι pixel area, there are more than 10 million liquid crystals in it. In Fig. 1(a), the liquid crystals 13A are vertically aligned, and the liquid crystal 130 in the vertical arrangement does not rotate the polarization direction of the light source, so that the light beam emitted from the light source cannot pass through the liquid crystal display 100. However, as shown in Fig. 1(b), when an electric field is applied between the first electrode 12A and the second electrode 145, the liquid f 1338798 130 is redirected to the tilting posture. The liquid crystal in the tilting attitude rotates the polarization direction of the polarized light passing through the first polarizing plate 105 by 9 (Γ)

光束可以穿越第二偏振片I55。液晶倾斜的程度是正比於 電場強度1並用來控制通過液晶顯示器的光量(即畫素的亮 度)。一般而言,單一個薄膜電晶體(thin'fiim-transistor, TFT) 是對應配置於單一畫素中。但是在彩色顯示下,單一個的 薄膜電晶體是對應配置於如紅藍綠之單一顏色分量(c〇l〇r component)中。 [0008] 然而,對在不同視角觀看液晶顯示器loo的觀 眾而言,其觀看到的光束益非均勻。如圖1(c)所示,因為 液晶130寬邊(將光偏振方勿旋轉)是正對偏左的觀眾172, 所以觀眾172會看到全亮的畫素。此外,因為液晶130寬 邊是部份正對中間的觀眾I74 ’所以觀眾174可看到灰階 的晝素。相對地,因為液晶130寬邊幾乎沒有正對偏右的 觀眾176,所以觀眾176會看到全暗的晝素。The light beam can pass through the second polarizing plate I55. The degree of tilt of the liquid crystal is proportional to the electric field strength 1 and is used to control the amount of light passing through the liquid crystal display (i.e., the brightness of the pixels). In general, a single thin film transistor (thin'fiim-transistor, TFT) is correspondingly arranged in a single pixel. However, in color display, a single thin film transistor is correspondingly disposed in a single color component (c〇l〇r component) such as red, blue and green. [0008] However, for viewers who view the liquid crystal display loo at different viewing angles, the beam benefits they view are not uniform. As shown in Fig. 1(c), since the wide side of the liquid crystal 130 (the polarization of the light is not rotated) is the viewer 172 facing the left, the viewer 172 will see the full bright pixel. In addition, since the wide side of the liquid crystal 130 is a portion of the viewer I74' facing the middle, the viewer 174 can see the grayscale pixels. In contrast, since the wide side of the liquid crystal 130 has almost no right-to-right viewer 176, the viewer 176 will see a full dark pixel.

[0009] 多域垂直配向液晶顯示器之發展便是用來提升 單域(single-domain)垂直配向液晶顯示器之視角過小的問 題。圖2繪示多域垂直配向液晶顯示器(MVA LCD)200中 的單一畫素。多域垂直配向液晶顯示器200包括第一偏振 片205、第一基板210、第一電極220、第一配向層225、 多個液晶235、237、多個突起物(Protrusion)260、第二配向 層240、第二電極245、第二基板250以及第二偏振片255 ’ 其中液晶235構成畫素的第一領域,而液晶237構成畫素 的第二領域。當施加電場於第一電極220與第二電極245 之間時,突起物260會使液晶235與液晶237往不同的方[0009] The development of multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays is a problem for improving the viewing angle of a single-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display. 2 illustrates a single pixel in a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display (MVA LCD) 200. The multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 200 includes a first polarizing plate 205, a first substrate 210, a first electrode 220, a first alignment layer 225, a plurality of liquid crystals 235, 237, a plurality of protrusions 260, and a second alignment layer. 240, the second electrode 245, the second substrate 250, and the second polarizing plate 255', wherein the liquid crystal 235 constitutes the first field of pixels, and the liquid crystal 237 constitutes the second field of pixels. When an electric field is applied between the first electrode 220 and the second electrode 245, the protrusion 260 causes the liquid crystal 235 and the liquid crystal 237 to be different from each other.

SS

J 1 1338798J 1 1338798

向傾倒。如此一來,偏左的觀眾272所看到的左邊領域(液 晶235)會如暗點,而右邊領域(液晶237)會如亮點。此外, 中間的觀眾274會看到的兩個灰階的領域。相對地,偏右 的觀眾276所看到的左邊領域(液晶235)會如亮點,而右邊 領域(液晶237)會如暗點。無論如何,由於個別晝素的區域 均非常微小,所以對此三個觀眾而言,其感受到畫素的狀 態均為灰階的效果。如前所述,液晶傾斜的程度是取決於 第一電極220與第二電極245之間的電場強度,而觀眾所 感受到灰階程度便直接與液晶傾斜的程度有關。多域垂直 配向液晶顯示器亦可推廣到使用四個領域,以將單一畫素 分割為四個領域,而使在垂直與水平方向均可提供對稱之 廣視角效果。Dumped. As a result, the left field (liquid crystal 235) seen by the left viewer 272 will be like a dark spot, while the right field (liquid crystal 237) will be like a bright spot. In addition, the middle viewer 274 will see the two grayscale fields. In contrast, the left-hand field (liquid crystal 235) seen by the right-right viewer 276 will be a bright spot, while the right field (liquid crystal 237) will be a dark spot. In any case, since the areas of individual elements are very small, the three viewers feel that the state of the pixels is grayscale. As described above, the degree of tilt of the liquid crystal depends on the electric field intensity between the first electrode 220 and the second electrode 245, and the degree to which the viewer perceives the gray scale is directly related to the degree of tilt of the liquid crystal. Multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays can also be extended to use four fields to divide a single pixel into four fields, providing a wide viewing angle of symmetry in both vertical and horizontal directions.

[0 010 ]儘管多域垂直配向液晶顯示器可以提供對稱之 廣視角效果,然而,多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的製作成本 卻是非常昂貴。這主要原因便是要在上、下基板製作突起 物是很困難的,旦上、下基板的突起物要精確對位亦是非 常困難,特別是下基板的一個突起物必須要能精確對準於 上基板的兩個突起物中間。此外,銦錫氧化物溝槽(ITO slit) 是另外一種用於基板上產生實體形貌(physical feature)的 技術手段,而其可取代突起物或是與突起物結合。然而, 銦錫氧化物溝槽的製作成本亦非常昂貴。再者,無論是突 起物或是銦錫氧化物溝槽,其均會阻擋光束通過而降低多 域垂直配向液晶顯示器的亮度。所以,一種適用於多域垂 直配向液晶顯示器之方法或系統是非常有必要的,其中此 方法或系統必須要能夠不用製作如突起物或是銦錫氧化物 5 )· 1338798 溝槽之實體形貌’且亦不需要超精準的將上、下基板對位 組裝。 【發明内容】[0 010] Although the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display can provide a symmetrical wide viewing angle effect, the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display is very expensive to manufacture. The main reason for this is that it is very difficult to make protrusions on the upper and lower substrates. It is also very difficult to accurately align the protrusions of the upper and lower substrates, especially a protrusion of the lower substrate must be accurately aligned. In the middle of the two protrusions of the upper substrate. In addition, an indium tin oxide trench (ITO slit) is another technique for creating a physical feature on a substrate that can be substituted for or combined with a protrusion. However, the fabrication cost of indium tin oxide trenches is also very expensive. Furthermore, whether it is a bump or an indium tin oxide trench, it blocks the passage of the light beam and reduces the brightness of the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display. Therefore, a method or system suitable for a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display is necessary, wherein the method or system must be able to form a solid shape of a trench such as a protrusion or indium tin oxide 5)·1338798 'And it is not necessary to super-precise the alignment of the upper and lower substrates. [Summary of the Invention]

[0011] 有鑑於此’本發明提供一種多域垂直配向液晶 顯示器’而其無需製作突起物或是銦錫氧化物溝槽,所以 依據本發明而製作的多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的成本會比 習知之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器來的便宜。具體而言,依 據本發明一實施例之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器可將單一畫 素分割成多個顏色分量,而每個顏色分量再被分割成多個 顏色質點(color dot)。這些顏色質點的排列方式是用來增強 邊緣電場(fringe field),其中每一顏色質點與其相鄰的顏色 貝點分別具有不同的電極性(eIectr丨cal p〇larity)。因此,在 任一顏色質點中的邊緣電場會造成此顏色質點之液晶往不 同方向傾倒而形成多域的效果。[0011] In view of the fact that the present invention provides a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display without the need to fabricate protrusions or indium tin oxide trenches, the cost of a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display fabricated in accordance with the present invention is comparable. The multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display is conventionally cheap. In particular, a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display according to an embodiment of the present invention can divide a single pixel into a plurality of color components, and each color component is further divided into a plurality of color dots. These color dots are arranged to enhance the fringe field, where each color dot has a different electrode polarity (eIectr丨cal p〇larity) from its adjacent color point. Therefore, the fringe electric field in any color particle causes the liquid crystal of the color dot to fall in different directions to form a multi-domain effect.

[0012] 舉例而言,在本發明之某些實施例中,畫素包 括第一組顏色質點與第二組顏色質點,其中第一組顏色質 點與第二組顏色質點分別具有第一質點極性(d〇t p〇larity) 與第二質點極性,且這些具有第一質點極性以及第二質點 極性之顏色質點是排列成為西洋棋盤圖案(checkerb〇ard pattern)。舉例而言,在本發明之一實施例中,畫素包括多 個顏色分量(color component),其中具有第一質點極性的顏 色質點是包含於第-顏色分量與第三顏色分量,而具有第 二質點極性的顏色質點是包含於第二顏色分量。 [0013] 在本發明大多數的實施例中,相異質點極性所 1338798 ' 構成的西洋棋盤圖案會使得每一顏色質點具有多個液晶頜 . 域,特別是在每一顏色質點的邊緣電場會藉由相鄰畫素之 中相異的質點極性而增強。增強的邊緣電場會造成顏色質 點中的液晶重新定向以及往不同方向傾倒而形成多域的效 果。 [〇〇 14]為了要在整個顯示晝面中設計由顏色質點構成 的西洋棋盤圖案’則需要利用到畫素圖樣(pixel design)間不 同的排列配置。舉例而言,在本發明之一實施例中,顯示 器包括多個對應奇數列的畫素以及多個對應偶數列的畫 素。對應奇數列的畫素可為第一畫素圖樣,並以第一質點 極ϋ圖案與第二質點極性圖案反覆交替排列。對應偶數列 的畫素亦為第-畫素圖樣,亦以第一質點極性圖案與第二 質點極性圖案反覆交替排列。在本發明之另一實施例中, 對應偶數列的畫素可為第二畫素圖樣,並以第一質點極性 ,,與第二質點極性圖案反覆交替排列。在本發明之其他 貝方匕^中,备每一行中的畫素是由質點極性圖案反覆交替 排列寸母列上的晝素可為相同的質點極性圖案。這些 f素的排列方式是取決於特定之畫素圖樣,且會被顏色^ mcobr distnbuti〇n),x^t|±^^(electrical distributi〇n) 更明讓本發明之上述和其他目的、额和優點能 更月.4易f重,下文特舉較佳實施例,並配合所 詳細說明如下。 式作 【實施方式】 1338798[0012] For example, in some embodiments of the present invention, a pixel includes a first set of color dots and a second set of color dots, wherein the first set of color dots and the second set of color dots respectively have a first dot polarity (d〇tp〇larity) is opposite to the second particle point, and these color dots having the first particle polarity and the second particle polarity are arranged in a checkerb〇ard pattern. For example, in an embodiment of the present invention, a pixel includes a plurality of color components, wherein a color dot having a first particle polarity is included in the first color component and the third color component, and has a The color point of the second particle polarity is included in the second color component. [0013] In most embodiments of the present invention, the heterogeneous dot polarity 1338798' constitutes a checkerboard pattern that causes each color particle to have multiple liquid crystal jaws. The domain, especially at the edge of each color particle, will It is enhanced by the polarity of the different particle points in adjacent pixels. The enhanced fringe field causes the liquid crystals in the color dots to be redirected and dumped in different directions to form a multi-domain effect. [〇〇 14] In order to design a checkerboard pattern composed of color dots in the entire display surface, it is necessary to use different arrangement configurations between pixel designs. For example, in one embodiment of the invention, the display includes a plurality of pixels corresponding to odd columns and a plurality of pixels corresponding to even columns. The pixels corresponding to the odd columns may be the first pixel pattern, and are alternately arranged in a pattern of the first dot pattern and the second dot polarity pattern. The pixel corresponding to the even column is also a first-pixel pattern, and is also alternately arranged in a pattern in which the first dot polarity pattern and the second dot polarity pattern are repeated. In another embodiment of the present invention, the pixels corresponding to the even columns may be the second pixel pattern and are alternately arranged in a reverse polarity with the second dot polarity pattern with the first particle polarity. In the other aspects of the present invention, the pixels in each row are alternately arranged by the dot polarity pattern, and the elements on the mother column can be the same particle polarity pattern. The arrangement of these elements is determined by the specific pixel pattern and will be more clearly defined by the color ^ mcobr distnbuti〇n), x^t|±^^(electrical distributi〇n), The amount and advantages can be more monthly. The following is a detailed description of the preferred embodiment, and the detailed description is as follows. Formula [Embodiment] 1338798

[0048] 如前所述’由於習知技藝必須要製作如突起物 或是銦錫氧化物溝槽之實體形貌,以於每個畫素中達成多 域的效果’所以習知之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的製作^ 本非常昂貴 '然而,依據本發明概;之多域垂直配=液晶 顯示器是利用邊緣電場以產生多域的效果,並且不需要於 基板上設置如突起物或是銦錫氧化物溝槽之實體形二。再 者’當不需要J些實體形貌後,習知技藝中需要精準地將 上下基板上的實體形貌對位組裝的困難亦可一併消除。所 以’相較於習知之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器而言,依據本 發明之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器具有較高的良率與較低的 製作成本。[0048] As mentioned above, 'there is a need to make a solid shape such as a protrusion or an indium tin oxide trench to achieve a multi-domain effect in each pixel', so the conventional multi-domain vertical The fabrication of the alignment liquid crystal display is very expensive. However, according to the present invention, the multi-domain vertical alignment = liquid crystal display utilizes a fringe electric field to produce a multi-domain effect, and does not need to be provided with protrusions or indium tin on the substrate. The solid shape of the oxide trench is two. Furthermore, when it is not necessary to have some physical features, the difficulty in accurately assembling the physical topography on the upper and lower substrates in the conventional art can be eliminated. Therefore, the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display according to the present invention has higher yield and lower fabrication cost than the conventional multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display.

[0049] 圖3(a)與3(b)繪示依據本發明之多域垂直配向 液晶顯示器300之基本概念,其中多域垂直配向液晶顯示 器300並不需要藉助基板上的實體形貌便可達成多域的效 果。具體而言’在圖3(a)與3(b)中,畫素310、320、330 是位於第一基板305與第二基板355之間。第一偏振片302 是貼附在第一基板305上,而第二偏振片357是貼附在第 二基板355上。畫素310包括第一電極31】、液晶312、313 以及第二電極315 ’而畫素320包括第一電極321、液晶 322'323以及第二電極325,且晝素330包括第一電極33卜 液晶332、333以及第二電極335,其中這些電極主要是由 如銦錫氧化物之透明導電材料所構成。再者,第一配向層 307覆盍於第一基板305上的電極。類似地,第二配向層 352覆蓋於第二基板355上的電極。第一配向層307與第 二配向層352均可使液晶垂直配向。更詳細而言,第二電 1338798 極315、325、335是維持在公用電壓(common voltage)V__C〇m ’所以為求製作方便,第二電極3|5、325、 335可被设计為單-結構(如圖3⑻與聊斤示多域垂直 配向液晶顯示H 300是利用交替的極性而操作晝素31〇、 320、330。舉例而言,卷全主 田a素31〇、330的極性為正時,則3(a) and 3(b) illustrate the basic concept of a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 300 in accordance with the present invention, wherein the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 300 does not require the physical topography on the substrate. Achieve multi-domain effects. Specifically, in Figs. 3(a) and 3(b), the pixels 310, 320, and 330 are located between the first substrate 305 and the second substrate 355. The first polarizing plate 302 is attached to the first substrate 305, and the second polarizing plate 357 is attached to the second substrate 355. The pixel 310 includes a first electrode 31, a liquid crystal 312, 313, and a second electrode 315', and the pixel 320 includes a first electrode 321, a liquid crystal 322'323, and a second electrode 325, and the halogen 330 includes a first electrode 33. The liquid crystals 332, 333 and the second electrode 335, wherein the electrodes are mainly composed of a transparent conductive material such as indium tin oxide. Furthermore, the first alignment layer 307 is overlying the electrodes on the first substrate 305. Similarly, the second alignment layer 352 covers the electrodes on the second substrate 355. Both the first alignment layer 307 and the second alignment layer 352 can vertically align the liquid crystal. In more detail, the second electric 1338798 poles 315, 325, 335 are maintained at a common voltage V__C〇m ', so for convenience of fabrication, the second electrodes 3|5, 325, 335 can be designed as single- The structure (as shown in Fig. 3 (8) and the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display H 300 is operated by alternating polarities 31 〇, 320, 330. For example, the polarity of the volume main field a prime 31 〇, 330 is Timing, then

旦素320的極性即為負。相反地,當畫素則、別的極性 為負時,則晝素320的極性即為正…般而言,每個畫素 的極性會在圖框(frame)之間切換,但是這些交替極性所構 成的圖案在單"個圖框時間内是會維持不變。在圖3⑻ 中,畫素310、320、330是處於”關閉,,狀態,亦即這些第 一與第二電極之間的電場是被關閉。不過在,,關閉”狀態 下,仍有部份殘留電場會分佈於第一與第二電極之間。然 而,這些殘留電場的強度-般均不m夜晶傾倒。 [0050]在圖3(b)中,晝素31〇、32〇、33〇是處於”開啟”The polarity of the denier 320 is negative. Conversely, when the pixel and other polarities are negative, the polarity of the pixel 320 is positive. In general, the polarity of each pixel switches between frames, but these alternating polarities The pattern formed will remain unchanged for a single frame time. In Fig. 3(8), the pixels 310, 320, 330 are in the "off, state, that is, the electric field between the first and second electrodes is turned off. However, in the "off" state, there are still some parts. The residual electric field is distributed between the first and second electrodes. However, the strength of these residual electric fields is generally not m-plated. [0050] In FIG. 3(b), the pixels 31〇, 32〇, 33〇 are at "on"

狀態,且”+’’與是用來標示電極的充電狀態,亦即第一 電極311、331是處於充正電的狀態,而第一電極32丨是處 於充負電的狀態。需特別說明的是,充電極性是定義為相 對於公用電壓V—Com而言,其中當第二基板355與第二電 極315、325、335是維持在公用電壓v—c〇m時,正極性是 表示第一電極的電位大於公用電壓v—c〇m,而負極性是表 示第一電極的電位小於公用電壓v_c〇m。第一電極321與 第二電極325之間的電場327(圖中以電力線表示)會使得液 晶322、323傾倒。一般而言,當沒有突起物或是其他實體 形貌時,僅依靠第一配向層307或第二配向層352而垂直 配向的液晶並不會有固定的傾倒方向。然而,在畫素邊緣 :::a 13 1338798 處的邊緣電場可絲控制液晶的傾倒方向。舉例而言,第 一電極321與第二電極325之間的電場327在晝素伽中 間f是呈垂直狀態’而在畫素32〇偏左處是呈偏左傾斜的 狀態且在晝素320偏右處是呈偏右傾斜的狀態。如此一 來,第-電極321與第二電極325之間的邊緣電場會使液 晶323向右傾倒而形成一個領域,並使液晶您向左傾倒 而形成另一個領域。所以,晝素320即為多域的畫素,並 具有對稱之廣視角效果。 β’ι]類似地’第一電極3"與第二電極315之間的 電場(未繪示)亦會產生邊緣電場的效果,使晝素310右方 之液晶313重新定向而向右傾倒,並使畫素31〇左方之液 晶312向左傾倒。類似地,第一電極331與第二電極幻5 之間的電場(未繪示)亦會產生邊緣電場的效果,使畫素33〇 右方之液晶333向右傾倒,並使晝素33〇左方之液晶332 向左傾倒。 [0052] 相郴畫素間交替的極性可增強每個畫素的邊緣 電場效應。因此,藉由在列方向的畫素(或行方向的畫素) 之間重複交替紐_案,即可不需設置實體形貌便達成 多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的效果。更進一步而t,交替極 性的西洋棋盤圖案可用於在每個晝素中形成四個領域。 [0053] —般而言,邊緣電場效應是相對較小且較弱, 因此當畫素㈣較大時,位於晝素邊緣處的邊緣電場便不 足以傳到旦素_的所有液晶。如此一來,在大晝素中,沒 有靠近晝素邊緣處的液晶便會呈現隨機傾倒的狀態,以致 於無法產生多域畫素的效果。一般而言,當畫素大到約 1338798 40-6(^m時,畫素的邊緣電場便無法有效控制液晶的傾倒 方向。所以對於大畫素的液晶顯示器而言,一種新的畫素 分割方式便可用於使畫素遠成多域效果。The state, and "+" is used to indicate the state of charge of the electrodes, that is, the first electrodes 311, 331 are in a positively charged state, and the first electrode 32 is in a negatively charged state. Yes, the charging polarity is defined as being relative to the common voltage V_Com, wherein when the second substrate 355 and the second electrodes 315, 325, 335 are maintained at the common voltage v-c〇m, the positive polarity is indicative of the first The potential of the electrode is greater than the common voltage v-c〇m, and the negative polarity means that the potential of the first electrode is less than the common voltage v_c〇m. The electric field 327 between the first electrode 321 and the second electrode 325 (indicated by the power line in the figure) The liquid crystals 322, 323 are tilted. In general, when there are no protrusions or other solid topography, the liquid crystal vertically aligned by the first alignment layer 307 or the second alignment layer 352 does not have a fixed tilting direction. However, the fringe electric field at the pixel edge:::a 13 1338798 can control the tilting direction of the liquid crystal. For example, the electric field 327 between the first electrode 321 and the second electrode 325 is in the middle of the pixel In a vertical state' while in pixel 32 The left side is in a state of being tilted to the left and is inclined to the right at the right side of the pixel 320. Thus, the fringe electric field between the first electrode 321 and the second electrode 325 causes the liquid crystal 323 to the right. Pour down to form a field, and make the liquid crystal tilt to the left to form another field. Therefore, the Alizarin 320 is a multi-domain pixel with a symmetrical wide viewing angle effect. β'ι] Similarly to the 'first electrode The electric field (not shown) between the 3" and the second electrode 315 also produces the effect of the fringing electric field, so that the liquid crystal 313 on the right side of the alizarin 310 is redirected to the right, and the liquid crystal on the left side of the pixel 31〇 312 is tilted to the left. Similarly, the electric field (not shown) between the first electrode 331 and the second electrode 5 also produces an edge electric field effect, so that the liquid crystal 333 on the right side of the pixel 33 倾 is tilted to the right, and The liquid crystal 332 on the left side of the pixel 33〇 is tilted to the left. [0052] The alternating polarity between the pixels can enhance the fringe field effect of each pixel. Therefore, by the pixel in the column direction (or the row direction) Repeat the alternating _ case between the pixels, you can set the solid shape The effect of a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display is achieved. Further, t, alternating polarity checkerboard patterns can be used to form four fields in each element. [0053] In general, the fringe field effect is relatively small. And weaker, so when the pixel (4) is larger, the fringe electric field at the edge of the pixel is not enough to pass all the liquid crystals of the denier. Thus, in the large alizarin, there is no near the edge of the alizarin. The liquid crystal will appear in a state of random dumping, so that the effect of multi-domain pixels cannot be produced. Generally, when the pixel is as large as about 1338798 40-6 (^m, the fringe electric field of the pixel cannot effectively control the liquid crystal. Dumping direction. Therefore, for a large pixel liquid crystal display, a new pixel segmentation method can be used to make the pixel far into a multi-domain effect.

[0054]關於彩色液晶顯示器的具體構造而言’晝素通 常會分割成為數個顏色分量(c〇l〇r comPonent)。每個顏色分 量是由一個獨立的開關元件所控制’而此開關元件可為薄 膜電晶體(thin-film transistor)。一般而言,這些顏色分量即 為紅、綠與藍。根據本發明的概念,單一晝素中的各個顏 色分量更可再分割成為數個顏色質點(co丨0r dot)。圖4(3)繪 示依據本發明一實施例之一種新穎的畫素圖樣。具體而 言,圖4(a)中的晝素圖樣400是被分割成為三個顏色分量, 而每個顏色分量更進一步被分割成為三個顏色質點。為求 清楚表示,這些顏色質點是標示為CD_X_Y,其中X為顏 色分量的序號(對畫素圖樣400而言為1〜3),而Y為顏色 質點的序號(對畫素圖樣400而言為1〜3),亦即晝素圖樣 4〇〇是由九個顏色質點所構成。顏色質點CD_1_1(即為第 一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點、CD_2_1(即為第二顏色分 量之第一個顏色質點)、CD_3—1(即為第三顏色分量之第一 個顏色質點)構成晝素圖樣400的第一列。水平鄰接的顏色 質點是間隔一個水平質點間距(horizontal dot spacing, HDS) ’且水平質點間距HDS的大小通常是取決於製程設 備的準確度而約為2-5μιη。在本發明之一實施例中,顏色 質點寬度卜〇丨(^(1〇1认丨仙,€〇%)為4(^1^,而水平質點間距 HDS 為 2μπι。顏色質點 CDj、CDj2—2、CD_3_2 構成 畫素圖樣400的第一列。不過’第二列偏移(offset)第一列 1338798Regarding the specific configuration of the color liquid crystal display, the pixel is usually divided into a plurality of color components (c〇l〇r comPonent). Each color component is controlled by a separate switching element and the switching element can be a thin-film transistor. In general, these color components are red, green and blue. According to the concept of the present invention, each color component in a single pixel can be further divided into a plurality of color dots (co丨0r dot). Figure 4 (3) depicts a novel pixel pattern in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the pixel pattern 400 in Fig. 4(a) is divided into three color components, and each color component is further divided into three color dots. For clarity, these color points are labeled CD_X_Y, where X is the number of the color component (1 to 3 for the pixel design 400), and Y is the number of the color dot (for the pixel pattern 400 1~3), that is, the enamel pattern 4〇〇 is composed of nine color dots. The color dot CD_1_1 (that is, the first color dot of the first color component, CD_2_1 (that is, the first color dot of the second color component), CD_3-1 (that is, the first color dot of the third color component) The first column of the prime pattern 400 is formed. The horizontally adjacent color dots are separated by a horizontal dot spacing (HDS) and the horizontal dot spacing HDS is usually determined by the accuracy of the process equipment. In one embodiment of the present invention, the color dot width dim (^(1〇1丨丨,€〇%) is 4 (^1^, and the horizontal dot spacing HDS is 2μπι. Color dot CDj, CDj2-2, CD_3_2 constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 400. However, the second column offset (offset) first column 1338798

以使得顏色質點CD_1_2水平對準顏色質點CD_2J。第一 列中的顏色質點是與第二列中的顏色質點間隔一個垂直質 點間距(vertical dot spacing, VDS),所以垂直鄰接的顏色質 點之間是間隔一個垂直質點間距VDS。一般而言,垂直質 點間距VDS的大小亦是取決於製程設備的準確度而約為 2-5μηι,而在本發明之一實施例中,顏色質點高度(c〇1〇rd〇t height,CDH)為60μιη ’且垂直質點間距VDS為3μηι。顏色 質點CD—1—3、CD_2_3、CD—3—3構成畫素400的第三列, 且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點CDj—3水平對 準顏色質點CD 1 2。So that the color dot CD_1_2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD_2J. The color dot in the first column is separated from the color dot in the second column by a vertical dot spacing (VDS), so the vertically adjacent color dots are separated by a vertical dot spacing VDS. In general, the vertical particle spacing VDS is also about 2-5 μm depending on the accuracy of the process equipment, and in one embodiment of the invention, the color dot height (c〇1〇rd〇t height, CDH) ) is 60 μηη ' and the vertical particle spacing VDS is 3 μηι. The color dots CD-1, CD_2_3, CD-3-3 constitute the third column of the pixel 400, and the third column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CDj-3 horizontally aligns the color dot CD 1 2 .

[0055]單一個顏色分量中的這些顏色質點是由如薄膜 電晶體之開關元件所控制,所以在一個顏色分量中所有顏 色質點的極性均為相同。許多不同的設計方式可用於在顏 色分量的顏色質點之間產生電性連接。舉例而言,本發明 的某些實施例是利用透光的銦錫氧化物陶作為從開關 二件到顏色質點之間的連接構件(如圖4(a)中的粗黑線所 =。圖4(b)繪示一種液晶顯示器4〇1的局部透視圖,立中 =晶=請是應用如圖4(a)之畫素圖樣侧。在圖;;⑻ 解釋t的㈣是崎難示,㈣陰影僅用於 4(b),且無任何功能上的意義。具體而言, =第-基板405以及貼附於第—基板他上之第 〇2 ’而畫素400的顏色質點cD丨卜eD 、 、CD义2、CD—2—3、CD ; ; 是形成於第-基板405的上表m、f-3-2、CD-3-3 顏色質點仍;A eD x γ 為未q楚表示,前述之 j仍bMD又,衫㈣料的其他 1338798[0055] These color dots in a single color component are controlled by switching elements such as thin film transistors, so that the polarity of all color dots is the same in one color component. Many different designs can be used to create an electrical connection between the color points of a color component. For example, some embodiments of the present invention utilize a light-transmissive indium tin oxide ceramic as a connecting member from a switch member to a color dot (as shown by the thick black line in FIG. 4(a). 4(b) shows a partial perspective view of a liquid crystal display 4〇1, standing = crystal = please apply the pixel side of the picture as shown in Fig. 4(a). In the figure; (8) Explain t (four) is difficult to show (4) The shadow is only used for 4(b), and has no functional significance. Specifically, the =-substrate 405 and the color point cD attached to the 基板2' of the first substrate and the pixel 400 e卜 eD, , CD 义2, CD 2-3, CD; ; is formed on the first substrate 405, m, f-3-2, CD-3-3 color particles are still; A eD x γ is Not q Chu said that the aforementioned j is still bMD, shirt (four) material other 1338798

顏色質點CD亦是形成於第一基板405上,並以虛線表示。 此外,配向層(未繪示)是覆蓋於這些顏色質點上。圖4(b) 亦繪示畫素圖樣400的開關元件SE_1、SE_2、SE_3。在 本發明之一實施例中,開關元件是採用薄膜技術(thin film technology)而製成之η通道場效電晶體(n-channel Field Effect Transistor),而為求清楚起見,圖4(b)便沒有緣示其 他畫素之開關元件。如圖4(b)所示,這些顏色質點是排列 成網格圖案,其中每個顏色質點是與鄰接的顏色質點間隔 水平質點間距HDS與垂直質點間距VDS。圖4(b)亦顯示列 與列之間的畫素通常會間隔一些空間以配置開關元件,而 這些配置開關元件之空間的高度一般會與顏色質點高度 CDH相同,以保持網格圖案的一致性。本發明之某些實施 例還包括元件裝置區域(device component area)(之後會進 一步詳述)以覆蓋開關元件與儲存電容(storage capacitor)。 開關元件是藉由閘極線G3、G4與源極線S3、S4、S5、S6、 S7、S8所控制,而以畫素圖樣400而言,開關元件SE_1、 SE_2、SE_3之閘極是耦接至閘極線G3,且開關元件SEJ、 SE_2、SE_3之源極是分別耦接至源極線S4、S5、S6。之 後圖4(c)會進一步細說明顯示器450之閘極線與源極線的 使用方式。開關元件SE_1是電性耦接至顏色質點 CD—1_3、CD—1_2、CD_1 —1的電極,其中顏色質點CD—1—2 的電極是藉由顏色質點CD_1_3的電極而耦接至開關元 件,且顏色質點CD_1_1的電極是藉由顏色質點CD_1_2、 CD—1—3的電極而耦接至開關元件。類似地,開關元件SE—2 是電性耦接至顏色質點CD_2_3、CD_2_2、CD_2_1的電 1338798 極,其中顏色質點CD—2_2的電極是藉由純f點cd 2 3 的電極而搞接至開關元件,且顏色質點CD 2 i的電極是 ,色質點CD_2—2、CDj—3的電極而搞接至開關元 <。開關疋件SE_3是電性轉接至顏色質點CD—3—3、 CD_3一2、CD—3J的電極’其中顏色質點CD—3—2的電極 是藉由顏色質點CD丄3的電極而減至關元件,且顏 色質點CD—3—1的電極是藉由顏色質點CD丄2、 電極而減至_元件。電性連接構件—般是由如銦錫 氧化物ITO之透明導體所組成,且電極上方會再覆蓋一層 配=層(未緣示)。儘管圖例未繪示儲存電容,本發明的某 些貝化例亦可更包括耗接至顏色質點與開關元件之儲存電 容,以維持適當的電荷數量(等效於電壓),而儲存電容的 功能將會於之後的段落再詳加解釋。 [0056]圖4⑹繪示顯示器45〇的局部,而顯示器45〇 具有如晝素圖樣400之晝素41〇、42〇、43〇、44〇。在圖4(c) 中,每個顏色質點的質點極性是標示成,,+,,或,,_,,,而質點 極性會於之後的圖5(a)〜5(c)再詳加解釋。書辛41〇、42〇、 侧、440在位置以及極性上是分別等同於:畫素素二)〇、 p(i,〗)、p(〇,〇)、p(i,〇),且圖斗⑷亦繪示出源極線s〇J、 so—2、SO—3、S1J、S1—2、S1—3 以及閘極線 G〇、⑴、G2。 一般而言,標示成SX—Z之源極線是用於任一列中之第z 個畫素的第X個顏色分量,而標示成GY之問極線是用於 ^列。電晶體的源極是_至源極線,而電晶體的間極 是搞接至閘極線,且電晶體的汲極是輕接至各個顏色質點 的電極。為求說明清楚’特定的電晶體可表示成電晶體 1338798 T(SX一Z’ GΥ),其中電晶體是耦接至源極線sx_z與閘極線 GY。如此一來’因為電晶體4〇8的源極是耦接至源極線 SI」’且電晶體408的閘極是麵接至間極線G2,所以電晶 體曰408即^為電晶體T(S1—3, G2)。此外,每個畫素的範 圍疋以陰影表示,而此陰影僅用於解釋圖4⑻,且無任何 功能上的意義。受制於圖4⑷的空間有限,顏色質點是標 示為J—K而有別於其他圖示t的CD—J—K,不過為求一致 性:以下的敘述t仍會沿用CD丄K。此外,電性連接構 件疋裇不成粗黑線。舉例而言,在被閘極線G1以及源極 線S0J、S0—2、S0一3所控制的晝素41〇中,電晶體T(s〇j, G1)的汲極是耗接至顏色質點CD丄3,而顏色質點CD_L3 又耦接至顏色質點CDj—2,且顏色質點CD」」再耦接至 顏色質點CD-1」。類似地,電晶體T(S0_2, G1)的汲極是 麵接至顏色質.點CD—2—3,而顏色質點CD一2」又轉接至顏 色質點CD丄2,且顏色質點CD一2—2再搞接至顏色質點 CD—2—1。電晶體T(s〇—3, 〇丨)的汲極是耦接至顏色質點 CD~3—3,而顏色質點CD-3_3又耦接至顏色質點CD_3_2, 且顏色質點CD—3一2再耦接至顏色質點CD一3j。再者,電 晶體 T(SG_1,Gl)、T(SG_2, Gl)、T(SG_3, G1)的閘極是耗接 至閘極線 G1 ’ 而電晶體 T(SG—u ⑴)、T(S()—2, G1)、T(s〇 3, G1)的源極是分別耦接至源極線S0_1、S0_2、S0_3。類似 地畫素420是耦接至閘極線G1與源極線Sij、s〗_2、 S1—3,而畫素430是耦接至閘極線go與源極線s〇j、 —2 S0—3,且晝素440是耦接至閘極線go與源極線 S1_J 、 Sl_2 、 S1 3 。 19 1The color dot CD is also formed on the first substrate 405 and is indicated by a broken line. In addition, an alignment layer (not shown) is overlaid on these color dots. FIG. 4(b) also shows the switching elements SE_1, SE_2, SE_3 of the pixel pattern 400. In an embodiment of the invention, the switching element is an n-channel Field Effect Transistor made by thin film technology, and for the sake of clarity, FIG. 4(b) There is no switching element for other pixels. As shown in Fig. 4(b), these color dots are arranged in a grid pattern in which each color dot is spaced apart from the adjacent color dot by a horizontal dot pitch HDS and a vertical dot pitch VDS. Figure 4(b) also shows that the pixels between the columns and columns are usually spaced apart to configure the switching elements, and the height of the space of these configuration switching elements is generally the same as the color dot height CDH to maintain the uniformity of the grid pattern. Sex. Some embodiments of the invention also include a device component area (described in further detail below) to cover the switching elements and the storage capacitors. The switching elements are controlled by the gate lines G3, G4 and the source lines S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, and in the pixel pattern 400, the gates of the switching elements SE_1, SE_2, SE_3 are coupled. The gate line G3 is connected to the source line S4, S5, and S6. Figure 4(c) will further detail the use of the gate and source lines of display 450. The switching element SE_1 is an electrode electrically coupled to the color dots CD_1_3, CD_1_2, CD_1-1, wherein the electrode of the color dot CD_1-2 is coupled to the switching element by the electrode of the color dot CD_1_3. The electrodes of the color dot CD_1_1 are coupled to the switching element by electrodes of the color dots CD_1_2 and CD-1. Similarly, the switching element SE-2 is electrically connected to the electric 1338798 pole of the color dots CD_2_3, CD_2_2, CD_2_1, wherein the electrode of the color dot CD-2_2 is connected to the switch by the electrode of the pure f-point cd 2 3 The element, and the electrode of the color dot CD 2 i is the electrode of the color point CD_2-2, CDj-3 and is connected to the switch element <. The switch element SE_3 is electrically transferred to the color dot CD-3-3, CD_3-2, CD-3J electrode. The electrode of the color dot CD-3-2 is reduced by the electrode of the color dot CD丄3. To the component, the electrode of the color dot CD-3-1 is reduced to the _ component by the color dot CD丄2. The electrical connection member is generally composed of a transparent conductor such as indium tin oxide ITO, and the electrode is covered with a layer of a layer (not shown). Although the legend does not show a storage capacitor, some of the embodiments of the present invention may further include a storage capacitor that is connected to the color dot and the switching element to maintain an appropriate amount of charge (equivalent to voltage), and the function of the storage capacitor. It will be explained in detail later in the paragraph. 4(6) shows a portion of the display 45A, and the display 45A has a pixel 41〇, 42〇, 43〇, 44〇 such as a tilapia pattern 400. In Figure 4(c), the particle polarity of each color particle is marked as,, +,, or,, _,,, and the polarity of the particle will be added later in Figure 5(a)~5(c). Explanation. The book Xin 41〇, 42〇, side, 440 are equivalent in position and polarity respectively: 素素素)), p(i, 〗), p(〇, 〇), p(i, 〇), and The drawing bucket (4) also depicts the source lines s〇J, so-2, SO-3, S1J, S1-2, S1-3, and the gate lines G〇, (1), G2. In general, the source line labeled SX-Z is the Xth color component for the zth pixel in any column, and the question line labeled GY is for the ^ column. The source of the transistor is the _ to source line, and the interpole of the transistor is connected to the gate line, and the drain of the transistor is the electrode that is lightly connected to each color point. For clarity of description, the specific transistor can be represented as a transistor 1338798 T (SX-Z' GΥ), wherein the transistor is coupled to the source line sx_z and the gate line GY. Thus, since the source of the transistor 4〇8 is coupled to the source line S1′′ and the gate of the transistor 408 is connected to the inter-pole line G2, the transistor 408 is a transistor T. (S1—3, G2). In addition, the range of each pixel is shaded, and this shadow is only used to explain Figure 4(8) without any functional significance. The space subject to Fig. 4(4) is limited, and the color dot is CD-J-K which is different from other graphs t, but is consistent with the other t: the following description t still uses CD丄K. In addition, the electrical connection members are not thick black lines. For example, in the pixel 41〇 controlled by the gate line G1 and the source lines S0J, S0-2, S0-3, the drain of the transistor T(s〇j, G1) is consumed to the color. The dot CD丄3, and the color dot CD_L3 is coupled to the color dot CDj-2, and the color dot CD" is coupled to the color dot CD-1". Similarly, the bungee of the transistor T (S0_2, G1) is connected to the color quality. The dot CD-2-3, and the color dot CD-2" is transferred to the color dot CD丄2, and the color dot CD1 2-2 and then connect to the color point CD 2-1. The drain of the transistor T (s〇-3, 〇丨) is coupled to the color dot CD~3-3, and the color dot CD-3_3 is coupled to the color dot CD_3_2, and the color dot CD-3-2 Coupling to the color dot CD-3j. Furthermore, the gates of the transistors T (SG_1, Gl), T (SG_2, Gl), T (SG_3, G1) are consumed to the gate line G1 ' and the transistors T (SG - u (1)), T ( The sources of S()-2, G1) and T(s〇3, G1) are respectively coupled to the source lines S0_1, S0_2, S0_3. Similarly, the pixel 420 is coupled to the gate line G1 and the source lines Sij, s _2, S1 - 3, and the pixel 430 is coupled to the gate line go and the source line s 〇 j, -2 S0 —3, and the pixel 440 is coupled to the gate line go and the source lines S1_J, Sl_2, S1 3 . 19 1

S 1338798S 1338798

[0057]每一條閘極線是從顯示器450的左邊延伸至右 邊,並控制顯示器450中同一列上的所有晝素,且對於任 一列上的畫素而言,顯示器450會具有對應的閘極線。此 外’每一條源極線是從顯示器450的頂邊延伸至底邊,且 顯示器450具有多條源極線,其中源極線的數量是在任一 列上畫素數量的三倍(亦即一條源極線對應一個畫素的一 個顏色分量)。當顯示器進行操作時,每次僅有一條閘極線 會啟動(active) ’且在此作用的閘極線上的所有電晶體會藉 由正向閘極脈衝(p〇s丨tive gate impulse)而呈現導通的狀[0057] Each gate line extends from the left to the right of the display 450 and controls all of the pixels on the same column in the display 450, and for any pixel on the column, the display 450 will have a corresponding gate. line. In addition, 'each source line extends from the top edge to the bottom edge of the display 450, and the display 450 has a plurality of source lines, wherein the number of source lines is three times the number of pixels on any column (ie, one source) The polar line corresponds to a color component of a pixel). When the display is operating, only one gate line will be active at a time and all transistors on the active gate line will be pulsed by a positive gate pulse (p〇s丨 tive gate impulse). Presented in conduction

態,至於在其他閘極線上的電晶體則會因為接地(gr〇unding) 的非啟動(non-active)閘極線而呈現斷路的狀態。此外,所 有的源極線均會同時啟動,而每條源極線會提供影像資料 至啟動列(active row)上的電晶體,其中啟動列是由啟動開 極線所控制。所以根據閘極線與源極線的操作方式,聞極 線又被稱為匯流排線(bus line) ’而源極線亦可稱為資料% (data line)。電壓會對液晶電容進行充電至一個特定的灰卜 (gray scale level),並藉由濾光片而產生色彩。當電晶體在 非啟動下,顏色質點的電極便是處於電性隔離(is〇丨ated)^ 狀態’而能夠維持電場的強度以控制液晶。然而,寄& 電(parasitic leakage)是無法避免的,而最終電荷將會全部充 失。對於列(row)數目不多的小尺寸螢幕而言,因為各列的 電壓是經常在更新,所以漏電不算是個問題。不過對於歹 數目較多的大尺寸顯示器而言,各列在兩次更新的時刻< 間必須等待較長的時間。如此一來,本發明的某些實施_ 中更可為了顏色質點而配置一個或多個的儲存電容。這此 20 s ; 1338798 儲存電容是與顏色質點的電容一起充電,並於非啟動列狀 態下提供所謂的維持(maintenance)電荷。此外,匯流排線 與資料線之材質可由如鋁(A1)或鉻(Cr)之非透光導體 (opaque conductor)戶斤組成。As for the transistor on the other gate lines, the transistor will be in an open state due to the grounded (non-active) gate line. In addition, all source lines are activated at the same time, and each source line provides image data to the transistor on the active row, where the startup column is controlled by the startup line. Therefore, according to the operation mode of the gate line and the source line, the smell line is also called a bus line' and the source line can also be called a data line. The voltage charges the liquid crystal capacitor to a specific gray scale level and produces a color by the filter. When the transistor is not activated, the electrode of the color dot is in an electrically isolated state to maintain the strength of the electric field to control the liquid crystal. However, parasitic leakage is unavoidable and the final charge will be completely lost. For small screens with a small number of rows, leakage is not a problem because the voltages of the columns are constantly updated. However, for a large number of large-size displays, each column must wait for a longer time between the two updates. As such, in some implementations of the invention, one or more storage capacitors may be configured for color dots. This 20 s; 1338798 storage capacitor is charged with the capacitance of the color dot and provides the so-called maintenance charge in the non-start column state. In addition, the material of the bus bar and the data line may be composed of an opaque conductor such as aluminum (A1) or chromium (Cr).

[0058]液晶顯示器的晝素佈局(layout)通常會有兩個主 要的方式以置放開關元件與儲存電容,而最常見的是將開 關元件與儲存電容配置在一起。傳統上,配置開關元件與 儲存電容的區域便稱作為元件裝置區域(device component area, DCA),而每個獨立的元件裝置區域是對應晝素中的單 個顏色分量。在習知之晝素中,元件裝置區域是位於晝素 的頂部或底部,不過在本發明的某些畫素圖樣中,元件裝 置區域是位於畫素的中間。在另一種配設方式下,開關元 件與儲存電容是配置在不同的位置。一般而言,採用此方 式的晝素會將開關元件配置於晝素的頂部或底部,而將儲 存電容配置於畫素的内部。不過,本文並沒有繪示採用此 配設儲存電容方式之實施例,而為求完整起見,圖4(b)、 4(c)與5(a)〜5(c)是以圖4(a)之畫素圖樣為基礎而繪示出沒 有元件裝置區域的情形,且圖5(d)〜5(f)是以圖4(a)之畫素 圖樣為基礎而繪示出具有元件裝置區域的情形。類似地, 圖6(a)〜6(c)是以類似圖4(a)之畫素圖樣的其他畫素圖樣 為基礎而繪示出沒有元件裝置區域的情形,且圖6(d)〜6(f) 是以相同之畫素圖樣為基礎而繪示出具有元件裝置區域的 情形。為求簡潔,之後文中所述其他畫素圖樣均會以具有 元件裝置區域的情形作說明,不過本發明的原則對於有無 元件裝置區域的情形均可以適用。 1338798 ^ [0059]為使圖4(a)之畫素圖樣達成多域的效果,畫素的 第一與第二顏色質點是具有相同的極性,而第二顏色質點 疋具有相反的極性。此外,鄰接之兩個畫素的極性亦為相 反乂圖4(a)之畫素圖樣為基礎的多域垂直配向液晶顯示 器而。兩種不同的質點極性圖案(dot polarity pattern)可應 用於這些畫素上’而圖5(a)與5(b)即分別繪示此兩種質點 極性圖案。在圖5⑻中,是以畫素圖樣510-作為第-質點 極性圖案的範例說明,其中符號”510」,是代表負質點極性 圖案之意。在第-質點極性圖案t,第二顏色分量(即為開 關元件SE—2與顏色質點CD又卜CD—2—2、CD—2_3)具有 正極性’而第一與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件SEJ、SE_3 與顏色質點 CDKDJ—2、CDJ3、CDJ i、⑶ 3 2—、 ⑶丄3)具有負極性。在圖5(b)中,是以畫素圖樣训:作 為第一貝點極性圖案的範例說明,其中符號”51〇+”是代表 正=點極性圖案之意。在第二質點極性圖案中,第二顏色 勿里(即為開關元件SE—2與顏色質點CD—〕—1、⑶2 2、 Ιϋ)具有負極性’而第—與第三顏色分量(即為開關元 件SE—1、SE_3與顏色質點CD—^、CD」_2、⑶〇、 CD—3一1、CD—3—2 ' CD—3一3)具有正極性。在實際摔作令, :個J素會在影像圖框之間反覆切換第一質點極性圖二 ΪγΓΓ極性κ案。4求簡單明瞭,對於第—顏色分量之 w顏色質點為正極性之質點極性圖案而言,便稱之為正 貝點極性圖案。反之,對於第__ ‘、、 為負極性之質點極性圖 一 —素圖樣而s,圖5(a)為負質點極[0058] The layout of a liquid crystal display typically has two main ways to place the switching elements and storage capacitors, and the most common is to configure the switching elements with the storage capacitors. Conventionally, an area in which a switching element and a storage capacitor are disposed is referred to as a device component area (DCA), and each individual element device area is a single color component in a corresponding pixel. In the conventional element, the component device area is located at the top or bottom of the pixel, but in some pixel patterns of the present invention, the component device area is located in the middle of the pixel. In another configuration, the switching element and the storage capacitor are arranged at different locations. In general, a halogen using this method will place the switching element on the top or bottom of the pixel and the storage capacitor in the interior of the pixel. However, this embodiment does not show an embodiment using this storage capacitor. For the sake of completeness, Figures 4(b), 4(c) and 5(a)~5(c) are as shown in Figure 4 ( The case where there is no component device area based on the pixel pattern of a), and FIGS. 5(d) to 5(f) are diagrams showing the component device based on the pixel pattern of FIG. 4(a) The situation of the area. Similarly, FIGS. 6(a) to 6(c) show the case where there is no component device area based on other pixel patterns similar to the pixel pattern of FIG. 4(a), and FIG. 6(d)~ 6(f) shows the case with the component device area based on the same pixel pattern. For the sake of brevity, other pixel patterns described later will be described in the case of a device device area, but the principles of the present invention are applicable to the presence or absence of a device device region. 1338798 ^ [0059] To achieve the multi-domain effect of the pixel pattern of Figure 4(a), the first and second color dots of the pixel have the same polarity, while the second color dot 疋 has the opposite polarity. In addition, the polarity of the adjacent two pixels is also a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display based on the pixel pattern of Fig. 4(a). Two different dot polarity patterns can be applied to these pixels' while Figures 5(a) and 5(b) show the two particle polarity patterns, respectively. In Fig. 5 (8), a pixel pattern 510- is taken as an example of the first-particle polarity pattern, wherein the symbol "510" is intended to represent a negative dot polarity pattern. In the first-thickness polarity pattern t, the second color component (ie, the switching element SE-2 and the color dot CD and the CD-2-2, CD-2_3) has a positive polarity' and the first and third color components (ie, The switching elements SEJ, SE_3 and the color dots CDKDJ-2, CDJ3, CDJ i, (3) 3 2 -, (3) 丄 3) have a negative polarity. In Fig. 5(b), a pictogram is used as an example of the first beie pattern of polarity, wherein the symbol "51〇+" is intended to mean a positive=dot polarity pattern. In the second dot polarity pattern, the second color (ie, the switching element SE-2 and the color dot CD—]-1, (3)2, Ιϋ) has a negative polarity and the first and third color components (ie, The switching elements SE-1, SE_3 and the color dots CD_^, CD"_2, (3), CD-3, 1, CD-3' CD-3-3 have positive polarity. In the actual fall order, a single element will repeatedly switch the polarity of the first particle point between the image frame and the second 极性 ΓΓ polarity κ case. 4 It is simple and straightforward. For the polarity pattern of the positive color of the color component of the first color component, it is called the positive dot point polarity pattern. On the contrary, for the first __ ‘, the negative polarity of the dot polarity map is a prime pattern and s, Figure 5 (a) is the negative point

22 !·生圖案’而圖5(b)為正質點極性圖案。 棋盤ΓΓϋ圖4⑻之畫素圖樣,即可將晝素排列成西洋 2盤圖案’其卜半的畫素是具有正極性,而另一半的畫 般性,5⑷繪示此西洋棋盤圖案’而西洋棋 ^圖案疋由顯示器的畫f Ρ_、P(1,G)、Ρ(2,0)、 枚(’1) P(l,l)、Ρ(2,1)所組成。為求清楚表示,每個畫素的 耗圍疋用陰影標示,而此陰影僅用於解釋圖⑽,且益任 ==的意義。如圖5(e)所示,晝素p(x,y)是表示駿左 ,來弟X行,且下方算來第”】之畫素,亦即畫素聯) =位於左下角。此外’畫素p_'p⑽、吼丨正 =極性圖案,而畫素⑽)、_)、!>⑽具有負質點 圖案。所以在圖5(c)中’當序數X加上序數y為奇數 則畫素P(x,y)具有負質點極性圖案。相反地,當序數X 加上序數y為偶數時,則畫素p(x,y)具有正質點姉圖案。 $而,當換到下-個圖框時,所有的畫素均會變換質點極 十圖案。如此一來,應㈣4(a)之畫素圖樣的多域垂直配 向顯示器便具有第一組畫素與第二組畫素’其中第一組畫 素具有第-質點極性圖案,而第二組畫素具有第二質點才: 性圖案’且第-組畫素與第二組畫素排列成西洋棋盤圖案。 …[0061]當再細看圖5⑷後,不同極性的顏色質點亦構成 西洋棋盤圖案。亦即對每個具有第一極性的顏色質點而 言,其鄰接的四個顏色質點便具有第二極性。舉例而言, 畫素P(〇,〇)的顏色質.點CD—3—1具有正極性,且被四個且有 負極性的顏色質點所包圍。明確地說,顏色質點CD 3】 是由畫素P(0, i)的顏色質點CD」」、畫素p(】,〇)的顏色質 23 1338798 點CD—1J以及晝素p(〇,〇)的顏色質點cn卜cd 2 2 • 所^圍。如前所述,相鄰顏色質點間相異的極^生會增強顏 ^質點中的邊緣電場。由於顏色質點相對較小,所以顏色 質點中的邊緣電場便會於每個顏色質點中的液晶產生多域 的效果’而達成多域效果的原理已於前述之圖3⑷與圖3⑻ 闡釋。為求簡單表示’目5⑷以及之後類似的圖示均簡化 為僅繪示晝素的排列,而省略開關元件的控制線(問極線與 φ 源極線)。不過圖4(c)已巨細靡遺地繪示出此等顯示器之控 制線所以熟悉此項技蟄之人當可參造前述說明而由精簡 的敘述中輕易推出控制線的配置方式。 [0062]如前所述而在連續的圖框中,每個晝素的質點 極性圖案會不斷於正質點極性圖案與負質點極性圖案之間 切換。此種極性切換的方式可以預防降低影像品質,而使 得液晶在每個圖框均可扭轉(twist)至相同的方向。然而, 當所有開關元件都具有相同極性時,切換質點極性仍會影 響影像品質,而產生畫面閃爍(flicker)的問題。為了要減少 畫面閃爍,開關元件(即電晶體)是以驅動機制(driving scheme)而排列成具有正負極性。再者,為了降低串音(cr〇ss talk)現象,正極性以及負極性的開關元件需排列成均勻的 型怨,而此亦使得電性分佈更加均勻。許多開關元件驅動 機制均可應用於本發明的實施例中,而三個主要的開關元 件驅動機制分別是開關元件點反轉(p〇int inversi〇n)驅動機 制、開關元件列反轉(row inversion)驅動機制以及開關元件 行反轉(column in version)驅動機制。在開關元件點反轉驅 動機制中,交替極性的開關元件形成西洋棋盤圖案。在開 24 1338798 =元件列反轉驅動機制中,同_列上的開關元件具有相同 元過任一列上開關元件的極性會與相鄰列上開關 几件的極性相反。在開關元件行反轉驅動機制中,同 元件具有相同的極性’不過任-行上開關元件的 Γ相鄰行上開關元件的極性相反。由於開關元件的 關=成西年棋盤圖案,所以圖5⑷之晝素圖案是應用開 關兀件點反轉驅動機制。 [_3]圖5⑷與圖5(e)繪示一種畫素圖樣52〇,而晝素 圖樣520與圖4⑷之畫素圖樣彻具有相點 列,但是晝素圖樣52”包括元件裳置區域DC匕排 DCA—2、DCA—3 °如前所述,開關元件與儲存電容是配置 =件裂置區域’不過受限於圖面空間,圖中未緣示儲存 ^谷。具體而言’顏色質點⑶―1J(即為第一顏色分量之 二:顏、色質點)、CD力(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏 禮^ I CD~3—1 (即為第三顏色分量之第—個顏色質點) 構成晝素圖樣520的第一列。顏色質點CD丄2、CD_2 2、 CD_3_2構成畫素圖樣52()的第二列。不過,第二列偏移第 —列以使得顏色質點CD」_2水平對準顏色_CD2卜 第一列中的顏色質點是與第二列中的顏色質點間隔:個垂 直質點間距VDS。顏色質點CD丄3、CD—2 3、CD 3 3 構f畫素圖樣520的第三列,且第三列是與第一列對齊以 使得顏色質點CD—2—3水平對準顏色質點CD—】—2。元件 置區域DCA J、DCA—2、DCA_3構成晝素圖樣52〇的第^ 列’且第四列是與第三列對齊以使得元件裝置區域Da」 水平對準顏色質點CD丄3。此外,關元件心、 25 1338798 SE」是分別位於元件裝置區域DCA—丨、dca—2、dCa 3 内,而開關元件SE—1是耦接至顏色質點cDj 1—、 CD_1—2、CD丄3的電極’且開關元件SE_2是轉接至顏色 貝點CD—2J、CD—2—2、CD—2—3的電極,又開關元件SE 3 是輕接至顏色質點CD力、cd_3_2、CD_3—3的電極。― [0064]圖5(d)與圖5(e)繪示畫素圖樣52〇的兩 性圖案。圖聊會示晝素圖樣52〇(標 質=22!·raw pattern' and Fig. 5(b) is a positive dot polarity pattern. The board is shown in Figure 4 (8), and the pixels can be arranged into a Western 2 pattern. The half of the pixels are positive, while the other half is painted. 5 (4) shows the Western checkerboard pattern. The chess pattern is composed of the display f Ρ _, P (1, G), Ρ (2, 0), and (1) P (l, l), Ρ (2, 1). For the sake of clarity, the consumption of each pixel is indicated by a shadow, and this shadow is only used to explain Figure (10), and the meaning of ===. As shown in Fig. 5(e), the pixel p(x, y) is the symbol of the left, the younger brother X, and the pixel of the first "," that is, the picture is connected to the lower left corner. 'Pixel p_'p(10), 吼丨正=polar pattern, while pixel (10)), _), !>(10) has a negative dot pattern. Therefore, in Figure 5(c), 'when the ordinal number X plus the ordinal number y is odd Then the pixel P(x, y) has a negative particle polarity pattern. Conversely, when the ordinal number X plus the ordinal number y is even, then the pixel p(x, y) has a positive dot 姊 pattern. In the next frame, all the pixels will change the dot pattern. Thus, the multi-domain vertical alignment display of the (4) 4(a) pixel pattern has the first group of pixels and the second group of pictures. The first group of pixels has a first-particle polarity pattern, and the second group of pixels has a second particle: a pattern of patterns and the first group of pixels and the second group of pixels are arranged in a western checkerboard pattern. 0061] When we look closely at Figure 5 (4), the color points of different polar colors also form the checkerboard pattern. That is, for each color point with the first polarity, the adjacent four color points will be adjacent. Having a second polarity. For example, the color quality of the pixel P (〇, 〇). The dot CD-3-1 has a positive polarity and is surrounded by four color negative dots having a negative polarity. Specifically, the color The mass point CD 3] is the color point of the color point CD"" of the pixel P(0, i), the color of the pixel p(], 〇) 23 1338798 points CD-1J and the color point of the 昼素p(〇,〇) Cnb cd 2 2 • As mentioned earlier, the difference between adjacent color points enhances the fringing electric field in the mass point. Since the color dots are relatively small, the edge electric field in the color dot will produce a multi-domain effect in the liquid crystal in each color dot, and the principle of achieving the multi-domain effect is explained in the above-mentioned Figures 3(4) and 3(8). For simplicity, '5' (4) and the following similar illustrations are simplified to show only the arrangement of the elements, and the control lines of the switching elements (the question line and the φ source line) are omitted. However, Figure 4(c) has shown the control lines of such displays in a succinct manner. Therefore, those skilled in the art can easily introduce the configuration of the control lines from the simplified description when referring to the foregoing description. [0062] As described above, in a continuous frame, the particle polarity pattern of each element will continuously switch between the positive dot polarity pattern and the negative dot polarity pattern. This polarity switching method prevents the image quality from being lowered, so that the liquid crystal can be twisted to the same direction in each frame. However, when all switching elements have the same polarity, switching the polarity of the dots still affects the image quality, causing flicker problems. In order to reduce flickering of the picture, the switching elements (i.e., transistors) are arranged to have positive and negative polarities in a driving scheme. Furthermore, in order to reduce the phenomenon of crosstalk (cr〇ss talk), the positive and negative polarity switching elements need to be arranged in a uniform pattern, which also makes the electrical distribution more uniform. Many switching element driving mechanisms can be applied to the embodiments of the present invention, and the three main switching element driving mechanisms are switching element point inversion (p〇int inversi〇n) driving mechanism and switching element column inversion (row Inversion) drive mechanism and switch component row in version drive mechanism. In the switching element dot inversion driving mechanism, switching elements of alternating polarity form a checkerboard pattern. In the open 24 1338798 = element column inversion drive mechanism, the switching elements on the same column have the same polarity. The polarity of the switching elements on either column is opposite to the polarity of the switches on the adjacent columns. In the switching element row inversion driving mechanism, the same elements have the same polarity 'but the switching elements on the adjacent rows of the switching elements on the line are opposite in polarity. Since the switching element is off = the western chessboard pattern, the pixel pattern of Fig. 5(4) is the application switch point inversion driving mechanism. [3] FIG. 5(4) and FIG. 5(e) illustrate a pixel pattern 52〇, and the pixel pattern of the pixel pattern 520 and FIG. 4(4) has a phase point column, but the pixel pattern 52” includes the component skirt region DC.匕DCA-2, DCA-3 ° As mentioned above, the switching element and the storage capacitor are the configuration = the rupture zone of the piece is limited to the space of the drawing, and the storage is not shown in the figure. Specifically, the color Particle (3) - 1J (that is, the second color component: color, color point), CD force (that is, the first color of the second color component ^ ICD ~ 3 - 1 (that is, the third color component The first color dot constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 520. The color dot CD 丄 2, CD_2 2, CD_3_2 constitutes the second column of the pixel pattern 52 (). However, the second column shifts the column - Color dot CD"_2 horizontal alignment color_CD2 The color dot in the first column is spaced from the color dot in the second column: vertical particle spacing VDS. Color dot CD丄3, CD-2, CD 3 3 The third column of the f-pixel pattern 520 is constructed, and the third column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CD-2-3 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD_]-2. The device area DCA J, DCA-2, DCA_3 constitutes the column '' of the pixel pattern 52'' and the fourth column is aligned with the third column such that the component device area Da" is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD丄3. The component cores, 25 1338798 SE" are located in the component device regions DCA-丨, dca-2, dCa3, respectively, and the switching element SE-1 is coupled to the color dots cDj 1 -, CD_1-2, CD丄3 The electrode 'and the switching element SE_2 are electrodes that are switched to the color point CD-2J, CD-2-2, CD2-3, and the switching element SE3 is lightly connected to the color dot CD force, cd_3_2, CD_3-3 Electrode. [0064] Figure 5 (d) and Figure 5 (e) show the amphoteric pattern of the pixel pattern 52 。. The picture shows the enamel pattern 52 〇 (standard =

^圖案。具趙而言,在畫素圖樣52〇之負質_生圖孝Γ 顏色分量(即為開關元件SE—2與顏色質點cd 2卜 為 =2-、Γ—2-3)具有正極性’而第—與第三顏色分量(即 為開關讀SEJ、SE_3與顏色質點⑷―】、cd】2、 洛:1:3 CD—3—1、CD—3-2、CD-3-3)具有負極性。圖 5(e) ^不旦素圖樣520(標示& 52()+)的正質點極性圖案。在畫 素圖樣520之正質點極性圖荦中、~ 元件SE—2與顏色質點CD ? ^ 一顏色分罝(即為開關 極性,而第-盥第、:顏色二:又2、CD-2-3)具有負 與顏色質點⑶士:^二為二關元件…、… 具有正極性。在實際操作中,每個晝素會在影 ί框之間反覆切換第—質點極性圖案Μ二質點極性圖 [0G65]應用圖5⑷與圖5(e)之畫素圖樣,即可將查 二Ϊ = 其中一半的畫素是具有正極性二另 而西洋棋盤Ϊ幸《 Λ極性。,5(〇繪示此西洋褀盤圖案, ^(^^/、、疋由顯不器別的畫素以0,0)、1^,0)、 ,,、叩,1)、Ρ(2,】)所組成。為求清楚表示,每^ pattern. With Zhao, the negative color of the pixel pattern 52〇_生图孝Γ color component (that is, the switching element SE-2 and the color dot cd 2 is =2-, Γ-2-3) has positive polarity' - with the third color component (ie switch read SEJ, SE_3 and color dot (4) -], cd] 2, Luo: 1:3 CD-3, 1, CD-3-2, CD-3-3) with negative Sex. Fig. 5(e) is a pattern of positive dot polarities of the pattern 520 (indicating & 52()+). In the positive dot polarity map of the pixel pattern 520, ~ element SE-2 and the color dot CD ? ^ a color bifurcation (that is, the switch polarity, and the first - 盥,: color two: two, CD-2 -3) Has a negative and color point (3): ^2 is a two-off element...,... It has a positive polarity. In actual operation, each element will repeatedly switch between the image frame and the polarity pattern of the particle point. [0G65] Apply the pixel pattern of Figure 5 (4) and Figure 5 (e). Ϊ = Half of the pixels are positively polarized and the other is lucky. , 5 (〇 示 此 此 此 此 西 西 西 西 西 西 西 西 西 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此 此2,]) is composed. For clarity, every

26 S 素的乾圍是用陰影標示’而此陰影僅用於解釋圖5(f), :::任何:力能上的意義。如圖5⑴所示,晝素ρ(χ,力是表示 紊邊昇來第“于,且下方算來第y列之晝素 * =(。,〇2是位於左下角。此外,畫素P(M)、P⑽、p(J) -有正貝點極性圖案,而畫素卩⑽卜⑽山^叫且 =點極性圖案。所以在圖5⑴中,#序數χ加上序數有 ς:數時’則畫素P(x,y)具有負f點極性圖案。相反地, 虽序數X加上序數y為偶數時,則畫素p(x,y)具有 案。然而,當換到下—個圖框時,所有的晝素均會 发換貝點極性圖案。如此—來,應用目5(d)與圖5⑷之主 素圖樣的多域垂直配向顯示器便具有第—組晝素與第二組 畫素’其中第-組晝素具有第一質點極性圖案,而第二组 晝素具有第二質點極性圖案,且第—組畫素與第二組晝素 排列成西洋棋盤圖案。 [0066]顯示器55〇與顯示器·的差別僅在於元件裝 置區域。如果元件裝置區域夠小,則構成西洋棋盤圖案之 顏色質點便可維持増強的邊緣電場。然而,本發明的某些 實施例是藉由較大的^件裝置區域以使各個區域中的顏色 質點彼此獨立。在這些實施例中,在每個區域内部的顏色 質點的極性仍可構成西洋棋盤圖案, 到整個顯示區。舉例來說,顯示器別可㈣洋 佈滿整個顯示區。然而,當元件裝置區域足夠大時,本發 明之其他實施例可將畫素P(〇,〇)、p(】,〇)、p(2,〇)的極性反 轉。 [0067]在圖5(c)與圖5⑴申,在晝素中之任一顏色分量 1338798The dry circumference of the 26 S element is marked with a shadow ’ and this shadow is only used to explain Figure 5(f), ::: Any: the meaning of the force. As shown in Fig. 5(1), the 昼素ρ(χ, force is expressed as the turbulent edge rises “Yes, and the yin element of the yth column is calculated below = (., 〇2 is located in the lower left corner. In addition, the pixel P (M), P(10), p(J) - There is a positive dot pattern, and the pixels are (10) and (10) are called and the dot is polar. Therefore, in Figure 5 (1), the # ordinal number plus the ordinal number is: When 'the pixel P(x, y) has a negative f-point polarity pattern. Conversely, although the ordinal number X plus the ordinal number y is even, the pixel p(x, y) has a case. However, when switching to the next When a frame is used, all the elements will be exchanged for the polarity pattern of the Bayesian point. Thus, the multi-domain vertical alignment display of the main pattern of the object 5(d) and Figure 5(4) has the first group of elements and The second group of pixels 'where the first group of pixels has a first particle polarity pattern, and the second group of pixels has a second particle polarity pattern, and the first group of pixels and the second group of pixels are arranged in a checkerboard pattern. [0066] The display 55A differs from the display only in the component device area. If the component device area is small enough, the color dots forming the checkerboard pattern can maintain a marginal edge. Electric field. However, some embodiments of the present invention utilize a larger device area to separate color points in each region from each other. In these embodiments, the polarity of the color dots within each region is still The western checkerboard pattern is formed to the entire display area. For example, the display may not (4) cover the entire display area. However, when the component device area is sufficiently large, other embodiments of the present invention may have pixels P (〇, 〇 ), p ( ], 〇), p (2, 〇) polarity reversal. [0067] Figure 5 (c) and Figure 5 (1), any color component in the alizarin 1338798

的這些顏色質點是呈現出鑛齒圖案(zigzag pattern),所以上 下相鄰兩晝素中之特定顏色分量的顏色質點會於晝素的邊 界上鄰接。舉例而言,在顯示器500中,畫素P(〇,l)之顏 色質點CD一1-3便位於畫素p(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD一1 — 1的正 上方。因此在本發明之某些實施例中,結合兩種晝素圖樣 的液晶顯示器具有更對稱的顏色分佈效果。圖6(a)-6(b)繪 示晝素圖樣610的質點極性圖案,而晝素圖樣610是應用 圖5(a)與圖5(b)之畫素圖樣以使多域垂直配向顯示器具有 更對稱的顏色分佈效果。These color dots are presented in a zigzag pattern, so the color dots of a particular color component in the upper and lower adjacent pixels will abut on the boundary of the pixel. For example, in the display 500, the color point CD 1-3 of the pixel P (〇, l) is located directly above the color dot CD 1-1 of the pixel p (〇, 〇). Thus, in certain embodiments of the invention, liquid crystal displays incorporating two halogen patterns have a more symmetrical color distribution effect. 6(a)-6(b) illustrate the particle polarity pattern of the tilapia pattern 610, and the tilvin pattern 610 is a pixel pattern of FIGS. 5(a) and 5(b) to enable the multi-domain vertical alignment display. Has a more symmetrical color distribution effect.

[0068]在圖6(a)中,畫素圖樣610具有三個顏色分量, 而每個顏色分量又分割成三個顏色質點,且同個顏色分量 中的顏色質點的電極是彼此耦合。顏色質點CD 一 1_1(即為 第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、CD—2 一 1(即為第二顏色 分量之第一個顏色質點)、CD—3—1(即為苐三顏色分量之第 個顏色質點)構成畫素圖樣610的第一列。顏色質點 CD_1_2、CD—2—2、CD一3一2構成晝素圖樣61〇的第二列。 不過’第二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點CD一匕1鄰接於 顏色質點CD_2_2。如前所述’在此所述的顏色質點通常會 間隔鄰接的顏色質點一個垂直(或水平)質點間距。顏色質 點CD—1—3、CD—2—3、CD一3」構成畫素圖樣61〇的第三列, 且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點CD_1 _3鄰接於 顏色質點CD_2_2。此外,畫素610更包括開關元件S£」、 SE—2、SE—3,其中開關元件SEJ、SE—2、SE—3是分別耗 接至顏色質點CD_1 一3、CD一2—3、CD—3—3。再者,開關元 件SE—l、SE—2、SE_3亦構成一列’並與晝素610之第二 Λ 28 1338798 列對齊。開關元件SEJ是耦接至顏色質點 CD_1—2、CD—13的電極’其中顏色質點-電 ^藉由顏色;點的電極而_ =; 件,且顏色貝點CD丄2的電極是藉由顏色質% cd η 的電極而_至開關細。類似地,開關s 電性 耦接至顏色質點CD—2_3、CD 2 2'CD , , —2疋電眭 關元件SE-3是電性耦接至顏色質,點CD; 3的電而2開 CD—3—!的電極。前述圖中已緣示開闕元件與 點電 ,不同的連接方式,而每個圖示均代表 疋貫靶例,如此熟悉本項技藝者當可 輕易推出這些連結關係。 讀㈣概心而 [0069]在圖6(a)中,書音圖接Ain达 ,u r Ys. , , A —素圖樣610·為負質點極性圖案 々軏例。在此負質點極性圖案中 元件…與顏色質點CD又 極性,而第一與第三顏色 ~ -八、有正 與顏色, π 為開關兀件犯-卜犯」 CD 3 3;且古名―—、-L2、CDJ-3、CD-3J、CD」—2、 點極上 。在圖6(b)中,畫素圖樣61〇+為正質 =門關的範:卜在⑽ (P為開關凡件SE—2與顏色質點CD」」、⑶2 2、 CD—2—3)具有負極性,而第一 二一 ~ - = I、SE—3與顏色質點cd力、… CD 3 1、rn q 1 、 —一 -- 每個蚩去合/~ 、 — ~*3)具有正極性。在實際操作中, 質影像圖框之間反覆切換正質點極性圖案與負 貝點極性圖案。 木 >、月 _〇]對於同時應用圖4、5⑻、5(b)之畫素圖樣與圖 29 1338798 6(a)-6(b)之畫素圖樣的多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的畫素而 吕,其應以交替列的方式排列成為交替的質點極性圖案。 舉例而言,奇數列的畫素便應用圖4、5(a)、5(b)之畫素圖 樣,而偶數列的畫素便應用圖6(a)、6(b)之畫素圖樣,且每 列中的畫素具有交替的質點極性圖案。圖6(c)繪示顯示哭 600>的局部,而顯示器· _便是具有以交替列的方式排 之父替的質點極性圖案。具體而言,顯示器6〇〇包括畫素 p—(〇,〇)、P(1,0)、p(2,0)、POM)、P(M)、P(21)。為求清 每個畫素的範圍是用陰影標示,而此陰景彡僅用於解釋圖 6(c),且無任何功能上的意義。由於每行上的開關元件具有 相同的極性,所以目6⑷需要採關_件行反轉驅動機 制,亦即為相鄰兩行之開關元件的極性是彼此相反。晝素 P(0’0)、P(1,0)、P(2,0)是應用圖6(a)-6(b)之畫素圖樣,而畫 素 P(0’1)、P(l,l)、P(2,l)是應用圖 4、5(a)、5(b)之畫素圖 樣。具體而言’晝素P(G,G)、P(2,G)是如圖6⑻之負質點極 性圖案,而畫素P(1,0)是如® 6⑻之正質點極性圖案。類 似地’畫素IW)、P(2,D是如圖5⑻之負質點極性圖案, 而畫素p(l,l)是如圖5(b)之正質點極性圖案◦如此一來, 圖6(c)之顯示器600便具有第一組畫素第二組晝素第 三組畫素以及第四組晝素,其中第—組晝素是應^第一種 畫素圖樣並具有第-質點極性圖案,而第二組晝素亦是應 用第-種畫素圖樣但具有第二質點極性圖案,且第三组畫 素是應用第二種畫素圖樣並具㈣1點極性圖案,又第 四組畫素亦是應用第二種畫素圖樣但具有第二質點極性圖 案。換句話說,圖6⑷的質點極性圖案是以行反覆交替排 30 1338798 列。舉例而言,在某一圖框中,偶數行的晝素是具有正質 點極性圖案,而奇數行的晝素便具有負質點極性圖案。在 下一圖框中’偶數行的晝素便具有負質點極性圖案,而奇 數行的畫素是具有正質點極性圖案。 [0071]當再細看圖6(c)後,不同極性的顏色質點亦構 成西洋棋盤圖案。亦即對每個具有第一極性的顏色質點而 言’其鄰接的四個顏色質點便具有第二極性。舉例而言, 畫素P(0,0)的顏色質點CD_3一 1具有負極性,且被四個^有 正極性的顏色質點所包圍。明確地說,顏色質點cD^】 =由,素的顏色質點CD力、畫素ρπ,⑽顏色質 點CDJ—3以及畫素ρ(1,〇)的顏色質點cd—^、cd " 此—來’無論在晝素的内部或是邊界,每個顏 =刀篁均為鑛齒圖案,所以相較於圖⑽而言,本實施例 員不裔具有更對稱的顏色分佈效果。舉例而十,奎去 ρ(0,1)的顏色質點CD 1 bCD 1 1 1 σ旦素 然而’本發明之某些實施例仍沿用如圖5⑷之=圖案。 4因為圖5⑷是採用開關元件 ’ 是採用開關元件行反轉驅動機制, 升影像的品質 [0072]圖6(d)_6(e)繪示晝素 動機制相較於開關元件行反轉驅動機::中點反轉驅 分佈。亦即相較於採用開關元件行反轉駆均勾的電性 :器而言,採用開關元件點反轉制的液晶顯 有較均勻的電性分佈,而可降低 的液晶顯示器具 升影像的品質。 _ Α 4爍與串音現象以提 圖樣620的質點極性圖 1338798 案’而晝素圖樣620是應用圖5⑷與5(e)之畫素圖樣以使 多域垂直配向顯不器具有更對稱的顏色分佈效果。在圖6(d) 中’畫素圖樣620具有三個顏色分4,而每個顏色分量又 分割成二個顏色質點,且同個顏色分量中的顏色質點的電 極是彼此耦合。顏色質點CDJ」(即為第一顏色分量之第 一個顏色質點)' CD—2_1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色 質點)、CD—3—1(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)構成 畫素圖樣620的第—列。顏色質點CD丄2、CD—2_2、 CD—3—2構成畫素圖樣62()的第二列。不過,第二列偏移第 一列以使得顏色質點CD-1」鄰接於顏色質點CD—2—2。顏 ,貝』CD—1;3、CD又3、CD_3_3構成畫素圖樣620的第 j ’且第三列是與第—列對齊以使得顏色質.點CD丄3 SE 1於ΤτΛ貝點CD~2—2。此外’畫素620更包括開關元件 — _ 、SE—3,其中開關元件SE_1、SE 2、SE 3是 分別耦接至顏色質點CD丨 — — —疋 位於元件裝置_ ^ —⑶―3」’且分別 ^〇CA l^DCA 2 n>A ; -2'DCA-3° Μ — - DCA—3構成畫素圖樣62〇的第 且第四列是與第二列對齋。 ^ # SE 1 ^ ^ ± 匕外,如圖6(d)所示,開關元 仔疋耗接至顏色 電極,J: ψ 轺 Α 折 L L1 CD—i—2、CD—1—3 的 CD—1—2、c/ 1 3貝^ 5 CDJ J的電極是藉由顏色質點 的電極:二電極而純至開關元件,且顏色質點 關元件。類似地,開關元:二1」的電極而轉接至開 CD^_3 > CD_2_2 ^ CD ? 1 -疋電性耦接至顏色質點 電性耦接$ ~的電極,而開關元件SE 3是 _至顏色質點CD又3,—3—2、cd—3—丨的電極-In Fig. 6(a), the pixel pattern 610 has three color components, and each color component is further divided into three color dots, and the electrodes of the color dots in the same color component are coupled to each other. The color dot CD_1_1 (that is, the first color dot of the first color component), CD-2-1 (that is, the first color dot of the second color component), CD-3-1 (that is, the third color) The first color particle of the color component) constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 610. The color dot CD_1_2, CD-2-2, CD-3-2 constitute the second column of the enamel pattern 61〇. However, the second column is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD 匕1 is adjacent to the color dot CD_2_2. As previously mentioned, the color dots described herein will typically be spaced apart by a vertical (or horizontal) dot spacing of adjacent color dots. The color dots CD—1-3, CD—2-3, CD-3” constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 61〇, and the third column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CD_1_3 is adjacent to the color dot CD_2_2 . In addition, the pixel 610 further includes switching elements S£", SE-2, SE-3, wherein the switching elements SEJ, SE-2, SE-3 are respectively consumed to the color dots CD_1-3, CD-2. CD—3—3. Furthermore, the switching elements SE-1, SE-2, SE_3 also form a column 'and are aligned with the second Λ 28 1338798 column of the pixel 610. The switching element SEJ is coupled to the electrode of the color dot CD_1-2, CD-13, wherein the color dot-electron is colored by the color; the electrode of the dot is _ =; and the electrode of the color dot CD 丄 2 is Color quality % cd η electrode and _ to switch fine. Similarly, the switch s is electrically coupled to the color dot CD-2_3, CD 2 2'CD, and the electrical switch element SE-3 is electrically coupled to the color quality, the point CD; Open the CD-3—! electrode. The foregoing figures have shown that the opening elements are different from the point of electricity, and each of the figures represents a target, so that those skilled in the art can easily introduce these links. Read (4) General [0069] In Figure 6 (a), the book sound map is connected to Ainda, u r Ys. , and A-form pattern 610· is a negative particle polarity pattern. In this negative dot polarity pattern, the component... and the color dot CD are polar, and the first and third colors are ~ - eight, with positive and color, π is the switch element - CD 3 3; and the ancient name - —, —L2, CDJ-3, CD-3J, CD”—2, on the pole. In Figure 6(b), the pixel pattern 61〇+ is a positive = gate closed: Bu is at (10) (P is the switch item SE-2 and the color point CD), (3) 2 2, CD 2-3 ) has a negative polarity, and the first two one ~ - = I, SE-3 and color dot cd force, ... CD 3 1, rn q 1 , - one -- each 蚩 合 / ~, — ~ * 3) Has a positive polarity. In actual operation, the positive dot polarity pattern and the negative dot point polarity pattern are repeatedly switched between the image frame. Wood >, month_〇] for the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display with the pixel pattern of Figures 4, 5(8), 5(b) and the pixel pattern of Figure 29 1338798 6(a)-6(b) Prime and Lu, they should be arranged in alternating rows to form alternating particle polarity patterns. For example, the pixels of the odd-numbered columns apply the pixel patterns of Figures 4, 5(a), and 5(b), while the pixels of the even-numbered columns apply the pixel patterns of Figures 6(a) and 6(b). And the pixels in each column have alternating pattern of particle polarity. Fig. 6(c) shows a portion showing the crying 600>, and the display _ is a particle dot pattern having a parent row alternated in a row. Specifically, the display 6 includes pixels p-(〇, 〇), P(1, 0), p(2, 0), POM), P(M), P(21). To find out the extent of each pixel is shaded, and this sinus is only used to explain Figure 6(c) without any functional significance. Since the switching elements on each row have the same polarity, the head 6 (4) needs to be turned off, that is, the polarity of the switching elements of the adjacent two rows is opposite to each other. The elements P(0'0), P(1,0), and P(2,0) are the pixel patterns of Figure 6(a)-6(b), and the pixels P(0'1), P (l, l), P(2, l) are the pixel patterns to which the Figs. 4, 5(a), and 5(b) are applied. Specifically, the elements P (G, G) and P (2, G) are negative particle polar patterns as shown in Fig. 6 (8), and the pixel P (1, 0) is a positive dot polarity pattern such as ® 6 (8). Similarly, 'Picture IW', P(2, D is the negative particle polarity pattern as shown in Fig. 5(8), and the pixel p(l, l) is the positive dot polarity pattern as shown in Fig. 5(b). The display 600 of 6(c) has a first group of pixels, a second group of pixels, and a fourth group of pixels, wherein the first group of pixels is the first type of pixel and has the first - a particle polarity pattern, and the second group of pixels is also applied with a first pixel pattern but with a second particle polarity pattern, and the third group of pixels is a second pixel pattern and has a (4) 1 dot polarity pattern, and The four groups of pixels are also applied with the second pixel pattern but with the second dot polarity pattern. In other words, the particle polarity pattern of Figure 6(4) is alternately arranged in rows and rows 30 1338798. For example, in a certain frame In the middle, even-numbered rows have a positive dot polarity pattern, while odd-numbered rows have a negative dot polarity pattern. In the next frame, the even-numbered rows have a negative dot polarity pattern and odd-numbered lines. The prime has a positive dot polarity pattern. [0071] When you look closely at Figure 6(c), the color points of different polarities are also Forming a checkerboard pattern, that is, for each color dot having a first polarity, the four adjacent color dots have a second polarity. For example, the color point CD_3 of the pixel P(0, 0) 1 has a negative polarity and is surrounded by four positive color dots. Specifically, the color dot cD^] =, the color of the prime dot CD force, the pixel ρπ, (10) the color dot CDJ-3 and the painting The color point of ρ(1,〇) is cd—^, cd " This—to 'in the interior or boundary of the element, each color=knife is a mineral tooth pattern, so compared to Figure (10) In other words, the embodiment of the present invention has a more symmetrical color distribution effect. For example, ten, Kui to ρ(0,1) color dot CD 1 bCD 1 1 1 sigma, however, some embodiments of the present invention still Follow the pattern of Fig. 5 (4) = 4 because Figure 5 (4) is the use of switching elements ' is the use of switching elements row inversion drive mechanism, the quality of the image [0072] Figure 6 (d) _6 (e) shows the 昼 动 mechanism phase Compared with the switching element row inversion driver:: midpoint inversion drive distribution, that is, compared to the switching element row inversion The electrical properties of the hook: In terms of the device, the liquid crystal using the dot reversal of the switching element has a relatively uniform electrical distribution, and the image quality of the liquid crystal display device can be lowered. _ Α 4 shimmering and crosstalk phenomenon The pattern polarity of the pattern 620 is shown in Fig. 1338798' and the pixel pattern 620 is the pixel pattern of Figs. 5(4) and 5(e) to make the multi-domain vertical alignment display have a more symmetrical color distribution effect. In Fig. 6(d) The 'picture element 620' has three color points of 4, and each color component is further divided into two color points, and the electrodes of the color points in the same color component are coupled to each other. The color dot CDJ" (ie, the first The first color point of the color component) CD - 2_1 (that is, the first color point of the second color component), CD - 3 - 1 (that is, the first color point of the third color component) constitutes a pixel The first column of the pattern 620. The color dot CD丄2, CD-2_2, and CD-3-2 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 62(). However, the second column is offset by the first column such that the color dot CD-1" is adjacent to the color dot CD-2-2.颜,贝』CD-1; 3, CD3, CD_3_3 constitute the jth ' of the pixel pattern 620 and the third column is aligned with the first column to make the color quality. Point CD丄3 SE 1 at ΤτΛ贝点CD ~2-2. In addition, the 'pixel 620 further includes switching elements _, SE-3, wherein the switching elements SE_1, SE 2, SE 3 are respectively coupled to the color dot CD 丨 - 疋 located in the component device _ ^ - (3) - 3"' And respectively, 〇CA l^DCA 2 n>A; -2'DCA-3° Μ - - DCA-3 constitutes the pixel pattern 62〇 and the fourth column is aligned with the second column. ^ # SE 1 ^ ^ ± 匕, as shown in Figure 6(d), the switch element is consuming the color electrode, J: ψ 轺Α L L1 CD-i-2, CD 1-3 CD —1—2, c/ 1 3B^5 The electrode of CDJ J is pure to the switching element by the electrode of the color particle: the two electrodes, and the color point is the component. Similarly, the switching element: the electrode of the two 1" is transferred to the open CD^_3 > CD_2_2 ^ CD ? 1 - 疋 electrically coupled to the electrode of the color dot electrically coupled to the ~, and the switching element SE 3 is _ to the color of the dot CD and 3, -3-2, cd -3 - 丨 electrode -

32 (S 1338798 [0073]在圖6⑷中,畫素圖樣㈣ 的範例。在此負質點極性圖 音、、貝』極性圖案 元件SE—2與顏色質點CDj、 ^顏色/刀量(即為開關 極性,而第一盥第二拜$八= —-、CD_2_3)具有正 與顏色質點 0 ^;〇CD^ 點極性圖案的範例。在此正質點極性圖宰中第〇:2質 量㈣開關元件SE—2與顏色質點⑶案^ CD-2-3)具有負極性,而第一與第三顏色分量(即ϋ 件SE—1,」與顏色質點CD—L〗 ⑶—3J、CD_3—2、CD—3」)具有正極性。在 —j、 每個畫素會在影像圖框之間反覆切換正併 乍中’ 質點極性圖案。 认復切換正質點極性圖案與負 =74]對於同時應用圖抑)、⑽之畫素圖樣盘圖 -之旦素圖樣的多域垂直配向液晶顯示器的書素而 “ = 成為交替的質點極性圖案 應用圖6(d)、6(e)之晝素^ 替的質點極性圖案。圖犧示顯示器⑽ =:,而顯不器650便是具有以交替列的方式排列之交 曰的貝點極性圖案。具體而言,顯示器 ::晝素的繼用陰影標示,而此陰影僅用於解釋圖 相何功能上的意義。由於每行上的_元件具有 ㈣的極性’所以目6_要採用開關㈣行反轉驅動機 33 制,亦即為相鄰兩行之開關元件的極性是彼此相反。畫素 P(M)、P(1,0)、P(2,0)是應用圖6⑷_6⑷之晝素圖樣,而晝 素?(0,1)、以1,1)、以2,1)是應用圖5(d)、5(e)之晝素圖樣。 〃體而5 ’畫素P(G,〇)、p(2,Q)是如圖6⑷之負質點極性圖 案而畫素P(1,0)是如圖6(e)之正質點極性圖案。類似地, 旦素P(0,1)、P(2,l)是如圖5(d)之負質點極性圖案,而畫素 P(l,l)是如圖5(e)之正質點極性圖案。然而,在下一圖框 % 中,所有的畫素便會切換質點極性圖案。如此一來,圖0(〇 =員示650便具有第—組畫素、第二組畫素、第三組畫 〃以及第四組晝素’其中第—組畫素是應用第—種畫素圖 樣並具有第-質點極性圖案,而第二組畫素亦是應用第一 種晝素圖樣但具有第二質點極性圖案,且第三組畫素是應 用第二種晝素圖樣並具有第一質點極性圖案,又第四组畫 素亦是應用第二種畫素圖樣但具有第二質點極性圖案。換 句H目6(f)的質點極性圖案是以行反覆交替排列。舉 _ 爿而言’在某—圖框中,偶數行的畫素是具有正質點極性 圖案,而奇數行的畫素便具有負質點極性圖案。在下一圖 框中’偶數行的畫素便具有負質點極性圖案,而奇數行的 畫素疋具有正質點極性圖案。 、[、,75]田再、、’田看圖6(f)後,不同極性的顏色質點亦構 f西洋棋盤圖案。亦即對每個具有第—極性的顏色質點而 a ’其鄰接的四個顏色質點(忽略沒有極性的元件裝置區域) 便具有第二極性。舉例而言,畫素p(〇,〇)的顏色質點CD」」 -有負極H ’且被四個具有正樹生的顏色質點所包圍。明 確地說,顏色質點是由畫素p(u)的顏色質點 34 1338798 CD:!—3(忽略畫素P(u)的元件裝置區域)、畫素咖)的顏 色質點CD—2_1以及畫素叩⑴的顏色質點⑶1 1: ⑶丄2所包圍。如此一來,無論在畫素的内部或是邊界, 母個顏色分量均為鑛齒圖案,所以相較於目5⑴而古 實施例之顯示器具有更對稱的顏色分佈效果。舉例^, 畫素P(0,l)的顏色質點CDJJ、CD】2、CD】^佥 素Ρ(ο,ο)的顏色質點CDJJ、CD1—2、CD3 —則構^32 (S 1338798 [0073] In Fig. 6 (4), an example of the pixel pattern (4). Here, the negative dot polarity sound, the shell polarity pattern element SE-2 and the color dot CDj, ^ color / knife amount (that is, the switch Polarity, while the first 盥 second worship $8 = ---, CD_2_3) has an example of positive polarity and color point 0 ^; 〇 CD^ point polarity pattern. In this positive particle polarity map, the third 〇: 2 mass (four) switching elements SE-2 and color particle (3) case ^ CD-2-3) have negative polarity, while the first and third color components (ie, SE-1, and color dot CD-L) (3)-3J, CD_3-2 , CD-3") has positive polarity. In —j, each pixel will repeatedly switch between the image frame and the positive dot polarity pattern. Recognizing the switching of the positive dot polarity pattern and the negative = 74] for the simultaneous application of the image), the pixel of the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display of the pixel pattern of the (10) " = become an alternate particle polarity pattern Apply the particle polarity pattern of Figure 6(d), 6(e). The figure shows that the display (10) =:, and the display 650 is the alternating point of the alternating point. In particular, the display:: The halogen is followed by a shadow, and this shadow is only used to explain the meaning of the function. Since the _ component on each line has the polarity of (4), the target 6_ The switch (four) line inversion driver 33, that is, the polarity of the switching elements of two adjacent rows is opposite to each other. The pixels P(M), P(1, 0), P(2, 0) are applied as shown in Fig. 6(4)_6(4) The alizarin pattern, while alizarin (0,1), 1,1), and 2,1) are the alizarin patterns of Figures 5(d) and 5(e). P(G, 〇), p(2, Q) is the negative particle polarity pattern as shown in Fig. 6(4) and the pixel P(1, 0) is the positive particle polarity pattern as shown in Fig. 6(e). Similarly, dan P (0,1), P(2,l) is as shown in Figure 5(d) The negative dot polarity pattern, and the pixel P(l,l) is the positive dot polarity pattern as shown in Fig. 5(e). However, in the next frame %, all pixels switch the particle polarity pattern. Come, Figure 0 (〇 = 员 650 has the first group of pixels, the second group of pixels, the third group of paintings and the fourth group of elements] where the first group of pixels is the application of the first type of pixel pattern And having a first-particle polarity pattern, and the second group of pixels is also applied with the first elementary pattern but having a second particle polarity pattern, and the third group of pixels is the second elemental pattern and has the first particle The polarity pattern, and the fourth group of pixels, is also the second pixel pattern but has the second dot polarity pattern. In other words, the particle polarity pattern of H mesh 6(f) is alternately arranged in rows and columns. 'In a certain frame, the pixels of even rows have a pattern of positive dot polarity, while the pixels of odd rows have a pattern of negative dot polarity. In the next frame, the pixels of even rows have a pattern of negative dot polarity. , and the odd-numbered rows of pixels have a positive dot polarity pattern. , [,, 75] Tian Zai,, ' After looking at Figure 6(f), the color dots of different polarities also form a western checkerboard pattern, that is, for each color particle having a first polarity and a 'the adjacent four color dots (ignoring the component device without polarity) The area has a second polarity. For example, the color point CD "" of the pixel p (〇, 〇) - has a negative H ' and is surrounded by four color dots having a positive tree. Specifically, the color point Is the color point of the pixel p (u) 34 1338798 CD: ! -3 (ignoring the element device area of the pixel P (u), the color point CD_2_1 of the pixel) and the color point of the pixel (1) (3)1 1: (3) surrounded by 丄2. In this way, the parent color component is a mineral tooth pattern both inside and outside the pixel, so the display of the ancient embodiment has a more symmetrical color distribution effect than that of the object 5(1). Example ^, color P (0, l) color dot CDJJ, CD] 2, CD] ^ 佥 Ρ Ρ (ο, ο) color dot CDJJ, CD1-2, CD3 - then ^

齒圖m,本發明之某些實施例仍沿用如目5⑴之畫 素圖案,這是因為圖5 (〇是採射元件點反轉驅動機制旦 而圖6版採關關元件行反轉鶴_,其巾開關元件 點反轉純射·元件行反轉軸機制具有更均 勻的電性分佈。亦即相較於採關關元件行反 的液晶顯示器而言,採用開關元件點反轉驅動機制的= 』不器具有較均勻的電性分佈,而可降低畫面_與 現象以提升影像的品質。 [0076]如刚所述,當液晶顯示器的畫素變大時邊 電場會變的相對較小’而使得有必要將畫素進—步分割'。 圖7(a) 7(b)為幻虞本發明另一實施例之畫素圖樣飛之質 ,極性圖案。在圖7⑷中,每個畫素圖樣71〇之顏色分量 疋分割成四個顏色質點,而且同個顏色分量中 :電,是彼此Μ合。此外,對應每個顏色分量,畫素圖樣 '具有—個元件裝置區域。在本發明之許多實施例中, 二π兀件疋位於兀件裝置區域。在這些實施例中,元件裝 品域可與對應之顏色分量的顏色質點以對角、水平或垂 的方式鄰接,以減少開關元件與顏色質點之間的導線長The tooth map m, some embodiments of the present invention still use the pixel pattern as shown in item 5 (1), because Figure 5 (〇 is the point-inversion driving mechanism of the shooting element and the figure 6 is the closing element _, its towel switching element point reversal pure shot · component line reversal axis mechanism has a more uniform electrical distribution. That is, compared to the liquid crystal display that reverses the off-axis component, using switching element dot inversion drive The mechanism of the mechanism has a relatively uniform electrical distribution, and can reduce the picture_and phenomenon to improve the quality of the image. [0076] As just mentioned, when the pixel of the liquid crystal display becomes larger, the electric field becomes opposite. Smaller 'and makes it necessary to split the pixel into steps'. Figure 7 (a) 7 (b) is a pixel pattern of the other embodiment of the present invention, the polar pattern. In Figure 7 (4), The color component 〇 of each pixel pattern is divided into four color dots, and the same color component: electricity, is mutually coupled. In addition, for each color component, the pixel pattern 'has a component device area In many embodiments of the invention, the two π element 疋 is located in the component device area In these embodiments, the element may be mounted diagonally domain products, horizontal or vertical manner adjacent to color dots of a color component corresponding to reduce the wiring between the switching element and the length of color dot

S 35 1338798 . 度。更進—步而言’在本發明之某些實施例t置 區域是非透光的’而在本發明之其他實施例令,元件裝置 區域可進行著色以產生特定的顏色效果。儘管圖5⑻、 5(b) 5(c)、6(a)、6(b)、6(c)並未繪示元件裝置區域,本發 明之其他實施例仍可應用與晝素圖樣51〇、61〇之相同的顏 色質點配置,並為每個顏色分量配置一個元件裝置區域: [0077]在晝素圖樣71〇中,顏色質點CD丄i(即為第一 Φ彥1色分量之第一個顏色質點)、C D—2 — 1 (即為第—二顏色分量 之第-個顏色質點)、CD」J(即為第三顏色分量之第一個 顏色質點)構成晝素圖樣71〇的第一列。顏色質點cd丄2、 2_2、CD—3一2構成畫素圖樣710的第二列。不過,第 二列偏移第—_使得顏色質點CD—1—2水平對準顏色質 ,CD—2J。顏色質點CD丄3、CD—2—3、cd—3—3構成書 多、f樣710的第三列,且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏 貝點CD-2-3水平對準顏色質點CD丄2。料顏色質點 • 2—3水平對準顏色質點CD一丨_2,並與顏色質點cD」jS 35 1338798 . degrees. Further, in some embodiments of the invention, the t-region is non-transmissive, while in other embodiments of the invention, the component device region can be colored to produce a particular color effect. Although FIG. 5(8), 5(b) 5(c), 6(a), 6(b), 6(c) do not show the component device region, other embodiments of the present invention can be applied to the pixel pattern 51〇. , 61 〇 the same color particle configuration, and configure a component device area for each color component: [0077] In the enamel pattern 71 ,, the color dot CD 丄 i (that is, the first Φ yan 1 color component A color dot), CD-2 - 1 (that is, the first color dot of the first-two color component), and CD"J (that is, the first color dot of the third color component) constitute a tilde pattern 71〇 The first column. The color dots cd丄2, 2_2, and CD-3-2 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 710. However, the second column offsets -_ such that the color dot CD-1 - 2 is horizontally aligned with the color quality, CD - 2J. The color points CD丄3, CD—2-3, cd—3—3 constitute the third column of the book, f-like 710, and the third column is aligned with the first column to make the spot-point CD-2-3 level Align the color dot CD丄2. Material color point • 2-3 horizontal alignment color point CD 丨_2, and color point cD"j

“直間隔一個垂直質點間距VDS W」、CD—2—4、CD—3—4構成晝素圖樣7 = 且第四列是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點CD丄4鄰接於 顏色質點CD-2-3。元件裝置區域DCA J、DCA一2、DCA—3 構成晝素圖樣710的第五列,且第五列是與第四列(以及第 rn】)對#以使得元件裝置區域DCA—1冑接於顏色質點 一 —1〜4。此外,開關元件su、SE—2、SE—3是分別位於 =牛裝置區域DC A J、DCA_2、DCA—3,而開關元件SEJ 疋轉接至顏色質點CDj —】、CD—^2、cd 1 3、CD 1 4"Straighting a vertical particle spacing VDS W", CD-2-4, CD-3-4 constitutes a tilde pattern 7 = and the fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD 丄 4 is adjacent to the color dot CD -2-3. The component device regions DCA J, DCA-2, DCA-3 constitute the fifth column of the pixel pattern 710, and the fifth column is the fourth column (and the rn)) pair # to make the component device region DCA-1 The color point is -1~4. In addition, the switching elements su, SE-2, SE-3 are located in the = cattle device area DC AJ, DCA_2, DCA-3, respectively, and the switching element SEJ 疋 is transferred to the color dot CDj —], CD —^2, cd 1 3, CD 1 4

36 1338798 二電極,=色質點Μ的電極是藉由顏㈡ 顏色質點c t 2 丄4的電極而麵接至開關元件’而 三色貝點CD-L2的電極是藉由顏色質點CD丄3、CD I 4 極而减至開關元件,且顏色質點CD—J的電極是 :βΐ顏t貝二& Μ的電極而耦接至開關元件。類似地, 歼1關το件SE—2是耦接至顏色質點%2_丨、cd—2 2、 tΓ4的電極’又開關元件&是減至顏色 —3—1、CD-3-2、CD—3—3、CD—3 j 的電極。 =8]圖7⑷同時綠示出畫素圖# 7i〇之負質點極性 :案在負質點極性圖案中,第二顏色分量(即為開 奇 7L件 SE_2 與顏色質點 CD—2J、CD_2_2、cD_2 3、 性’而第一與第三顏色分量(即為開關元 件SEJ、SE—3與顏色質點CD "、c =、CD—3—丨、CD丄… 性。圖7(b)綠示出晝素圖# 71〇+之正質點極性圖案的範 m正貝點極性圖案中,第二顏色分量(即為開關元件 SE—2 與顏色質點 CD—2—!、CD—2—2、CD—2一3、⑶―2 句 八有負極泣’而第一與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件SE卜 犯—3與顏色質點CD11、CD丄2、cd丄3、CD】一4、 CD—3—1、CD—3—2、CD—3」、CD—3—4)具有正極性。 一[術9]應用圖7⑷與7⑻之畫素圖樣之畫素需排列成 父替行的圖案’亦即偶數行與奇數行的畫素是具有相反的 質點極性圖案。圖7⑷綠示由晝素P(G,0)、P(1,G)、P(2,0)、 ^0,1)、Ρ(1,1)、Ρ(21)組成的交替行圖帛。為求清楚表示, 每個畫素的範圍是用陰影標示,而此陰影僅用於解釋圖36 1338798 Two electrodes, = the electrode of the color point Μ is connected to the switching element by the electrode of the color (2) color point ct 2 丄 4 and the electrode of the three color point CD-L2 is by the color point CD 丄 3, The CD I 4 is extremely reduced to the switching element, and the electrode of the color dot CD-J is: the electrode of the beta t 二 2 & 而 is coupled to the switching element. Similarly, 歼1 τ 件 SE 2 2 is the electrode coupled to the color dot %2_丨, cd-2 2, tΓ4' and the switching element & is reduced to color -3 - 1, CD-3-2 , CD-3-3, CD-3j electrode. =8] Figure 7 (4) at the same time green shows the pixel map # 7i〇 negative particle polarity: the case is in the negative particle polarity pattern, the second color component (that is, the open 7L piece SE_2 and the color point CD-2J, CD_2_2, cD_2 3, the nature of the first and third color components (that is, the switching elements SEJ, SE-3 and color dot CD ", c =, CD-3 - 丨, CD 丄 .... Figure 7 (b) green In the positive polarity point pattern of the positive polarity point pattern, the second color component (ie, the switching element SE-2 and the color point CD-2-!, CD-2-2) CD—2—3, (3)—2 Sentences have a negative weeping' and the first and third color components (ie, the switching element SE is guilty—3 and the color dot CD11, CD丄2, cd丄3, CD]-4 , CD—3—1, CD—3—2, CD—3”, CD—3—4) have positive polarity. [Study 9] The pixels of the pixel patterns of Figures 7(4) and 7(8) should be arranged as parental The pattern of the line 'that is, the pixels of the even line and the odd line have the opposite pattern of the polarity of the dots. Figure 7 (4) shows the green pixels P (G, 0), P (1, G), P (2, 0), An alternate line graph consisting of ^0,1), Ρ(1,1), and Ρ(21). Make it clear that the range of each pixel is shaded, and this shadow is only used to explain the image.

S 37 1338798 P((〇!ih ^ ® 7(c)//f p^>°)、 p。,”具有正質 P(x,y)可為第—曾點朽咕国安P田x為奇數時,畫素 開關元件案。圖7⑻之晝素圖案是採用 所有的金:動機制,而如同前述,在下-個圖框時, 所有的晝素均會切換質點極性圖案。 [0080]在本發明之某歧實施例中鬥 動機制是用於取㈣關開關兀件點反轉驅 件點二: 于反轉驅動機制,其中開關元 荦,而_動機制可使開關元件的極性構成西洋棋盤圖 ΐ替^1行反轉驅動機制可使開關料的極性構成 :圖案。開關几件點反轉驅動機制可提供較均勾的電 而降低畫面閃爍與串音現象以提升影像的品質。 $開關元件的極性構成西洋棋盤圖案,應期7(a)與州 m Γ_'圖Ϊ之另一種畫素圖案亦被提出。圖7⑷與7(e)分別 、二不此旦素圖樣73G之負質點極性圖案(標示為頂_)與正 貝點極性圖案(標示為730+),其中畫素圖樣730且有十二 =顏色質點。如圖所示,畫素圖樣73〇之每個顏色分 =割成四個顏色質點。顏色質‘點CD_U(即為第一顏色 一篁之第個顏色質點)、CD 一 2_1(即為第二顏色分量之第 所=顏色質點)、CD—3一1(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色 貝點)構成畫素圖樣730的第一列。顏色質點cD_i_2、 一 2、CD—3_2構成畫素圖樣730的第二列。不過,第 ^列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點CD—2_2鄰接於顏色質點 〜i-1。亦即顏色質點CD_2_2是水平對準顏色質點 38 1338798 CD—l —1,並與顏色質點cD一丨」垂直間隔一個垂直質點間 距VDS。顏色質點⑶丄3、CD 2—3、CD—3—3構成畫素 圖樣730的第三列’且第三列是與第—列對齊以使得顏色 質點⑶-1-3鄰接於顏色質·點CD—2—2。顏色質點CD丄4、 CD—2—4、CD—3—4構成晝素圖樣73〇的第四列,且第四列 是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點CD义4鄰接於顏色質點 丨―3。元件裝置區域DCA—丨、DCA—2、dca_3構成畫 素圖樣730 #第五列,且第五列是對齊於第一列愈第三 =二開關元件SE—丨、SE_2、SE—3 *分別位;元件 、DCA—2、DCA-3,而開關元件SE 1是 色質點CD丄〗,丄2,丄HD〗-4的 』色貝點CD—1—2的電極是藉由顏色質點⑶ 的電極而耦接至開關元件,且顏色 ---- 藉由顏色質點CD 1 4的電丄3的電極是 開關元…是輕==至開關元件。類似地, 23、⑷二Ϊ 質⑶又丨、CD-2-2、 - —一4的電極,又開關元件SE 3曰圭μ 質點CD_3J、CD」」、CD 3 3、 —疋耦接至顏色 開關元件SE」、SE: 2、^ 的電極。再者, C〇J-4、CD-2-4、⑶丄4的』分別轉接至顏色質點 ’叫圖7⑷繪示畫素圖樣 在負質點極性圖案中,第_ 、 負質點極性圖案。 與顏色質點CD 2 1、刀置(即為開闕元件S£ 2 極性,而第-與第三顏色分量門2、3 CD—2—4)具有正 W马開關几件SE〗、SE 3 39 1338798S 37 1338798 P((〇!ih ^ ® 7(c)//fp^>°), p.," has a positive P (x, y) can be the first - has been smashed Guoan P Tian x In the case of odd numbers, the pixel switching element case. The pixel pattern of Figure 7(8) uses all the gold: motion mechanism, and as in the previous case, all the pixels in the next frame will switch the particle polarity pattern. In a certain embodiment of the present invention, the fighting mechanism is used to take the (four) off switch element point reversal drive point 2: in the reverse drive mechanism, wherein the switch element 荦, and the _ motion mechanism can make the polarity of the switch element The checkerboard pattern of the western board can make the polarity of the switch material: pattern. Several points of the dot inversion drive mechanism can provide more uniform power and reduce the flicker and crosstalk of the picture to improve the image quality. The polarity of the switching element constitutes the western checkerboard pattern, and another pixel pattern of the 7 (a) and state m Γ _ ' diagrams is also proposed. Figures 7 (4) and 7 (e) respectively, the second is not the pattern 73G Negative particle polarity pattern (labeled as top_) and positive dot point polarity pattern (labeled as 730+), where pixel pattern 730 has twelve = color As shown in the figure, each color of the pixel pattern 73〇 is cut into four color points. The color quality is 'CD_U (that is, the first color point of the first color), CD-2_1 (ie The first column of the pixel pattern 730 is the first column of the pixel pattern 730. The color particle cD_i_2, a 2, is the first color column of the second color component, and the CD-3. CD-3_2 constitutes the second column of the pixel pattern 730. However, the column is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD-2_2 is adjacent to the color dot ~i-1. That is, the color dot CD_2_2 is a horizontally aligned color dot. 38 1338798 CD—l —1, and vertically separated from the color dot cD” by a vertical dot spacing VDS. Color dots (3)丄3, CD 2—3, CD—3—3 constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 730’ And the third column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot (3)-1-3 is adjacent to the color quality dot CD-2-2. The color dots CD丄4, CD-2-4, CD-3-4 constitute 昼The fourth column of the prime pattern 73〇, and the fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD4 is adjacent to the color dot 丨-3. The set areas DCA_丨, DCA-2, dca_3 form the pixel pattern 730# fifth column, and the fifth column is aligned with the first column. The third=two switching elements SE_丨, SE_2, SE-3 ; component, DCA-2, DCA-3, and the switching element SE 1 is the color point CD丄, 丄2, 丄HD〗 4's color point CD-1-2 electrode is by color point (3) The electrode is coupled to the switching element, and the color---the electrode of the electrode 3 through the color dot CD 1 4 is a switching element... is light == to the switching element. Similarly, 23, (4) diterpene (3) and 丨, CD-2-2, -4, 4 electrodes, and switching elements SE 3 曰 μ μ 质 CD_3J, CD"", CD 3 3, - 疋 coupled to The color switching element SE", SE: 2, ^ electrode. Furthermore, C〇J-4, CD-2-4, and (3)丄4 are respectively transferred to the color dot ’. Figure 7(4) shows the pixel pattern. In the negative dot polarity pattern, the _ and negative particle polarity patterns. With the color dot CD 2 1 , the knife set (that is, the opening element S £ 2 polarity, and the first and third color component gates 2, 3 CD — 2 - 4) has a positive W horse switch several pieces SE, SE 3 39 1338798

與顏色質點 CDJJ'cd丄2、CD_L3、eD CD」_2、CD—3」、CD_3—4)具有負極性。圖;:-金 素之正質點極性圖案。在正質點=出= =分元件SE—2與顏色質點二弟 2 ^ CD_2_3 ^ CD^4)## | m± , ^ ^ ~ 色'量(即^It has a negative polarity with the color dots CDJJ'cd2, CD_L3, eD CD"_2, CD-3", CD_3-4). Figure;: - The positive dot polarity pattern of the gold. In the positive particle = out = = sub-element SE - 2 and color point two brother 2 ^ CD_2_3 ^ CD ^ 4) # # | m ± , ^ ^ ~ color 'quantity (ie ^

二L2、CDJ」' ⑶丄4、CD」_1、CD—3—2、⑶;3、 CD—3_4)具有正極性。 -- *辛[:Γ =示顯示器750的局部,而顯示器75。的 年棋盤畫素極性圖案。如圖7(⑽示 ^ ^ p〇,丨)P(2,l)疋應用圖7⑻與 具有負質點極_=(。畫。)素 —于' rvx,y)具有弟一質點極性圖 點極性_。然而再; _極性圖案。具體而言, 第-質點極性g荦2素疋應用第—種畫素圖樣並具有 二第二組晝素亦是應用第一種畫素圖 全辛圖'様右Ξ極性圖案’且第三組畫素是應用第二種 旦素圖樣並具有第-質點極性圖案,又第四組畫素亦是應 -: rz 40 1338798 f第-種晝素圖樣但具有第二質點極性圖案。更進一步而 二’圖7(f)之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器具有第—組列向之 :素,第二組列向之畫素,其中第-組列向之畫素是由交 之第、、且畫素與第二組畫素所構成,而第二組列向之畫 素是由交替之第三組畫素與第四組畫素所構成。最後,這 些列是由第一組列向與第二組列向交替排列而成。如此— 來圖7(f)之畫素圖案便可應帛開關元件點反轉驅動機制。 卿3]依據本發明之概念,熟悉此項技藝者當可輕易 推出其他形式的畫素圖樣。舉例而言,如前述之相同方式, 每個顏色分量可分割為五個或更多的顏色質點。不過,由 於畫素的設計應該要相對簡單,且過多的顏色質點會降低 開口率(aperture rati0),所以除非在行數亦同時增加的情況 下,否則在單-畫素中超過六列晝素質點的設計是不被建 議的。 _4]特別是在大尺寸或是高亮度的㈣中,本發明 之某些實施例會具有四個顏色分量。在大部份的應財, 這四個顏色分量分別是紅、綠、藍與白以用來提高顯示單 元的亮度與對比。不過在其他的應用中,第四個顏色分量 亦可為另外三個顏色分量其中之一。舉例而言’在許多軍 事應用上’這四個顏色分量分別是紅、綠、藍與綠。圖8⑻ 與8(b)為依據本發明另一實施例之畫素圖樣81〇 (標示為 810曰-與810+)之質點極性圖案。晝素圖樣請包括四個顏色 分量,而每個顏色分量再分割成六個顏色質點以形成兩個 鋸齒行向。顏色質點CDjJ、CD_2j、cmCDj 2、 CD—3_1、CD—4—1、CD_3_2、CD—4—2 構成晝素圖樣 81〇 1338798 的第-列。顏色質點 CDJ—3、CD—2 3、cd丄4 ' cd_2—4、 =:3:3 :〒D-4「3、CD」-4、CD-4」構成畫素圖樣810 ΓΓ)弟丨一3鄱;^過’第二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點 CDJ_3鄰接於顏色質點CD—2—】。顏Two L2, CDJ"' (3) 丄 4, CD"_1, CD-3-2, (3); 3, CD-3_4) have positive polarity. -- * 辛 [: Γ = shows part of display 750, while display 75. The board of the year has a polar pattern. Figure 7 ((10) shows ^ ^ p〇, 丨) P(2, l) 疋 Apply Figure 7 (8) with a negative point _= (. 画.) 素 - in ' rvx, y) with a particle point polarity map polarity_. However again; _ polarity pattern. Specifically, the first-particle polarity g荦2 prime 疋 applies the first-type pixel pattern and has two second group of 昼素 is also applied to the first pixel map full symplectic graph '様 right Ξ polarity pattern' and third The group of pixels is applied with a second denier pattern and has a first-particle polarity pattern, and the fourth group of pixels is also a -: rz 40 1338798 f first-type alizarin pattern but with a second particle polarity pattern. Further, the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display of FIG. 7(f) has a first group of columns: a prime, a second group of pixels, wherein the first group of pixels is a pixel. And the pixels are composed of the second group of pixels, and the second group of pixels are composed of the alternating third group of pixels and the fourth group of pixels. Finally, these columns are alternately arranged from the first set of columns to the second set of columns. Thus - the pixel pattern of Figure 7(f) can be applied to the point-inversion driving mechanism of the switching element. According to the concept of the present invention, other forms of pixel patterns can be easily introduced by those skilled in the art. For example, in the same manner as described above, each color component can be divided into five or more color dots. However, since the design of the pixels should be relatively simple, and too many color points will reduce the aperture ratio (aperture rati0), unless the number of lines is also increased at the same time, more than six columns in the single-pixel quality The design of the point is not recommended. _4] In particular, in large size or high brightness (4), certain embodiments of the present invention will have four color components. In most accounts, the four color components are red, green, blue, and white to increase the brightness and contrast of the display unit. However, in other applications, the fourth color component can be one of the other three color components. For example, the four color components in 'many military applications' are red, green, blue, and green, respectively. 8(8) and 8(b) are particle dot patterns of pixel patterns 81A (labeled 810曰- and 810+) according to another embodiment of the present invention. The tilde pattern includes four color components, and each color component is subdivided into six color dots to form two sawtooth directions. The color dots CDjJ, CD_2j, cmCDj 2, CD-3_1, CD-4-1, CD_3_2, CD-4-2 constitute the first column of the alizarin pattern 81〇 1338798. Color dot CDJ-3, CD-2, cd丄4 ' cd_2-4, =:3:3 : 〒D-4 "3, CD"-4, CD-4" constitutes a pixel pattern 810 ΓΓ) A 3 鄱; ^ over the second column offsets the first column such that the color dot CDJ_3 is adjacent to the color dot CD-2. Yan

CD—4_6構成畫素圖樣8丨〇的第三列,且第;列是斑第二列 對齊以使得顏色質點CD又5鄰接於顏色質點⑶、】3。畫 素圖樣81G亦包括元件裝置區域DCa」、dca」、、 DCA_4 ’而為了對稱排列起見,每個元件裝置區域的寬度 等於兩個顏色質點的寬度加上一個水平質點間距顧。元 件裝置區域DCA J、DCA—2、DCA_3、DCA—4構成畫素圖 樣810的第四列’且第四列是對齊於第一列與第三列了此 ^開關元件SE」、SE—2、SE—3、SE_4是分別位於元件 表置區域 DCA 1、Γ)ΓΑ 2、ΓίΓ^Δ 1 Α . 」DC Α一3、DCA—4。開關元件 ~疋耦接至第一顏色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD—1」〜CD—丨―6)。類似地,開關元件兕―2是耦接至第二 顏色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_2j二 CD一2—6) ’而開關元件SE_3是耦接至第三顏色分量的六個 顏色質曰點(即顏色質點CD_3J〜CD—3—6),且開關元件 SE-4是耦接至第四顏色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD—4」〜CD_4_6)。 / [0085]圖8(a)繪示晝素圖樣810_之負質點極性圖案。 在負質點極性圖案中,第二與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件 SE—2、SE—4 與顏色質點 CD_2_1、CD」2、cD 2 3、 CD-2—4、CD—2_5、CD—2_6、CD_4 J、CD人2、CD 4一 3、 42 ί s CD_4_4 ' CD 4 c 0 色分量(即為門· -4—6)具有正極性,而第一與第三顏CD-4_6 constitutes the third column of the pixel pattern 8丨〇, and the first column is the second column of the spot alignment so that the color dot CD 5 is adjacent to the color dot (3), 3. The pixel pattern 81G also includes component device regions DCa", dca", and DCA_4'. For symmetrical alignment, the width of each component device region is equal to the width of two color dots plus a horizontal dot pitch. The component device regions DCA J, DCA-2, DCA_3, DCA-4 form the fourth column ' of the pixel pattern 810' and the fourth column is aligned with the first column and the third column. The switching elements SE", SE-2 , SE-3, SE_4 are located in the component table area DCA 1, Γ) ΓΑ 2, ΓίΓ ^ Δ 1 Α . "DC Α 1 3, DCA-4. The switching element ~疋 is coupled to the six color dots of the first color component (ie, color dot CD-1) to CD-丨-6. Similarly, the switching element 兕-2 is a six color dot coupled to the second color component (ie, color dot CD_2j II CD 2-4) and the switching element SE_3 is six colors coupled to the third color component. The quality points (ie, color dots CD_3J to CD-3-6), and the switching element SE-4 are six color dots (ie, color dots CD-4 to CD_4_6) coupled to the fourth color component. [0085] FIG. 8(a) illustrates a negative dot polarity pattern of the alizarin pattern 810_. In the negative dot polarity pattern, the second and fourth color components (ie, switching elements SE-2, SE-4 and color dots CD_2_1, CD"2, cD23, CD-2-4, CD-2_5, CD —2_6, CD_4 J, CD person 2, CD 4-3, 42 ί s CD_4_4 ' CD 4 c 0 color component (ie, door · -4-6) has positive polarity, and the first and third colors

CD CD :2、CD^V ⑶丄4、C叫 性。圖8(b)格示金去⑶」—4、CD」-5、CD」-6)具有負極 點極性圖幸;:、:素圖樣81〇+之正質點極性圖案。在正質 物色質 C〇_2_5 - CD_2_6 , CD;4 J . c〇 ; 2 ^Dd 2;3 ' ^_2_4 -CD—4—5、CD_、6)具有負極第第:了 4 4 為開關元件SEJ、SE 3與顏f 色分置(即 CD 1 3、r>n , —,、颂巴貝點 CD—1_ι、CD i 2、 ⑶—、c= 「i: -3-5、CD」-6)具有正極性。— 交替列的^荦用圖/⑻與8⑷之畫素圖樣之畫素需排列成 質列與奇數列的畫素是具有相反的 -質=荦、ΐ"奇數時,畫素_可為第 二點極f生圖案。相反地’當y為偶數時,畫素 t Ί8(c)lt^'" ^ s〇〇 <局口P。具體而s,畫素p(〇,〇)是位於笼 是位於下一列,A中書 t第—列,而畫素ρ(〇,υ 畫素_具有負質點極性L,案):^質圖案,而 框時’所有的畫素均會變換質點極性圖荦:此】下圖:) 之畫素圖案是應用開關元件點反轉驅動^ S ) 陶7]如圖8⑷所示’此交替列之圖荦合導致非對稱的 J色分佈。舉例而言’畫素糊之顏色質;二 接於畫素P(〇取顏色質點CDJ—〗,所以本發明之某些實 43 ^38798 施,亦會採用有別於畫素圖樣81()之其他晝素圖樣以使顯 不器具有更佳對稱的顏色分佈。具體而言,圖8⑷與8(e) 為依據本發明另一實施例之晝素圖樣83〇的質點極性圖 案。 、田[0088]畫素圖樣830包括四個顏色分量,而每個顏色 刀里再分割成六個顏色質點以形成兩個鋸齒行向。顏色質 2 CD1J、CD—2」、CD—12 ' CD_2_2、CD 3—卜 CD 41、CD CD: 2, CD^V (3) 丄 4, C call. Fig. 8(b) shows that gold goes to (3)"-4, CD"-5, CD"-6) has a negative polarity point map;:,: prime pattern 81〇+ positive dot polarity pattern. In the normal matter color C〇_2_5 - CD_2_6 , CD; 4 J . c〇; 2 ^Dd 2; 3 ' ^_2_4 -CD—4—5, CD_, 6) has the negative electrode: 4 4 is the switch The components SEJ, SE 3 and the color f are separated (ie, CD 1 3, r>n, —,, 颂巴贝点CD—1_ι, CD i 2, (3)—, c= “i: -3-5, CD -6) has positive polarity. — The pixels of the alternating columns are the pixels of the pixel patterns of (8) and 8(4), and the pixels of the odd and odd columns are arranged to have the opposite - quality = 荦, ΐ " odd, the pixel _ can be the first Two-point polar f-pattern. Conversely, when y is even, the pixel t Ί8(c)lt^'" ^ s〇〇 <office mouth P. Specifically, s, the pixel p (〇, 〇) is located in the next column, A in the book t-column, and the pixel ρ (〇, 画 素 _ has a negative particle polarity L, case): Pattern, while the box 'all pixels will change the particle polarity map 此: this】 The following picture:) The pixel pattern is applied to the switching element point inversion drive ^ S) Tao 7] as shown in Figure 8 (4) 'this alternate The combination of the columns of the columns results in an asymmetric J color distribution. For example, the color quality of the painting paste; the second is connected to the pixel P (collecting the color dot CDJ-〗, so some of the real 43 ^38798 of the present invention will also be different from the pixel pattern 81 () The other elemental patterns are such that the display has a more symmetrical color distribution. Specifically, Figures 8(4) and 8(e) are particle polarity patterns of the alizarin pattern 83〇 according to another embodiment of the present invention. [0088] The pixel pattern 830 includes four color components, and each color knife is further divided into six color dots to form two sawtooth directions. Color quality 2 CD1J, CD-2", CD-12' CD_2_2, CD 3 - CD 41,

CD-CD_4—2構成畫素圖樣830的第一列。顏色質點 CD-1—3、CD_2—3、CD_1_4、CD_2_4、CD 3 3、CD 4 3、 CD-3-4、CD一4_4構成晝素圖樣830的第二列。不過,第 二列偏移[列以使得顏色質點CD又3鄰接於顏色質點 CD—1 — 1。顏色質點 CD_1_5、CD_2」、CD_1_6、、 CD:3—5、CD—4—5、CD_3_6、CD—4_6 構成畫素圖樣 83〇 的第二列,且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點 CD_1 一5鄰接於顏色質點CD—2—3。畫素圖樣83〇亦包括元CD-CD_4-2 constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 830. The color dots CD-1-3, CD_2-3, CD_1_4, CD_2_4, CD33, CD43, CD-3-4, CD-4_4 constitute the second column of the alizarin pattern 830. However, the second column is offset [column such that the color dot CD 3 is adjacent to the color dot CD-1 - 1. The color dots CD_1_5, CD_2", CD_1_6, CD: 3-5, CD-4-5, CD_3_6, CD-4_6 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 83〇, and the third column is aligned with the first column so that The color dot CD_1-5 is adjacent to the color dot CD-2-3. The prime pattern 83〇 also includes the element

件裝置區域 DCA—l、DCA—2、DCA一3、DCA—4,而為了對 稱排列起見,母個元件裝置區域的寬度等於兩個顏色質點 的I度加上一個水平質點間距HDS。元件裝置區域 DCA_1、DCA—2、DCA—3、DCA—4 構成晝素圖樣 83〇 的第 四列,且第四列是對齊於第二列。此外,開關元件兕」、 SE—2、SE一3、SE_4是分別位於元件裝置區域DCA—】、 DC A_2、DC A—3、DC A_4。開關元件SE—丨是耦接至第— 顏色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD 1丨〜 CD_1 一 6)。類似地,開關元件SE_2是耦接至第二顏色分量 的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD—2一丨〜CD—2—6),而開關 44 1338798 件SE_3是耦接至第三顏色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質 點CD—3—1〜CD一3—6),且開關元件SE—4是耦接至第四顏 色分量的六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_4_1〜 [0089]圖8(d)繪示畫素圖樣83〇_之負質點極性圖案。 在負質點極性圖案中,第二與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件 SE-2、SE-4 與顏色質點 CD—2_1、CD—2_2、CD 2 3、 CD一2_4、CD—2—5、CD—2—6、CD一4 J、CD_4—2、CD」3、The device area DCA-1, DCA-2, DCA-3, DCA-4, and for the symmetry arrangement, the width of the parent device area is equal to the I degree of the two color points plus a horizontal dot spacing HDS. The component device areas DCA_1, DCA-2, DCA-3, and DCA-4 form the fourth column of the tilde pattern 83〇, and the fourth column is aligned with the second column. Further, the switching elements 兕", SE-2, SE-3, SE_4 are located in the device device regions DCA_], DC A_2, DC A-3, DC A_4, respectively. The switching element SE_丨 is a six color dot coupled to the first color component (ie, color dot CD 1 丨 ~ CD_1 - 6). Similarly, the switching element SE_2 is coupled to the six color dots of the second color component (ie, the color dot CD-2~CD-2-6), and the switch 44 1338798 SE_3 is coupled to the third color component. The six color dots (ie, the color dot CD_3-1 to CD-3-6), and the switching element SE-4 is the six color dots coupled to the fourth color component (ie, the color dot CD_4_1~ [0089] Figure 8(d) shows the negative dot polarity pattern of the pixel pattern 83〇_. In the negative dot polarity pattern, the second and fourth color components (ie, the switching elements SE-2, SE-4 and the color dot CD) 2_1, CD-2_2, CD 2 3, CD-2_4, CD-2-5, CD-2-6, CD-4J, CD_4-2, CD"3,

CD—4—5、CD—4—6)具有正極性’而第一與第三顏 色分量(即為開關元件SE—丨、SE_3與顏色質點CD」」: CD丄2 ' CD」」、CD—4、CD丄5、CD16、cd:3-卜 =_3_2、CD_3—3、CD_3—4、CD_3—5、CD_3—6)具有負極 性。圖8(e)繪示畫素圖樣83〇+之正質點極性圖案。在正質 點極性圖案中,第二與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件兕2 '、 SE一4 與顏色質點 CD—2」、CD—2 2、CD—3、⑶ 2 4、 CD一2—5、CD_2_6、CD—4 J、CD_4—2、CD 4—_3、CD—4——4、 _4_5 CD_4_6)具有負極性’而第一與第三顏色分量(即 為開關元件SE—1、SE—3與顏色質點CD丄卜CD ! 2 CD丄3、CD丄4、CD丄5、CD J 6、…:卜 CD:” CD—3_3、CD_3_4、CD—3_5、CDJ—6)具有正極性。 [0_]同時應用圖8⑻與8(b)的畫素圖樣以及圖_ ,8⑷的畫素圖樣之這些畫素需排列成 偶數列之畫素可為第—種畫素圖樣,而奇數列之書素ί it畫/圖樣。圖戰示應用此圖案之顯示器㈣ if 士具體而言,畫素柳)是位於第-列,而書素Ρ(0,υ 疋位於下一列,其中畫素Ρ_是應用圖_與阶)的書素 45 圖樣830 ’而晝素p(〇,】)是 質點極性圖案。圖8_兩個 具有相同的 然而,當換到下一個圖括# —素句為負貝點極性圖案。 點極性圖案。如此一 畫,均會變換成正質 第一畫素圖樣。相反地,當y為:=’畫素p(x,y)可為CD—4—5, CD—4—6) have positive polarity' and first and third color components (ie, switching elements SE—丨, SE_3, and color dot CD”: CD丄2 'CD'”, CD —4, CD丄5, CD16, cd: 3-Bu=_3_2, CD_3—3, CD_3—4, CD_3—5, CD_3—6) have a negative polarity. Fig. 8(e) shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the pixel pattern 83〇+. In the positive dot polarity pattern, the second and fourth color components (ie, switching element 兕2', SE-4 and color dot CD-2), CD-2 2, CD-3, (3) 2 4, CD-2 —5, CD_2_6, CD—4 J, CD_4—2, CD 4—_3, CD—4—4, _4_5 CD_4_6) have a negative polarity and the first and third color components (ie, the switching element SE-1) SE-3 and color dot CD丄 CD! 2 CD丄3, CD丄4, CD丄5, CD J 6,...: CD: “CD—3_3, CD_3_4, CD—3_5, CDJ—6) has a positive electrode [0_] Simultaneously applying the pixel patterns of Figures 8(8) and 8(b) and the pixel patterns of Figures _, 8(4), the pixels that need to be arranged in even columns can be the first pixel pattern, and odd The list of books is a picture/pattern of the picture. The picture shows the display using this pattern (4) if the person is specifically in the first column, and the book is in the next column, where the painting is in the next column. Susie _ is the application map _ and the order of the book 45 pattern 830 ' while the p prime p (〇, 】) is the particle polarity pattern. Figure 8_ two have the same, however, when switching to the next figure includes # — The prime sentence is a negative point dot polarity pattern. The pattern thus a painting, are replaced by a positive quality becomes a first pixel pattern Conversely, when y is: = 'pixel p (x, y) can be

第二晝素圖樣。亦即,圖8(的 日,,晝素p(x,y)可為 行反轉驅動機制。 (f)的晝素圖案是採用開關元件 [_1]儘管相較於圖8(c)之 素圖案具有較佳的色彩分佈,不—m;3 s ’圖㈣之畫 應用圖⑽之畫素圖案以替換圖8(二S實=仍 之畫素圖案是採用開關元件行 广二圆_ 較於開關元件行反轉驅動機 『株技疋因為相 [_2]圖9⑷與會比較輕微。 E, , ^ 0 ()為依據本發明另一實施例之金j 圖樣910之質點極性圖案 貫匕例之旦素 四個顏色分量,而每個顏色::==畫素圖樣_包括 顏色質點CDJJ(即為第再,割成四個顏色質點。 ⑶―2—丨(即為第二 / Π;個顏色質點)、 ⑶丄】(即為第三顏色分二:-個顏色質點)、 ⑶―4_1(即為第四顏色 里之第-個彥員色質點)、 樣-的第-列。顏色質點丄固顏 CD—4—2構成晝素圖樣9 : -2—二、3—2、 一列以使得顏色質點CD i 列。不過’苐二列偏移第 —~郴接於顏色質點CD一2—1。顏 46 s 1338798 】I: CD~!r3、CD-2-3、CD-3-3、CD-4-3 構成畫素圖 ,的第二列,且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質 鄰接於顏色質點。0丄2。顏色質點二 CD—2—4、CD—3—4、CD_4_4構成晝素圖樣910的第四列, 且第四列是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點CD丄4鄰接於 irt 1點CD—2」°畫素圖樣910亦包括元件裝置區域 DCA—1、nDCA—2、DCA一3、D<:A—4 ’ 而元件裳置區域 ~ CA~2、DCA-3、DCA-4構成畫素圖樣910的第 SF : ί第五列是與第四列水平對齊。此外,開關元件 DC—A nTSE—Μ-4 *分別位於元件裝置區域 A—2、隐-3、DCA-4’其中開關元件SE 1 疋耗接至顏色質,點CD丄】、CDJ—2、CDj 3 cd「 ,電極’而開關元件SE_2是耦接至顏色質點cd 2-丨: D—2—2、CD又3、CD—2—4之電極’且開關元件SE 輕接至顏色質點CD—3J、CD」_2、CD 3 3、⑶3—4 = 電極’又開關元件SE_4是编接至顏色 “ CD-4-2、⑶人3、CD—4_4之電極。 七、 [所_3]圖9(翁示畫素圖樣91()之負質點極性圖案。 在負貝,極=案中,第二與第四顏色分量(即為開關:件 E—2、SE_4 與顏色質點 cD_2_l、CD 2 2、eD ^ C〇_2_4 ^ ^ CD_4_2 . CD 4 3 . ~〇'4 4), 性,而第-與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件 顏色質點 CD—、CD丄2、CD—i 3、CD 匕4 ^、 CD丄2、CD—3—3、CD—3—4)具有負極性。圖-9_;佥+ 圖樣9UH之正質點極性圖案。在正質點極性圖案;^素The second element is the pattern. That is, in Fig. 8 (day, the pixel p(x, y) may be a line inversion driving mechanism. The pixel element of (f) is a switching element [_1] although compared to Fig. 8(c) The prime pattern has a better color distribution, not -m; 3 s 'Fig. (4) The drawing of the picture (10) is replaced by the pixel pattern (Fig. 8) (2S = still pixel pattern is a switching element line 2nd circle _ Compared with the switching element row inversion driver, the technique is relatively slight because the phase [_2] is shown in Fig. 9(4). E, , ^ 0 () is the dot pattern of the gold dot pattern 910 according to another embodiment of the present invention. For example, the four colors of the color, and each color::== pixel pattern _ including the color dot CDJJ (that is, the second, cut into four color points. (3) ― 2 丨 (that is, the second / Π ; a color point), (3) 丄 】 (that is, the third color is divided into two: - a color point), (3) ― 4_1 (that is, the first color in the fourth color), the first column of the sample The color point 丄 颜 CD CD - 4 - 2 constitutes the enamel pattern 9 : -2 - 2, 3 - 2, a column to make the color point CD i column. But '苐 two columns offset the first ~ ~ 郴 connected to the color point CD-2 1. Yan 46 s 1338798] I: CD~!r3, CD-2-3, CD-3-3, CD-4-3 form the second column of the pixel map, and the third column is the first column Align so that the color quality is adjacent to the color dot. 0丄2. The color dot two CD-2-4, CD-3-4, CD_4_4 constitute the fourth column of the pixel pattern 910, and the fourth column is aligned with the second column. So that the color dot CD丄4 is adjacent to the irt 1 dot CD-2° pixel pattern 910 also includes the component device regions DCA-1, nDCA-2, DCA-3, D<:A-4' and the component skirting region ~ CA~2, DCA-3, DCA-4 form the SF of the pixel pattern 910: ί The fifth column is horizontally aligned with the fourth column. In addition, the switching elements DC_A nTSE_Μ-4 * are respectively located in the component device Area A-2, Hidden-3, DCA-4' where the switching element SE 1 is consumed to the color quality, point CD丄, CDJ-2, CDj 3 cd ", electrode ' and the switching element SE_2 is coupled to the color Particle cd 2-丨: D—2—2, CD and 3, CD—2—4 electrode' and the switching element SE is lightly connected to the color dot CD—3J, CD”_2, CD 3 3, (3) 3—4 = electrode 'The switching element SE_4 is spliced to the color "CD-4-2, (3) person 3 , the electrode of CD-4_4. 7. [Figure _3] Figure 9 (negative pixel pattern 91 () negative particle polarity pattern. In negative shell, pole = case, the second and fourth color components (that is Switch: part E-2, SE_4 and color point cD_2_l, CD 2 2, eD ^ C〇_2_4 ^ ^ CD_4_2 . CD 4 3 . ~〇'4 4), sex, and the first and third color components (ie The switching element color dot CD-, CD 丄 2, CD-i 3, CD 匕 4 ^, CD 丄 2, CD-3-3, CD 3-4 has a negative polarity. Figure-9_; 佥+ pattern 9UH positive dot polarity pattern. Polarity pattern in positive dots;

47 S ,第四顏色分量(即為開關元件SE_2、SE—4與顏色質點 〜2J、CD—2—2、CD2—3、CD_2」、CD4J、CD」_2、 =D〜4_3、CD—4—4)具有負極性’而第—與第三顏色分量(即 為開關元件SEJ、SE_3與顏色質點CD—、cd」—2、 D_J_3 CDj—4、CD 3—1、CD—3—2、CD_3—3、CD 3 4) 具有正極性。 — —— ▲ [〇〇94]以應用® 9⑻與®I 9(b)之畫素圖樣之顯示器而 s,在一個顯示圖框時,所有畫素會具有相同的質點極性 圖案’:使得顯示器,的所有顏色質點構成西洋棋盤圖 案。如刖所述,連續的顯示圖框會不斷於兩種質點極性圖 案之間切換。舉例而言,圖9(c)繪示顯示器900的局部, 而=示器 900 之畫素 P(〇,〇)、P(0,1)、p(l,0)、P(u)均具有 負貝點極性圖帛。然%,當換到T一個圖框fl夺,所有的畫 ^均會黉換成正質點極性圖案。此外,圖9(c)之畫素圖案 是採用開關元件行反轉驅動機制。 金[〇〇95]在本發明之某些實施例中,採用不同質點極性 之畫素可具有較均勻的電性分佈,因此本發明之這些實施 例會採用有別於圖9(a)與9(b)之畫素圖樣910之其他畫素 圖樣。圖9(d)-9(e)為依據本發明另一實施例之晝素圖樣93〇 ^點極性圖案。具體而t·,畫素圖樣93G包括四個顏色 刀里,而每個顏色分量再分割四個顏色質點。顏色質點 CD—i-U即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 —2 J(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—(即為第三顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD一4__1(即為第四顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)構成畫素圖 48 1338798 樣 930 的第一列。顏色質點 cd_1_2、CD—2_2、CD_3_2、 CD_4_2構成畫素圖樣91〇的第二列。不過,第二列偏移第 一列以使得顏色質點CD_2一2鄰接於顏色質點CD_1_1。顏 色質點 CD_1_3、CD_2—3、CD—3—3、CD—4—3 構成畫素圖 樣930的第三列,且第三列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質 點CD-丨—3鄰接於顏色質點CD__2_2。顏色質點CD_1_4、 CD-2」CD一3—4、CD_4_4構成畫素圖樣930的第四列, 且第四列是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點CD—2—4鄰接於 顏色質點CD—1—3。晝素圖#93〇/亦包括元件裝置區域 DCA—1、DCA—2、DCA—3、DCA—4,而元件裝置區域 —1 DCA—2、DCA—3、DCA 4構成畫素圖樣930的第 二朱t第丨五列是水平對齊於第一列與第三列。此外,開 域:CA7:nrSE—2、犯-3、&4是分別位於元纖 1 ~ ' A-2'DCA-3'DCA-4, SE 1 疋耦接至顏色質點CDJJ、CD i 2、CD—i 3 c - ίΛ極二關元件SE-2是輕接至顏色質點2〕: ―2〜3、CD-2-4之電極,且開關元件SE 3 β 耗接至顏色質點CD—3」、CD—3—2、CD_3争Η疋 電極,又開關元件SE 4是耗接 --之 CD 4 ? ΓΠ 4 ,—疋耦接至顏色質點CD 4 1、 4—2、CD—4J、cD—4—4 之電極。 —— [0096]圖9⑷繪示畫素圖樣93〇 在負質點極性圖荦中,第一鮮“ ' 貝點極性圖案。 SE 2、SE 4 ΚΙ彡一與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件 ~ 处_4與顏色質點cd 2 1、Cn 7, 干 ⑶又 4、CD人〗、CD42、心Df、CDA_3、 性,而第一與第二> 0 β — — eD-4-4)具有正極 弟—顏色分罝(即為開闕元件SE—卜SE 3與 49 1338798 CD丄2、CD_1—3、CDJ—4、CDJ !、 、CD-3-4)具有負極性。圖9(e)繪示畫素 顏色質點CD_1_ CD—3一2、CD—3_47 S , the fourth color component (ie, switching elements SE_2, SE-4 and color dot ~2J, CD-2-2, CD2-3, CD_2), CD4J, CD"_2, =D~4_3, CD-4 - 4) having a negative polarity' and the first and third color components (ie, switching elements SEJ, SE_3 and color dots CD-, cd" - 2, D_J_3 CDj-4, CD 3-1, CD-3-2 CD_3—3, CD 3 4) has positive polarity. — —— ▲ [〇〇94] With the display of the pictogram of the ® 9(8) and ® I 9(b) s, all pixels will have the same dot polarity pattern when displaying a frame': making the display , all the color points make up the checkerboard pattern. As described above, the continuous display frame will continue to switch between the two particle polarity patterns. For example, FIG. 9(c) shows a part of the display 900, and the pixels P of the display 900 are P(〇, 〇), P(0, 1), p(l, 0), P(u). Has a negative shell point polarity map. However, when changing to a frame of T, all the paintings ^ will be replaced by a positive dot polarity pattern. Further, the pixel pattern of Fig. 9(c) is a row inversion driving mechanism using a switching element. Gold [〇〇95] In some embodiments of the present invention, pixels having different particle polarities may have a relatively uniform electrical distribution, and thus these embodiments of the present invention may be different from those of Figures 9(a) and 9 (b) Other pixel patterns of the prime pattern 910. 9(d)-9(e) are diagrams showing a polar pattern of a 93 〇 ^ dot in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the pixel pattern 93G includes four color knives, and each color component is further divided into four color gradations. The color dot CD—iU is the first color dot of the first color component), —2 J (that is, the first color dot of the second color component), CD—(that is, the first one of the third color component) The color dot), CD_4__1 (i.e., the first color dot of the fourth color component) constitutes the first column of the pixel 134 1338798 sample 930. The color dots cd_1_2, CD-2_2, CD_3_2, and CD_4_2 form the second column of the pixel pattern 91〇. However, the second column is offset by the first column such that the color dot CD_2-2 is adjacent to the color dot CD_1_1. The color dots CD_1_3, CD_2-3, CD-3-3, CD-4-3 constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 930, and the third column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CD-丨-3 is adjacent to Color dot CD__2_2. The color dot CD_1_4, CD-2"CD-3-4, CD_4_4 constitute the fourth column of the pixel pattern 930, and the fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD-2-4 is adjacent to the color dot CD- 1-3.昼素图#93〇/ also includes component device areas DCA-1, DCA-2, DCA-3, DCA-4, and component device area-1 DCA-2, DCA-3, DCA 4 constitute a pixel pattern 930 The second Zhu t fifth column is horizontally aligned in the first column and the third column. In addition, the open domain: CA7:nrSE-2, commit-3, &4 are located in the first fiber 1 ~ 'A-2'DCA-3'DCA-4, SE 1 疋 is coupled to the color dot CDJJ, CD i 2, CD-i 3 c - ίΛ pole two off component SE-2 is lightly connected to the color point 2]: ―2~3, CD-2-4 electrode, and the switching element SE 3 β is consumed to the color point CD —3”, CD—3—2, CD_3 contends the electrode, and the switching element SE 4 is the consuming CD- 4 ΓΠ 4 , 疋 is coupled to the color dot CD 4 1 , 4-2 , CD — 4J, cD—4—4 electrodes. —— [0096] Figure 9 (4) shows the pixel pattern 93〇 in the negative particle polarity map, the first fresh “'bee point polarity pattern. SE 2, SE 4 ΚΙ彡 one and the fourth color component (ie, the switching element) ~ at _4 with color dot cd 2 1 , Cn 7, dry (3) and 4, CD person, CD42, heart Df, CDA_3, sex, and first and second > 0 β - eD-4-4) It has a negative polarity when it has a positive electrode-color bifurcation (that is, an opening element SE-b SE 3 and 49 1338798 CD丄2, CD_1-3, CDJ-4, CDJ!, CD-3-4). e) Draw the color of the pixel color CD_1_ CD-3, 2, CD_3_

4) 圖樣930+之正質點極性圖案。在正質點極性圓案令,f 與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件SE_2、SE—4鱼顏色質: CD—2、CD—2—2、CD又3、CD—2__4、cd_—4—丨、⑶人^ CD—4—3、CD—4—4)具有負極性,而第一與第三顏色分量 為開關元件SEJ、SE_3與顏色質點CD—^、CD】2 CD」—3、CD丄4、CD丄卜 CD 3 2、CD—-3—3 cd -、 具有正極性。 [0097]同時應用圖9(am9(b)的畫素圖樣91〇(即第一 晝素圖樣)以及圖9(d)與9(e)的畫素圖樣930(即第二畫素圖 樣)之這些畫素需排列成交替列的圖案,其中在同一列中的 ,素均具有相同的質點極性圖案,而在相鄰兩列上的晝素 是,有相㈣質點極性圖案。圖9晴*制此圖案二顯 不器950之局部。具體而言,畫素是位於第 一列上,並應用圖9(a)與9(b)的晝素圖樣91〇,且均為負質 點極性圖案。然而,如前所述,在連續的圖框下,畫素 P(〇,l)、Ρ(1,1)是於負質點極性圖案與正質點極性圖案之間 不斷切換。類似地,畫素P(0,0)、P(1,〇)是位於第二列上, 並應用圖9(d)與9(e)的畫素圖樣91〇,且具有與晝素 ρ(〇,υ、ρ(ι,ι)相反的質點極性圖案。相較於圖9(c)之畫素 圖案而言’ ® 9⑴之畫素圖案具有較均勻的電性分佈了以 減少畫面閃爍與串音現象而提升光學品質,其中圖9(幻之 畫素圖案是採用開關元件行反轉驅動機制,而圖9⑴之畫 素圖案是採用開關元件點反轉驅動機制。 50 1338798 [0098]圖l〇(a)-l0(b)為依據本發明另一實施例之具有 四個顏色分量之畫素圖樣1010之質點極性圖案。具體而 言’任一顏色分量可再分割成四個顏色質點。附帶一提的 是,每一列上的顏色質點以及元件裝置區域均水平對齊, 而使得畫素圖樣1010之形狀為矩形。元件裝置區域 CA—1 DCA—2、DCA_3、DCA—4 構成畫素圖樣 1〇1〇 的 第—列’且開關元件SE—1、SE一2、SE—3、SE_4是分別位 於元件裝置區域DCA—l、DCA_2、DCA—3、DCA_4。顏色 質點CD—(即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—2—1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—3—1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD_4_1(即為第四顏色分量之第—個顏色質點)構成晝素圖 樣1010的第二列。顏色質點CD」_2、CD」2、cd 2 2、 CDJ—2構成畫素圖樣1G1()的第三列’且顏色質點 疋鄰接於顏色質點CD_1_J。顏色質點CD—l3、CD—2_3、 CD—3—3、CD—4—3構成畫素圖樣〗〇1〇的第四列且顏色質 im1—3是鄰接於顏色質點cd—4-2。最後,顏色質點 ^—^—^⑽又彳心丄斗構成畫素圖樣細 的弟五列,且顏声皙魟m j Λ /邑貝點CD—4一4是鄰接於顏色質點 CD-「丨:夕卜開關凡件SEJ是耦接至顏色質點 SE—2'鉍垃、⑺―1—3、CD—1—4之電極,而開關元件 『2轉接至顏色質點⑶―2—t、⑶η、⑶”、 CD—3—二電Γ二且開關元件兕-3是輕接至顏色質點 SE_4—9耦垃——、CD」」、CD-3-4之電極,又開關元件 SE—4疋搞接至顏色質•點CD—4」、CD42、CD43、 1338798 CD_4—4之電極。 宰。Γ負示晝素圖樣_·之負質點極性圖 未仕貞貝點極性圖案中,笛-命结 SH_2 , SE_4 , -ttD:2,V C^f - ^Dr2' CD~4-3' 〃第 刀量(即為開關元件SE1、SE3盥 顏色質點CD丄卜CDJ—2、CDJ—3、cd“⑷-厂:4) The positive dot polarity pattern of the pattern 930+. In the positive particle polarity case, f and the fourth color component (ie, switching element SE_2, SE-4 fish color quality: CD-2, CD-2-2, CD3, CD-2__4, cd_-4)丨, (3) person ^ CD—4—3, CD—4—4) have a negative polarity, and the first and third color components are switching elements SEJ, SE_3 and color dots CD—^, CD] 2 CD”—3, CD丄4, CD丄CD 3 2, CD-3-3 cd -, have positive polarity. [0097] At the same time, FIG. 9 (the pixel pattern 91〇 of am9(b) (ie, the first pixel pattern) and the pixel pattern 930 of FIG. 9(d) and 9(e) (ie, the second pixel pattern) are applied. These pixels need to be arranged in a pattern of alternating columns, wherein in the same column, the primes all have the same pattern of particle polarity, and the pixels in the adjacent two columns have a phase pattern of phase (four) particles. * Make this pattern two parts of the display 950. Specifically, the pixels are located in the first column, and the alizarin pattern 91〇 of Figures 9(a) and 9(b) is applied, and both are negative particle polarities. However, as described above, under the continuous frame, the pixels P(〇, l) and Ρ(1, 1) are constantly switched between the negative dot polarity pattern and the positive dot polarity pattern. Similarly, The pixels P(0,0) and P(1,〇) are located in the second column, and the pixel patterns 91〇 of FIGS. 9(d) and 9(e) are applied, and have a relationship with the pixel ρ(〇,质, ρ(ι,ι) opposite particle polarity pattern. Compared to the pixel pattern of Figure 9(c), the pixel pattern of '® 9(1) has a more uniform electrical distribution to reduce flicker and crosstalk. Phenomenon and improve optical quality, Figure 9 (illusion The pixel pattern is a switching element row inversion driving mechanism, and the pixel pattern of Figure 9(1) is a switching element dot inversion driving mechanism. 50 1338798 [0098] Figure l〇(a)-l0(b) is based on Another embodiment of the present invention has a pixel polarity pattern of a pixel component 1010 having four color components. Specifically, 'any color component can be subdivided into four color dots. Incidentally, the color dot on each column And the component device areas are horizontally aligned, so that the shape of the pixel pattern 1010 is rectangular. The component device area CA-1 DCA-2, DCA_3, DCA-4 constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 1〇1〇 and the switching element SE-1, SE-2, SE-3, SE_4 are located in the component device areas DCA-1, DCA_2, DCA-3, DCA_4, respectively. The color dot CD-(i.e., the first color dot of the first color component), CD—2-1 (ie, the first color point of the second color component), CD—3-1 (ie, the first color point of the second color component), CD_4_1 (ie, the fourth color component) - a color dot) constitutes the second column of the altar pattern 1010. Color Point CD"_2, CD"2, cd 2 2, CDJ-2 constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 1G1() and the color dot 疋 is adjacent to the color dot CD_1_J. Color dot CD-1, CD-2_3, CD- 3—3, CD—4—3 constitutes the fourth column of the pixel pattern 〇1〇 and the color quality im1—3 is adjacent to the color dot cd—4-2. Finally, the color dot ^—^—^(10) Heart 丄 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 构成 , , , 画 画 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — The dots SE-2' 铋, (7) 1-3, CD 1-4 electrode, and the switching element "2 to color point (3) - 2 - t, (3) η, (3)", CD - 3 - Γ Second, the switching element 兕-3 is lightly connected to the color point SE_4-9 coupling -, CD"", CD-3-4 electrode, and the switching element SE-4 is connected to the color quality point CD-4 , CD42, CD43, 1338798 CD_4-4 electrode. slaughter. The negative polarity of the 昼 图 _ _ _ 未 未 贞 贞 贞 贞 点 点 点 点 点 点 点 点 点 点 点 SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH The amount of knives (ie, switching elements SE1, SE3 盥 color dot CD 丄 CDJ /2, CDJ-3, cd "(4) - factory:

,'nCD~3'3' CD-3-4)^^ ^ ° i〇(b).%^ # 第:盘第:二質點極性圖案。在正質點極性謝, ^上(即為開關元件SE-2、SE-4與顏色質 ί Π . Γ ' - -2 ' CD- ' CD-2-4' ' CD_4_2 ^ AP: CD—4 一4)具有負極性’而第一與第三顏色分量(即 為開關7G件SE—1、SE_3與顏色質點CD 1卜 ⑶丄3、CD丄4、CD_3—】、CD 3 2、CD -3 3、cd - 具有正極性。 ―― — [〇〇_以應用® 1〇⑷與圖10(b)之畫素圖樣1〇1〇之顯 不器而言,在-個顯示圖框時,所有t素會具有相同的質 點極性圖案’錢得顯示H巾的财顏色f點構成西洋棋 盤圖案。如前所述’連續的顯示圖框將會不斷於兩種質點 極性圖案之間切換。 [00101]圖10(C)-10(d)為依據本發明另一實施例之具有 四個顏色分量之畫素圖樣1030之質點極性圖案。類似晝素 圖樣101G’晝素圖樣1G3G同樣具有水平對齊的列向而為 矩形的形狀。元件裴置區域DCA_1、DCA 2、DCA 3、 DCA—4構成畫素圖樣1030的第一列,且開關元件SE—j、, 'nCD~3'3' CD-3-4)^^ ^ ° i〇(b).%^ #第:盘: The second particle polarity pattern. On the positive polarity, Xie, ^ (ie, switching elements SE-2, SE-4 and color quality Π Γ ' - -2 ' CD- ' CD-2-4' ' CD_4_2 ^ AP: CD-4 4) having a negative polarity' and first and third color components (ie, switch 7G pieces SE-1, SE_3 and color dot CD 1 bu(3) 丄 3, CD 丄 4, CD_3 -), CD 3 2, CD -3 3, cd - has a positive polarity. - - [〇〇 _ application ® 1 〇 (4) and Figure 10 (b) of the pixel pattern 1 〇 1 〇 display, in a display frame, All the elements will have the same pattern of dot polarity. 'The money shows that the color of the H-notes f points to form the western checkerboard pattern. As mentioned above, the continuous display frame will continue to switch between the two particle polarity patterns. 10(C)-10(d) is a particle polarity pattern of a pixel pattern 1030 having four color components according to another embodiment of the present invention. Similar to the pixel pattern 101G' alizarin pattern 1G3G also has horizontal alignment The column direction is a rectangular shape. The component placement areas DCA_1, DCA 2, DCA 3, DCA-4 form the first column of the pixel pattern 1030, and the switching element SE_j,

S 52 1338798 SE—2、SE~3、SE~4是分別位於元件裳置區域DCA卜 DCA—2、DCA—3、DCA、4。顏色質點 CD 】 r分量之第一個顏色質點),—顯第—二顏= 弟-個顏色質點PCD」」(即為第三顏 色質點)、cd-4』即為第四顏色分量之第一個顏色二Γ) 構成畫素圖樣1030的第二列。顏色質,點CD又2、〇^‘2、S 52 1338798 SE-2, SE~3, SE~4 are located in the component placement area DCA, DCA-2, DCA-3, DCA, 4. Color dot CD 】 the first color component of the r component), - the first color - the second color = the younger - the color dot PCD" (that is, the third color dot), cd-4 is the fourth color component A color Γ) constitutes the second column of the pixon pattern 1030. Color quality, point CD 2, 〇 ^ ‘2

構成晝素圖樣騰的第三列,且顏色質 J; CD—2—2以接於顏色質點CD—u。顏色質點cd」」、 CD—2—3 CD—3—3、CD—4」構成畫素圖樣!請的第四列, 且顏色質點CD丄3是鄰接於顏色質點⑶ 色質點 CD义,_4、cd_4_4、CD3-4- : = 如。此外,開關s;以The third column of the morpheme pattern is formed, and the color quality is J; CD-2-2 is connected to the color dot CD-u. The color dot cd"", CD-2-3 CD-3-3, CD-4" constitutes a pixel pattern! Please the fourth column, and the color dot CD丄3 is adjacent to the color dot (3) chroma point CD meaning, _4, cd_4_4, CD3-4- : =. In addition, the switch s;

CmCD ! 2、CD ! 3、^ 4^接至顏色質點 0 a , ~ ~ ~ CD—1—4之電極,而開關元件 —疋耦接至顏色質點CHi、CD_2_2、CD 2 3、 CD—2〜4之電極,且開關- —— —- CD^.CD 3 CD 3 3 CD ; sf 4 η > ~ , ~ ' CD」-4之電極,又開關元件 _疋耦接至顏色質點CD_4 J、CD 4 2、CD 4 3 CD_4〜4之電極。 —— ―4」、 = 02]圖10⑷繪示畫素圖樣酬-之負質點極 =負質點極性圖案中’第二與第四顏色分 几件SE〜2、SE—4與顏色質點CD义卜cd—2—2、⑶2 3、 二2二?D—4:1、CD人2、CD-4-3、CD-(4)具有正極 紹备所—與第三顏色分量(即為開關元件SE卜SE 3盥 顏色質點CD—卜⑶丄2、⑶丄3、CD—L4—、CI^厂、CmCD ! 2, CD ! 3, ^ 4^ is connected to the electrode of color dot 0 a , ~ ~ ~ CD-1, and the switching element - 疋 is coupled to color dot CHi, CD_2_2, CD 2 3, CD-2 ~4 electrode, and switch - ————- CD^.CD 3 CD 3 3 CD ; sf 4 η > ~ , ~ ' CD "-4 electrode, and switching element _ 疋 coupled to color dot CD_4 J , CD 4 2, CD 4 3 CD_4 ~ 4 electrode. —— ―4”, = 02] Figure 10 (4) shows the pixel pattern reward - the negative point of the pole = the negative point polarity pattern in the 'second and fourth color points a few SE ~ 2, SE - 4 and color point CD meaning Bu cd—2—2, (3) 2 3, 2 2 2? D—4:1, CD person 2, CD-4-3, CD-(4) has positive polarity preparation—and the third color component (ie, switching element SE, SE 3盥 color dot CD-b (3)丄2 , (3) 丄 3, CD-L4 -, CI ^ factory,

53 ί S 1338798 點CD二4 J、CD」_卜CD—4_2、CD一3—2構成畫素圖樣丨! 1 〇 的第三列,且顏色質點CD—4—i是鄰接於顏色質點53 ί S 1338798 Point CD 2 4 J, CD" _ CD CD-4_2, CD 3-1 2 constitute a picture of the picture! The third column of 1 ,, and the color dot CD—4—i is adjacent to the color dot

CDJJ。顏色質點 CD—1_3、CD 2_3、CD_1 J、CD 構成晝素圖樣1110的第四列,且顏色質點CDj—3是鄰接 於顏色質點CD—4_1。最後,顏色質點CD—4」、CD 3 3、 CD_4—4、CD一3_4構成晝素圖樣111 〇的第五列,且顏色質CDJJ. The color dots CD-1_3, CD 2_3, CD_1 J, and CD constitute the fourth column of the alizarin pattern 1110, and the color dot CDj-3 is adjacent to the color dot CD-4_1. Finally, the color dot CD-4", CD3 3, CD_4-4, CD-3_4 constitute the fifth column of the enamel pattern 111 ,, and the color quality

點CD人3是鄰接於顏色質點CD」—3。此外,開關元件 SE_1是耦接至顏色質點CDJJ、cDj_2、⑶】3、 =十4之電極’而開關元件SE—2是耦接至顏色質點 —=D—2一2、CD-2J、CD—2—4之電極,且開關元件 SE—3疋耦接至顏色質點CD—3J、CD_3_2、cD 3 3、 極,又開關元件SE-4是耦接至顏色質點 CD_4—卜 CD—4—2、CD 4—3、CD—4—4 之電極。 _ _〇5]圖H⑻繪示畫素圖樣ln〇(標示為⑴〇· 貝點極性圖案。在負質點極性圖案中乂The point CD person 3 is adjacent to the color dot CD"-3. In addition, the switching element SE_1 is coupled to the color dot CDJJ, cDj_2, (3) 3, = 10 electrode ' and the switching element SE-2 is coupled to the color dot -= D - 2 - 2, CD-2J, CD - 2 - 4 electrodes, and the switching element SE - 3 疋 is coupled to the color dot CD-3J, CD_3_2, cD 3 3, the pole, and the switching element SE-4 is coupled to the color dot CD_4 - CD - 4 - 2. Electrodes of CD 4-3 and CD-4-4. _ _ 〇 5] Figure H (8) shows the pixel pattern ln 〇 (labeled as (1) 〇 · Bay Point polarity pattern. In the negative particle polarity pattern 乂

CD—2—2、CDA3、CD_24、cd_4i、CD4 d J CD—4—4)具有正極性,而第—與第三顏色分量(即為開關 件SE—l、SE—3與顏色質點CD—!」、CD d 70 4、⑶力、CD—3—2、CD」—3、cV,有匕 :。圖"晴示畫素圖樣"1〇(標示為m。—;之^ 圖案。在正質點極性圖案中,第二 ” ° 開關元件…,—4與顏色…為 CD_2_3-CD^4,cd_4j.cd_4_2 cd-;3^2. 具有負極性,而第一斑第曰 ~ ~ ~4) ”第二顏色刀置(即為開關元件SEJ、 55 1338798 SE_3 與顏色質點 CD—1J、CD丄2、CD—1—3、CD丄4、 • CD—3—1、CD-3 j、CD—3—3、CD—3—4)具有正極性。一— _ [〇〇1〇6]以應用圖n(a)與圖11(b)之畫素圖樣ιπ〇之顯 示器而言,在一個顯示圖框時,所有畫素會具有相同的質 點極性圖案,而使得顯示器中的所有顏色質點構成西洋棋 盤圖案。如前所述,連續的顯示圖框將會不斷於兩種質點 極性圖案之間切換。CD—2—2, CDA3, CD_24, cd_4i, CD4 d J CD—4—4) have positive polarity, and the first and third color components (ie, switch pieces SE-1, SE-3, and color dot CD) !", CD d 70 4, (3) force, CD-3-2, CD"-3, cV, there are 匕:. Fig. "Graphic pattern" "1〇 (marked as m.-; In the positive dot polarity pattern, the second "° switching element..., -4 and color... is CD_2_3-CD^4, cd_4j.cd_4_2 cd-; 3^2. has a negative polarity, and the first spot is 曰~~ ~4) ”Second color knife setting (ie switching element SEJ, 55 1338798 SE_3 and color dot CD-1J, CD丄2, CD-1–3, CD丄4, • CD—3—1, CD-3 j, CD—3—3, CD—3—4) have positive polarity. One— _ [〇〇1〇6] is applied to the display of the pixel of Figure n(a) and Figure 11(b). In a display frame, all pixels will have the same pattern of particle polarity, so that all the color points in the display form a checkerboard pattern. As mentioned above, the continuous display frame will continue to be two kinds of particles. Switch between polarity patterns.

[00107]圖丨2(3)_12(1?)為依據本發明另一實施例之具有 四個顏色分量之畫素圖樣121〇之質點極性。且 言’畫素圖樣咖之任—顏色分量可再分割仏個顏色質 ——1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點;)、 CD-3-1(即為第-…量之第-個顏色質:)、 顏色分量之第—個顏色㈣)構成晝素圖 樣1210的第一列。顏色質點cd」_2、cd 2 2 二D:4—2構成畫素圖樣121〇的第二列。不過-,第二列偏移 第一列以使得顏色質,點CD—L2 顏色質點 CD丄 3、CD—2_3、CD33、cd;=^^ 圖樣1210的第二列,θ @ 一 3 了 — -」構成晝素 質點cd23 _ 觸細使得顏色 Ϊ括护成色質點CDJ—2。畫素圖樣咖亦 包括形成-列之疋件裝置區域dca卜 刀 IX:A_4,且此列是位於第三 — -2 DCA一3、 開關元件SE】、SE 2 ς 、/、卓二列對齊。此外, 區域DCA「、DJ—、S、SE—4是分別位於元件裝置 —CA—2、DCA—3、DCA 4,且 φ M 士 从 SEJ是麵接至顏色質點 叫=開關兀件 —ιυ—i—2、CDJ—3 之電[00107] Figure 2(3)_12(1?) is a particle polarity of a pixel pattern 121 having four color components in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. And the words 'the prime picture of the coffee - the color component can be subdivided into a color quality - 1 (that is, the first color point of the second color component;), CD-3-1 (that is, the first - ... amount The first color quality:), the first color of the color component (four)) constitutes the first column of the altar pattern 1210. The color dot cd"_2, cd 2 2 and the second D: 4-2 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 121〇. However, the second column is offset by the first column to make the color quality, point CD-L2 color dot CD丄3, CD-2_3, CD33, cd; =^^ the second column of the pattern 1210, θ @一 3 - -" constitutes the quality point cd23 _ touch makes the color into the color point CDJ-2. The pixel pattern coffee also includes the formation-column device area dca knife IX: A_4, and the column is located at the third - -2 DCA - 3, switching element SE], SE 2 ς, /, and the two columns are aligned. In addition, the regional DCA ", DJ-, S, SE-4 are located in the component device - CA - 2, DCA - 3, DCA 4, and φ M from the SEJ is the face to the color point called = switch component - ιυ —i—2, CDJ—3

56 S 二’而開關兀件SE-2是耦接至顏色質點CD—2—1、 2—2、CD—2」之電極,且開關^件 = 3」,丄3」之電極,_ 4接至顏色質點CD—4J、CD」_2、CD_4—3之電極。-=01()8]圖12⑻繪示晝素圖樣121()_之負質點極性 元侔SF 9 era '、中第一與第四顏色分置(即為開關 申SE—2、SE—4與顏色質點CD力、CD—2 2、c 4J、CD—4j、CD人3)具有正極性,而第一鱼第^ 色分量(即為開關元件SEJ、SE」與顏色f點cd厂、 Γ1-2、CD-L3、CD-3-1、⑺丄2、CD 3 3)具有負極 繪示晝編12·之正質點^ ^ SE 2圖案中,第二與第四顏色分量(即為開關元件 SE—4與顏色質點CD—2J、CD力、CD—2」' 备:-CD-4-2、CD-4-3)具有負極性,而第一與第三顏 C色:量(即為開關元件SEJ、SE」與顏色質點cdj]: 性 f1—2、CD—L3、CD-3J、CD-3-2、CD丄3)具有正極 里查f1 〇9]應用® 12⑷與12⑻的晝素圖樣12l〇之顯示器 式排列成為交替的質點極性圖案, 書夸目田,數列的旦素具有第一質點極性圖案時,奇數列的 ^ 具有第二質點極性圖案。然而,如前所述,連續的 二圖框,會不斷於兩種質點極性圖案之間切換。圖i⑽ ϋ^$、ΐ2(κ)之局部’其中畫素_)、叩,1)是位於 上並為負極性態樣(negative polarity type)(亦即為 負貝點極性圖案),而畫素P_、戦便位心 Λ 57 並為正極性態樣(亦即為正質點極性圖案)。如此一來,當 y為偶數時’畫素p(x,y)便具有第—極性態樣,而當y為二 數時’畫素P(x,y)便具有第二極性態樣。此外,目丨2⑷之 畫素圖案疋採用開關元件點反轉驅動機制。 [00110]然而’圖12(c)之顯示器在相鄰兩列的邊界上會 出現不對稱的顏色分佈,所以本發明之某些實施例會進一 步同時應用另-種畫素圖樣以及圖12⑷與】2⑻之晝素圖 樣。圖12(d)-12(e)為依據本發明另一實施例之具有四個顏 色分量之畫素圖樣123G之質點極性圖案。具體而言,畫素 圖樣⑽之任-顏色分量可再分割成三個顏色質點。顏色 貝點CD_1_1(即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—2—1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)' CD—3—1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—4—1(即為第四顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)構成畫素圖 樣 1230 的第一列。顏色質點 CD_1_2、CD_2_2、CD_3 2、 CD—4_2構成畫素圖樣123〇的第二列。不過,第二列偏移 第列以使得顏色質,點CD—2—2鄰接於顏色質,點CD—1—1。 顏色質點CD丄3、CD—2—3、CD一3—3、CD—4—3構成畫素 圖樣1230的第二列’且第三列是與第—列對齊以使得顏色 質點CD_1—3鄰接於顏色質點CD—2—2。晝素圖樣】23〇亦 包括形成一列之元件裝置區域DCAj、DCA_2、dca_3、 DCA一4:而這些元件裝置區域構成晝素圖樣123〇的第四 歹J且第四列是與第二列對齊。此外,開關元件SEj、 SE〜2、SE-3 ' SE-4是分別位於元件裝置區域DCA J、 ' DCA—3 > DCA—4 ’其中開關元件SE_i是耗接至 58 丄338798 —2疋耦接至顏色質點CD—2J、cd—2—2、 cV3V^:# SE-3 cV3" 質點⑺4,二之電極,又開關元件se-4是輕接至顏色 貝點 CD—4J、CD—4—2、CD—4—3 之電極。 [00】11]圖12(d)繪示畫素圖樣123G•之 案。在負質點極性圖案令,第二血第八曰、··.才° f圖 7t# SE ^ , /、弟四顏色分量(即為開關 CD 4 2 3^ CD 4卜CD—4_2、CD」—3)具有正極性 — ⑶丄2、CD—U、⑶―3—卜CD—3—2、⑶且右― ,。圖12_示晝素圖樣i驗之正質-时有= SE—4與顏色質點CD又i、CD22、、 ~ - CD-4-2、CD_4_3)具有負極性,而第—盥 c^*(^ 性 Γ — CD-U、CD-3J、CD—3—2、CD—3—3)具有正極 _12]對於同時應用圖n⑷、l2(b)之畫 第=(二第-畫素圖樣)與圖12⑷、丨2(e)之畫素圖樣_即 -旦素圖樣)的顯示器的畫素而言,其應以交替列的方 =1=極性圖案’且同一列上的畫素是具; 的。貝。點極性圖案。圖12(〇繪示顯示器⑽的 = 便是應用前述之圖案。為求清楚,每個畫素 、巳1用陰影標不’而此陰影僅用於解釋圖剛,且益56 S 2' and the switch element SE-2 is coupled to the electrode of the color dot CD-2—1, 2-2, CD-2”, and the switch piece = 3”, the electrode of the 丄3”, _ 4 Connect to the electrodes of the color dots CD-4J, CD"_2, CD_4-3. -======================================================================================================= And the color dot CD force, CD-2 2, c 4J, CD-4j, CD person 3) have positive polarity, and the first fish color component (ie, switching element SEJ, SE) and color f point cd factory, Γ1-2, CD-L3, CD-3-1, (7)丄2, CD 3 3) have a negative electrode indicating the positive dot of the 12 12 12 ^ ^ ^ SE 2 pattern, the second and fourth color components (ie Switching element SE-4 and color dot CD-2J, CD force, CD-2"' preparation: -CD-4-2, CD-4-3) have negative polarity, and first and third color C color: amount (ie, switching elements SEJ, SE" and color point cdj]: Sex f1-2, CD-L3, CD-3J, CD-3-2, CD丄3) have positive polarity check f1 〇9] Application® 12(4) and The display pattern of the 12(8) elemental pattern 12l is an alternate particle polarity pattern, and when the array of deniers has the first dot polarity pattern, the odd-numbered columns have the second dot polarity pattern. However, as mentioned earlier, the continuous two frames will continue to switch between the two particle polarity patterns. Figure i(10) ϋ^$, ΐ2(κ) part of 'where pixel_), 叩, 1) is located above and is negative polarity type (ie negative polarity point pattern), while painting The prime P_ and the sputum are at the positive side (that is, the positive dot polarity pattern). Thus, when y is an even number, the pixel p(x, y) has a first polarity pattern, and when y is a binary number, the pixel P(x, y) has a second polarity pattern. In addition, the pixel pattern of the target 2(4) uses a switching element dot inversion driving mechanism. [00110] However, the display of Fig. 12(c) may exhibit an asymmetrical color distribution on the boundary of two adjacent columns, so some embodiments of the present invention will further apply another pixel pattern simultaneously and Fig. 12(4) and 2 (8) 昼 图 pattern. 12(d)-12(e) are particle dot polar patterns of a pixel pattern 123G having four color components according to another embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the color component of the pixel pattern (10) can be subdivided into three color dots. Color point CD_1_1 (that is, the first color point of the first color component), CD_2-1 (that is, the first color point of the second color component) 'CD-3-1 (that is, the second color) The first color particle of the component, CD-4-1 (i.e., the first color dot of the fourth color component) constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 1230. The color points CD_1_2, CD_2_2, CD_3 2, CD-4_2 form the second column of the pixel pattern 123〇. However, the second column offsets the column to make the color quality, and the dot CD-2-2 is adjacent to the color quality, and the dot CD-1. The color dots CD丄3, CD-2-3, CD-3-3, CD-4-3 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 1230' and the third column is aligned with the first column to make the color dot CD_1-3 Adjacent to the color dot CD-2-2. The enamel pattern 23 〇 also includes a row of component device regions DCAj, DCA_2, dca_3, DCA-4: and these component device regions constitute the fourth 歹J of the 昼 prime pattern 123〇 and the fourth column is aligned with the second column . Further, the switching elements SEj, SE~2, SE-3'SE-4 are respectively located in the component device region DCA J, 'DCA-3 > DCA-4' where the switching element SE_i is consumed to 58 丄 338798 - 2 Coupling to the color dot CD-2J, cd-2-2, cV3V^:# SE-3 cV3" particle (7) 4, the electrode of the second, and the switching element se-4 is lightly connected to the color point CD-4J, CD- 4-2, the electrode of CD-4-3. [00] 11] Figure 12 (d) shows the pixel pattern 123G•. In the negative particle polarity pattern, the second blood is the eighth 曰,··.°°f Figure 7t# SE ^ , /, the younger four color components (that is, the switch CD 4 2 3^ CD 4 Bu CD-4_2, CD) —3) It has positive polarity—(3)丄2, CD—U, (3)—3—Bu CD—3—2, (3), and right “. Figure 12_ shows the positive quality of the 昼素 pattern i-time = SE-4 and the color dot CD and i, CD22,, ~ - CD-4-2, CD_4_3) have negative polarity, and the first 盥c^* (^ Γ Γ — CD-U, CD-3J, CD—3—2, CD—3—3) with positive _12] for the simultaneous application of graphs n(4), l2(b) = (two-pixels) The pattern of the display of the pixel of the display of Figure 12 (4), 丨 2 (e), which should be in the alternating column = 1 = polarity pattern ' and the pixels on the same column It is with; shell. Point polarity pattern. Figure 12 (〇 shows the display of the display (10) = the application of the aforementioned pattern. For the sake of clarity, each pixel, 巳1 is shaded and not used, and this shadow is only used to explain the figure, and benefit

59 S 1338798 任何功能上的意義。具體而言,晝素ρ(0,1)、P(丨,】)是位於 第一列上,並應用圖12(a)、12(b)之晝素圖樣121〇,且均 為負質點極性圖案。然而,如前所述而在連續的圖框中, 每個畫素的質點極性圖案會不斷於正質點極性圖案與負質 點極性圖案之間切換。畫素p(0,0)、P(丨,〇)是位於第二列上貝 並應用圖12(d)、12(e)之畫素圖樣1230,且亦為負質點極59 S 1338798 Any functional meaning. Specifically, the elements ρ(0,1), P(丨,]) are located in the first column, and the pixel patterns 121〇 of FIGS. 12(a) and 12(b) are applied, and both are negative particles. Polar pattern. However, as described above, in a continuous frame, the dot polarity pattern of each pixel is constantly switched between the positive dot polarity pattern and the negative dot polarity pattern. The pixels p(0,0) and P(丨,〇) are located in the second column and apply the pixel pattern 1230 of Figs. 12(d) and 12(e), and are also negative points.

性圖案。圖丨2(f)之畫素圖案是採用開關元件行反轉驅動機 制。 [00113] 儘管相較於圖12(〇之畫素圖案而言,圖12(^ 之畫素圖案具有較佳的色彩分佈,不過本發明之某些實施 例仍應用圖12(c)之畫素圖案以替換圖a⑴之晝素圖案, 其中圖12(c)之畫素圖案是採用開關元件點反轉驅動機 制,而圖12(f)之畫素圖案是採用開關元件行反轉驅動機 制β這是因為相較於開關元件行反轉驅動機制而言,開關 疋件點反轉驅動機制可減少畫面閃爍或是串音現 光學品質。 开 [00114] 本發明之許多實施例可製作為7英吋(inch)寬 ,幕WVGA 800x480解析度規格之彩色顯示器,而此顯示 器是採用開關元件點反轉驅動機制。此寬螢幕顯示器之解 析度在水平方向的解析度為8〇〇個晝素’且在垂直^向 彻個畫素。此外,此純畫素的尺寸是高丨9() 5_且寬 =0.5μη!。每個畫素可彩色濾光材料而分成三個顏色分 塁(P、’i 4與L色)。如此_來,寬視頻圖像陣列在水平 方向的解析度為240G(_x3)個顏色分量,且在 個顏色分量4個顏色分量的理論尺寸是寬63._: 60 1338798 高190.5μηι ’不過,有部份區域是要用於設置為元件裝置 區域。此外’顯示器共有480列,且每一列向上共有2400 個開關元件。元件裝置區域是由開關元件(薄膜電晶體)與 儲存電容所組成,且元件裝置區域的理論尺寸是寬63·5μιτι 且高38.Ομιη。然而,考量垂直與水平質點間距的因素後, 元件裝置區域的實際尺寸是寬55.5μιη且高35.0μιη。Sexual pattern. The pixel pattern of Fig. 2(f) is a switching element row inversion driving mechanism. [00113] Although the pixel pattern of FIG. 12 has a better color distribution than the pixel pattern of FIG. 12, some embodiments of the present invention still apply the painting of FIG. 12(c). The prime pattern replaces the pixel pattern of Figure a(1), wherein the pixel pattern of Figure 12(c) is a dot-inversion driving mechanism using a switching element, and the pixel pattern of Figure 12(f) is a row-inversion driving mechanism using a switching element. This is because the switch element dot inversion driving mechanism can reduce picture flicker or crosstalk current optical quality compared to the switching element row inversion driving mechanism. [00114] Many embodiments of the present invention can be fabricated as 7 inches (inch) wide, screen WVGA 800x480 resolution color display, and this display is a switching element point inversion driving mechanism. The resolution of this wide screen display in the horizontal direction is 8 昼The prime is a vertical pixel. In addition, the size of this pure pixel is 丨9() 5_ and width = 0.5μη!. Each pixel can be divided into three color points by color filter material.塁 (P, 'i 4 and L color). So _, wide video image array is at the level The resolution of the direction is 240G (_x3) color components, and the theoretical size of the 4 color components in the color component is 63._: 60 1338798 high 190.5μηι ' However, some areas are to be used as components In addition, there are 480 columns in the display, and there are 2400 switching elements in each column. The component device area is composed of switching elements (thin film transistors) and storage capacitors, and the theoretical size of the device device area is 63.5μιτι. And the height is 38. Ομιη. However, considering the factors of the vertical and horizontal dot spacing, the actual size of the component device region is 55.5 μm wide and 35.0 μm high.

[00115]在顯示面板的製作過程中,可使用默克公司 (Merck)所生產的垂直配向液晶,如型號MLc_6884之具有 負介電異向性(negative dielectric anisotropy)特性之垂直配 向液晶。日本日產化學工業株式會社(Nissan Chemical Industrial Limited)生產型號 SE-5300 之聚亞醯胺(polyimide, PI)可用於達成無預傾角的垂直液晶配向效果,且無需要進 行摩擦配向(rubbing)的步驟。其他型號之垂直配向聚亞醯 胺亦可達到垂直液晶配向的效果,諸如日產之垂直配向聚 亞醯胺 SE-121 卜 SE-7511L、RN-1566、RN-1681 以及日本 合成橡膠株式會社(Japan Synthetic Rubber Corporation, JSR)之垂直配向聚亞醯胺 AL1H659、AL60101、 JALS688-Rn、JALS-2096-R14。其他由默克公司所生產的 垂直配向液晶的型號尚包括MLC-6008、MLC-6609、 MLC-6610、MLC-6882、MLC-6883、MLC-6885、 MLC-6886。相較於其他採用突起物或是銦錫氧化物溝槽幾 何形狀之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器而言,本發明之面板的 製作過程是無需進行摩擦配向的步驟,且上下基板在對組 時亦無需高精準的對位。此外,在不同顏色質點與元件裝 置區域之間的連接導線(可為銦錫氧化物材質)的寬度為 /: η 61 1338798 3μηι,而上下偏振片是貼附於面板上,且一般的液晶層間 距(cell gap)約略介於 2.0μΓη〜3.5μηι。 [00116] 在本發明之一個特定實施例中,顯示器是應用 圖7(a)-7(b)以及圖7(d)-7(e)之晝素圖樣、質點極性圖案與 畫素排列方式,其中每個顏色分量示分割成四個顏色質 點。如此一來,每個顏色質點的理論尺寸是寬63.5μπι且高 38.1 μηι。然而,考量垂直與水平質點間距的因素後,元件 裝置區域的實際尺寸是寬55.5μηι且高35·1μπι。[00115] In the fabrication of the display panel, a vertical alignment liquid crystal produced by Merck, such as a vertical alignment liquid crystal having a negative dielectric anisotropy characteristic of the model MLC_6884, can be used. Nissan Chemical Industrial Limited produces polyamine (PI) of model SE-5300 for achieving vertical liquid crystal alignment without pretilt angle and without the need for rubbing alignment . Other models of vertical alignment polyamines can also achieve vertical liquid crystal alignment, such as Nissan's vertical alignment polyamines SE-121, SE-7511L, RN-1566, RN-1681, and Japan Synthetic Rubber Co., Ltd. (Japan) Synthetic Rubber Corporation, JSR) Vertically aligned polyamines AL1H659, AL60101, JALS688-Rn, JALS-2096-R14. Other models of vertical alignment liquid crystals produced by Merck include MLC-6008, MLC-6609, MLC-6610, MLC-6882, MLC-6883, MLC-6885, and MLC-6886. Compared with other multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays using protrusions or indium tin oxide trench geometries, the fabrication process of the panel of the present invention does not require the step of rubbing alignment, and the upper and lower substrates are also in the group. No need for high precision alignment. In addition, the width of the connecting wire (which may be indium tin oxide material) between the different color dots and the device device region is /: η 61 1338798 3μηι, and the upper and lower polarizing plates are attached to the panel, and the general liquid crystal layer The cell gap is approximately between 2.0 μΓη and 3.5 μηι. [00116] In a particular embodiment of the invention, the display is a pixel pattern, a particle polarity pattern and a pixel arrangement using FIGS. 7(a)-7(b) and FIGS. 7(d)-7(e). , where each color component is divided into four color dots. As a result, the theoretical size of each color dot is 63.5 μm wide and 38.1 μηη high. However, considering the factors of the vertical and horizontal dot spacing, the actual size of the component device area is 55.5 μm wide and 35 1 μm higher.

[00117] 在本發明之另一個特定實施例中,顯示器是應 用圖5(d)-5(f)之畫素圖樣、質點極性圖案與晝素排列方 式,其中每個顏色分量示分割成四個顏色質點。如此一來, 每個顏色質點的理論尺寸是寬63.5μηι且高47.8μιη。然而, 考量垂直與水平質點間距的因素後,元件裝置區域的實際 尺寸是寬55.5μιτι且高44.8μιη。在5伏特的外加電壓下, 依據本發明概念之顯示器可達到高於700對比度之顯示效 果。再者,此顯示器具有非常廣的視角(對比度大於5之範 圍),且此視角尚需依據貼附於面板上的偏振片而定。本發 明眾多的實施例主要是使用四種類型的偏振片:一般線性 偏振片(不含多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜),多域垂直 配向廣視角偏振片(貼附多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償 膜),一般圓偏振片(不含多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜) 以及多域垂直配向廣視角圓偏振片(貼附多域垂直配向廣 視角光學補償膜)。多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜(optical compensation film)具有負雙折射之單軸(uniaxial)以及雙軸 (biaxial)薄膜,造成總共約-100nm〜-300nm的延遲值 1^ 62 1338798 (retardation)。具體而言,以使用一般線性偏振片且不含多 域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜之顯示器而言,其水平或垂 直方向區域的視角是大於士85° ,而兩個對角線方向區域的 視角亦大於±50° 。此外,以使用多域垂直配向廣視角偏振 片搭配多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜之顯示器而言,其 各方向區域的視角均是大於±85° 。另外,相較於線偏振片 而言,圓偏振片可增加兩倍的光穿透率(optical transmission)。亦即,使用多域垂直配向圓偏振片之顯示器 瞻可同時提升光穿透率與視角。 [00118] 儘管開關元件點反轉驅動機制可降低畫面閃 爍與串音現象,可是相較於開關元件列反轉驅動機制或開 關元件行反轉驅動機制而言,採用開關元件點反轉驅動機 制之顯示器會消耗較多的切換功率(switching power),並具 有較高的驅動積體電路(Integrated Circuit,1C)成本與製作 複雜度。所以,為減少前述之缺點,本發明亦有提出可採 用開關元件行反轉驅動機制之晝素圖案(如前所述)以及採 讓| 用開關元件列反轉驅動機制之晝素圖案(將會於後說明)。 相較於開關元件行反轉驅動機制而言,採用開關元件點反 轉驅動機制之顯示器可於較低電壓下驅動以消耗較少的切 換電源’並具有較低的驅動積體電路成本,不過會有較大 的晝面閃爍與串音現象。 [00119] 圖13(a)為依據本發明另一實施例之一種擴展 (spread)晝素圖樣1310。擴展晝素不同於前述之畫素便在於 擴展畫素之顏色質點是向外擴展,以使得這些擴展畫素可 以彼此交錯(interleave)。具體而言,圖13(a)之擴展晝素圖 63 1338798[00117] In another specific embodiment of the present invention, the display is a pixel pattern, a particle polarity pattern, and a pixel arrangement using FIGS. 5(d)-5(f), wherein each color component is divided into four Color points. As a result, the theoretical size of each color dot is 63.5 μηη wide and 47.8 μηη high. However, considering the factors of the vertical and horizontal dot spacing, the actual size of the component device area is 55.5 μm τιη and 44.8 μηηη. At an applied voltage of 5 volts, the display according to the inventive concept can achieve a display effect higher than 700 contrast. Furthermore, the display has a very wide viewing angle (contrast ratio greater than 5), and this viewing angle depends on the polarizing plate attached to the panel. The numerous embodiments of the present invention mainly use four types of polarizing plates: general linear polarizing plates (excluding multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film), multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle polarizing plates (attached to multi-domain vertical alignment) Viewing angle optical compensation film), general circular polarizing plate (excluding multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film) and multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle circular polarizing plate (attached multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film). Multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film has a uniaxial and biaxial film with negative birefringence, resulting in a total delay value of about -100 nm to -300 nm. 1^ 62 1338798 (retardation) . Specifically, in a display using a general linear polarizing plate and not including a multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film, the viewing angle of the horizontal or vertical direction region is larger than ±85°, and the two diagonal direction regions are The viewing angle is also greater than ±50°. In addition, for a display using a multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle polarizer with a multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film, the viewing angle in each direction region is greater than ±85°. In addition, the circularly polarizing plate can increase the optical transmission by twice as compared with the linear polarizing plate. That is, a display using a multi-domain vertical alignment circular polarizer can simultaneously improve light transmittance and viewing angle. [00118] Although the switching element dot inversion driving mechanism can reduce the picture flicker and crosstalk phenomenon, the switching element dot inversion driving mechanism is adopted as compared with the switching element column inversion driving mechanism or the switching element row inversion driving mechanism. The display consumes more switching power and has a higher integrated circuit (1C) cost and manufacturing complexity. Therefore, in order to reduce the aforementioned shortcomings, the present invention also proposes a pixel pattern (described above) which can adopt a row element inversion driving mechanism of a switching element and a pixel pattern of a switching element column inversion driving mechanism. Will be explained later). Compared with the switching element row inversion driving mechanism, the display using the switching element dot inversion driving mechanism can be driven at a lower voltage to consume less switching power supply' and has a lower driving integrated circuit cost, but There will be a large flashing of the face and crosstalk. 13(a) shows a spread tilde pattern 1310 in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. The extended pixels are different from the aforementioned pixels in that the color pixels of the extended pixels are scaled out so that the extended pixels can be interleaved. Specifically, the expanded element diagram of Figure 13(a) 63 1338798

π〇具有三個顏色分量’而每個顏色分量又分割為四個 顏色貝點。顏色f •點CD丄1(即為第-顏色分量之第一個 顏色貝點,亦可稱為第一序—顏色質點)、CD—2一1(即為 二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點,亦可稱為第一序二顏色 點)、0)_3_1(即為第三顏色分量之第—個顏色質點,亦可 稱為第一序二顏色質點)構成晝素圖樣131〇的第—列。不 過故些顏色質點彼此至少間隔_個顏色質點的寬度,以使 其他晝素的顏色質點可以穿插至其中。顏色質點cm CD—2_2、CD—3—2(亦可分別稱為第二序一顏色質點了第二 序二顏色質點、第二序三顏色質點)構成畫素圖樣131〇的 第二列。如同第一列之顏色質點,顏色質點CD 1 2、 CD_2_2、CD—3 一2彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。 再者,擴展畫素圖樣1310之第二列偏移第一列以使得顏色 質點CD一2一2鄰接於顏色質點CD—丨一〗、CD_2—丨之間的空 隙。擴展晝素圖樣1310之第三列為元件裝置區域列向,^ 且疋由元件裝置區域DCA—1、DCA—2、DCA—3所構成。為 求對稱排列,每個元件裝置區域的寬度等於兩個顏色質點 的寬度加上水平質點間距。不過本發明之某些實施例是應 用晝素圖樣1210的變形’而其元件裝置區域之寬度便與顏 色質點的寬度相同(稍後會再詳述)。開關元件SEJ、SE_2、 SE_3是分別位於元件裝置區域dCA_1、DCA_2、DCA_3。 顏色質點CD—1—3、CD_2_3、CD_3_3(亦可分別稱為第三序 —顏色質點、第三序二顏色質點、第三序三顏色質點)構成 畫素圖樣1310的第四列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質 點的寬度。第四列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點CDJ_3 / η 64 ‘· 1338798 疋水平對齊於顏色質點CD—L1。顏色質點CD ! 4、 Γ: "D-3-4/^τ ^ ^ - ^ - f . 黛::貝點、第四序三顏色質點)構成晝素圖樣⑶0的 第五列’而且彼此至少亦間隔_個顏色質點的寬度。第五 列對齊以使得顏色質點CD-2-4是鄰接於顏色 ,占CD丄3、CD又3之間的空隙。此外,開關元件兕】 疋耗接至顏色質點CD力、CD—! 2、CD ! 3cd】4(这〇 has three color components' and each color component is divided into four color dots. Color f • Point CD丄1 (that is, the first color point of the first color component, also known as the first order color point), CD-2 to 1 (that is, the first color of the two color components) The mass point, also known as the first order two color point), 0) _3_1 (that is, the first color particle of the third color component, which may also be referred to as the first order two color point) constitutes the tiling pattern 131〇 - column. However, the color dots are at least spaced from each other by the width of the color dot so that the color points of other pixels can be inserted into it. The color dot cm CD-2_2, CD-3-2 (also referred to as the second order-one color dot, the second-order two-color dot, and the second-order three-color dot, respectively) constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 131〇. Like the color dots of the first column, the color dots CD 1 2, CD_2_2, CD-3-2 are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. Furthermore, the second column of the extended pixel pattern 1310 is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD_2-2 is adjacent to the gap between the color dot CD-丨, CD_2-丨. The third column of the extended pixel pattern 1310 is the element device region column direction, and is composed of the device device regions DCA-1, DCA-2, and DCA-3. For symmetrical alignment, the width of each component device area is equal to the width of the two color dots plus the horizontal dot spacing. However, some embodiments of the present invention apply the deformation of the alizarin pattern 1210 and the width of the component device area is the same as the width of the color dot (more details will be described later). The switching elements SEJ, SE_2, and SE_3 are located in the element device regions dCA_1, DCA_2, and DCA_3, respectively. The color dots CD—1-3, CD_2_3, and CD_3_3 (also referred to as the third order-color dot, the third-order two-color dot, and the third-order three-color dot, respectively) constitute the fourth column of the pixel pattern 1310, and each other At least the width of one color dot is also spaced. The fourth column is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CDJ_3 / η 64 '· 1338798 疋 is horizontally aligned to the color dot CD-L1. Color dot CD ! 4, Γ: "D-3-4/^τ ^ ^ - ^ - f . 黛:: Bayesian, fourth-order three-color dot) constitutes the fifth column of the tilde pattern (3)0' and each other At least the width of the _ color dot is also spaced. The fifth column is aligned such that the color dot CD-2-4 is adjacent to the color, occupying a gap between CD 3 and CD 3 . In addition, the switching element 兕 疋 接 接 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色 颜色

=顏色0質點亦可稱為序一顏色質點)之電極,而開關元件 」疋耦接至顏色質點CD—2—1、CD—2—2、CD—2」、 CD—2_4(這些顏色質點亦可稱為序二顏色質點)之電極_,且 開關το件SE—3是耦接至顏色質點CD」」、cD_3_2、 3 CD-3—4(這些顏色質點亦可稱為序三顏色質點) 之電極。 、, 曰[0012〇]換句話說,擴展畫素圖樣131〇之第一顏色分 罝具有四個顏色質點,其中顏色質點CD—丨―丨、cd i 2構 成第一右左鑛齒圖案,而顏色質點CD j —3、cr> 1 4構成 • 帛二右左鑛齒圖案,且第—右左鑛齒圖案、第二右左鑛齒 圖案又可稱為序一鋸齒圖案。此處之右左鑛齒圖案意為第 二個顏色質點(即顏色質點CDJ_2、CDJ 4)是位在第一個 顏色質點(即顏色質點CDJJ、CD—丨—3)的左下方。第一右 左鋸齒圖案是與第二右左鋸齒圖案水平對齊,但被元件裝 置區域DCA一1垂直分離。類似地,擴展晝素圖樣13]〇之 第二顏色分量與第三顏色分量亦分別具有四個顏色質點, 其中這四個顏色質點構成兩個水平對齊之右左鑛齒圖案, 且這兩個右左鋸齒圖案是被元件裝置區域垂直分離,又這 65 1338798 些右左鋸齒圖案又可分別對應稱為序二鋸齒圖案以及序三 鑛齒圖案。在畫素圖樣mo中,這些顏色分量是垂直^ 齊,並水平偏移至少一個顏色質點的寬度。 [00121]晝素圖樣131G的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋 棋盤圖案的同-顏色中。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴展 畫素圖樣1310的全部顏色質點的極性均為相同。圖 即為擴展晝素圖樣1310之正質點極性圖案 圖案中’所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極1 = 負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均 二有負極性。將這些擴展畫素圖樣彼此交錯,即可使 =顏色質點的極性構成一個完整的西洋棋盤圖案,而此 將會於後詳述。 未印此 _22]應用圖13⑷之擴展畫素 畫素排列成不同的格式。舉例而古,太旅了將& 是將擴展畫素以列向進行交#,: ^之某些貫施例 素以行向進行交錯,且ΐΠ ^㈣例是將擴展畫 v,» ^,1 ^ ^ ^實轭例將擴展畫素同時以行向 以及列向進行交錯。圖13师會 :灯门 =器1320是將擴展畫素以列向進行i錯。且體二二 Ρ(Μ)、Ρ((Μ)、_ 是位於同行二二 用不同求清楚表示’不同畫素之顏色質點是 列二列向交錯中,每列之畫素會與相鄰兩 列)。具體而言,某—列金趙=上方與最下方的那-顏色質點之間的奸。素^顏色質點會將相鄰列晝素之 素P(0,〗)便與顯示器第跫 。,4不裔第一列之畫 v歹;之旦素p(0,〇)重疊。詳細而言, e 66 1338798 • 畫素P(0,0)之顏色質點CD_1_1是將畫素P(0,1)之顏色質點 CD—1—4與元件裝置區域dca_1之間的空隙填滿,而畫素 P(0,0)之顏色質點CD_2_1是將畫素P(0,1)之顏色質點 CD一2_4與元件裝置區域dca_2之間的空隙填滿(此空隙亦 為晝素P(0,1)之顏色質點CD_】_3、CD_2_3之間的空隙), 且畫素P(0,0)之顏色質點CD_3_1是將畫素P(0,1)之顏色質 點CD_3_4與元件裝置區域DCA_3之間的空隙填滿(此空 隙亦為畫素P(0,1)之顏色質點CD_2_3、CD_3_3之間的空 • 隙)。此外,畫素P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD_2_2是將畫素P(〇,l) 之顏色質點CD_1—4、CD_2_4之間的空隙填滿,而晝素 P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD_3—2是將畫素P(〇,l)之顏色質點 CD一2_4、CD_3—4之間的空隙填滿。畫素ρ(〇,ι)之其他間 隙將會被晝素P(0,2)之顏色質點所填滿。詳細而言,畫素 P(0,2)之顏色質點 CD—2_3、CD_3_3、CD一2—4、CD—3—4 是 分別將畫素P(0,1)之顏色質點CD—1_1、CD_2_1、顏色質 點 CD一2_1、CD—3_1、顏色質點 CD—1—2、CD_2_2、顏色 Φ 質點CD_2_2、CD_3_2之間的空隙填滿。再者,畫素p(0,2) 之顏色質點CD_1_3是將畫素P(0,1)之顏色質點CD_1_2、 CD丄1鄰接的空隙填滿。類似地,畫素ρ(〇,ι)之顏色質點 是填滿於畫素P(0,0)、P(〇,2)中。 [00123]圖13(b)之實施例是以列向交替質點極性的方 式而使整個顯示器的質點極性構成西洋棋盤圖案。具體而 言,偶數列的畫素是具有第一極性,而奇數列的畫素是具 有第二極性。如前所述,在連續的圖框下,這些晝素會切 換其質點極性。舉例而言,圖13(b)之第零列與第二列(即 67 1338798 - 偶數列)之畫素具有負質點極性,而第一列(即奇數列)之畫 素具有正質點極性。然而,當換到下一個圖㈣,偶㈣ 的畫素是具有正質點極性,而奇數列的畫素是具有負” 極性。由於同一列上的開關元件是具有相同的極性,所以 圖13(b)之畫素圖案是採用開關元件列反轉驅動機制,不過 任-列上開關元件的極性是與相鄰列上開關元件的極性相 反。在® 13⑻中’畫素P(0,0)之開關元件具有負極性,而 畫素P(〇,1)之開關元件具有正極性,且晝素P(〇,2)之開關元 W 件具有負極性。 [00124] 如圖13(b)所示’在顯示器的邊緣處,擴展晝素 的部份間隙是沒有被填滿。有幾種不同的方法可用來解決 邊緣處間隙未填滿的情形。舉例而言,本發明之某些實施 例在顯示器的邊緣處僅設置半個畫素,亦即在此實施例 中,畫素P(0,0)便沒有配置顏色質點CD_l_3、CD 1 4、 CD_2—3、CD—2—4、CD—3_3、CD—3—4。在本發明之其他實 %例中,顯不器的邊緣處是被遮住的,而使得顯示器的可 % 視邊緣處將沒有這些間隙。在本發明另外的實施例中,顯 示器的邊緣處是被黑矩陣(black matrix)所遮住,且根本不 使用邊緣處的畫素。 [00125] 圖13(c)更進一步闡示列向交錯的意義,而圖 13(c)繪示顯示器1320的八個畫素’且此八個晝素是分佈在 四個列向以及兩個行向上。類似圖丨3(b)之前述說明,畫素 P(〇,〇)是與晝素p(〇,l)交錯,而畫素P(〇,l)是與晝素p(〇2) 交錯’且晝素P(〇,2)是與畫素p(0,3)交錯。類似地,晝素 P(l,〇)是與畫素P(l,l)交錯,而晝素P(1,1}是與晝素p(12) 68 j ’且晝素p(l,2)是與晝素ρ(ι,3)交錯。類似圖邮)之 二、圖案’圖13⑷之晝素圖案亦採用開關元件列反轉驅動 機制。 [0^126]圖13(d)繪示顯示器134〇的局部,且顯示器 40疋將擴展畫素以行向進行交錯。圖13⑷之擴展畫素 是畫素圖樣1310的變形,呈舻μ —'、 J 具體而έ,圖13(d)之擴展晝素 中的元件裝置區域的寬度與顏色質點的寬度相同,而崎 肖進行交錯。圖13(d)之三個畫素 位於同列中,但卻位於不同行中。附帶一提的是,一個標 不為ρ(-1,0)之填滿畫素的局部是與畫素Ρ(3,0)的局部相 似,而填滿晝素是用來填滿螢幕邊緣處畫素的空隙,否則 的話,這些空隙便不會被填滿。在行向交錯中,每行之畫 素會與相鄰兩行之晝素部份重疊(除了顯示器的最右方斑 最左方的那一行是利用填滿晝素填滿)。具體而言,某一^ 晝素之顏色質點會將相鄰行晝素之顏色質點之間的空隙填 滿舉例而5,顯示器第一行之畫素ρ( 1 ,〇)便與顯示器第 • 零行之晝素ρ(〇,〇)重疊。詳細而言,畫素ρ(〇,〇)之顏色質點 CD—3—1是將畫素ρ(ι,〇)之顏色質點CD—y'cDj —1之間 的空隙填滿,而畫素P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD_3—2是將畫素 P(1,0)之顏色質點CD—2_2、CD_1_2之間的空隙填滿,且 畫素P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD—3_3是將畫素P(1,0)之顏色質點 CD—2一3、CD—1—3之間的空隙填滿,又晝素P(〇 〇)之顏色 質點CD—3—4是將畫素p〇,〇)之顏色質點CD 2—4 之間的空隙填滿。此外,晝素p(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD 2】 — ·—, 是將晝素P(1,0)之顏色質點CD一2〜1、CD_1_1鄰接的空隙 69 1338798 填滿,而畫素P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD_2_3是將畫素P(1,0) 之顏色質點CD_1—4與元件裝置區域DCA_1之間的空隙填 滿。晝素P(l,〇)的其他空隙是由晝素P(2,0)的顏色質點所填 滿。詳細而言,畫素P(2,0)之顏色質點CD_1_1是將畫素 P(1,0)之顏色質點CD_2_1、CD—3—1之間的空隙填滿,畫 素P(2,0)之顏色質點CD_i_2是將畫素p(丨,〇)之顏色質點 CD_2_2、CD—3—2之間的空隙填滿,且畫素p(2,〇)之顏色 質點CD_1 一3是將畫素p( 1 ,〇)之顏色質點cd_2_3、CD_3_3 ^ 之間的空隙填滿,畫素P(2,〇)之顏色質點CD_1 一4是將畫素 P(1,0)之顏色質點CD_2_4、CD—3_4之間的空隙填滿。此 外,畫素P(2,0)之顏色質點CD_2—4是將晝素p(丨,〇)之顏色 質點CD_3_3、CD_3_4之間的空隙填滿。類似地,晝素p( 1 ,〇) 之顏色質點亦是填滿於畫素P(0,0)、p(2 〇)中。 [00127]圖13(d)之實施例是以行向交替質點極性的方 式而使整個顯示器的質點極性構成西洋棋盤圖案。具體而 言:偶數行的畫素是具有第一極十生,而奇數行的畫素是具 籲有第一極性。如前所述,在連續的圖框下,這些畫素會切 換其質點極性。舉例而言’圖13⑷之第零行與第二行(即 偶數行)之畫素具有負質點極性,而第一行(即奇數行)之畫 素^有f質點極性。然而,當換到下一個圖框時,偶數行 的晝素是具有正質點極性,而奇數行的畫素是具有負質點 極性。 [00128]有幾種不同的方法可用來解決邊緣處間隙未 =情形。舉例而言’本發明之某些實施例是以使用填 真素的方“填滿圖13⑷之顯示n邊緣處之空隙。在复 1338798 .他實施例中,不完整的畫素可用於顯示器的邊緣處。舉例 而& ’晝素Ρ(Ο,Ο)便沒有配置顏色質點CD_1_1 ' CD 1 2、 CD_1—3、CD—1_4與元件裝置區域DCAj。在本發明之其 他實施例中,顯示器的邊緣處是被遮住的,而使得顯示器 的可視邊緣處將沒有這些間隙。 [00129] 圖13(e)更進一步闡示行向交錯的意義,而圖 13(e)繪不顯示器1340的八個畫素,且此八個畫素是分佈在 四個行向以及兩個列向上。類似圖13(d)之前述說明,畫素 # P(M)是與畫素P(l,〇)交錯,而晝素P(1 〇)是與書二 交錯mp⑽是與畫素P(3,0)交錯。_1 = ρ(〇,ι)是與畫素ρ(ι,ι)交錯,而畫素PG,〗)是與晝素p(21) 父錯,且畫素P(2,l)是與畫素ρ(3,ι)交錯。 [00130] 圖13(f)繪示顯示器137〇的局部,且顯示器 1370是將擴展畫素以水平畫素配對(pair)進行交錯。類似圖 13(d) ’圖13(f)之擴展畫素是畫素圖樣131〇的變形,且其 兀·件裝置區域的寬度與顏色質點的寬度相同。圖π⑴之四 # 個晝素ρ(0,0)、ρ(ι,0)、Ρ(2,0)、Ρ(3,0)是位於同一列中,但 卻位於不同行中。在水平畫素配對交錯中,兩個水平相鄰 的素疋彼此父錯,以使得任一畫素對應之顏色質點可填 滿另一晝素之空隙。如圖13⑴所示,晝素p(0,0)、p(1〇) 構成一組水平畫素配對。晝素對應的顏色質點(書辛 的顏色質點⑶丄I)是水平鄰接於另一畫丄的素顏上質) =(如畫素P(】,〇)的顏色質點CD J J,且晝素p(〇,〇)的顏色 質點CD_1_1是位於畫素P(1,〇)的顏色質點cDjj的左 邊)。類似地,畫素?(2,〇)、;?(3,0)構成另一組水平畫素配對。 1338798 [00131]為使質點極性構成西洋棋盤圖案,在畫素配對 t的兩個畫素要分別具有不同的極性。具體而言,每組畫 素配對之第一個畫素具有第一極性,而每組畫素配對之第 一個晝素具有第二極性。如前所述,在連續的圖框下,這 些晝素會切換其質點極性。如圖13⑴所示,每組畫素配對 之第一個畫素(即畫素p(〇,〇)、P(2,0))具有負質點極性,而 每組畫素配對之第二個晝素(即畫素p(丨,0)、p(3,0))具有正 質點極性。然而,當㈣下—侧框時,每組畫素配對之= color 0 dot can also be called the electrode of the order color dot), and the switching element "疋 is coupled to the color dot CD_2-1, CD-2-2, CD-2", CD-2_4 (these color dots) It can also be called the electrode _ of the second color dot), and the switch τοSE-3 is coupled to the color dot CD"", cD_3_2, 3 CD-3-4 (these color dots can also be called the three color dots) ) the electrode. ,[0012〇] In other words, the first color of the expanded pixel pattern 131〇 has four color dots, wherein the color dots CD—丨-丨, cd i 2 constitute the first right-left mineral tooth pattern, and The color dot CD j-3, cr> 1 4 constitutes a second right left tooth pattern, and the first right left mineral tooth pattern and the second right left mineral tooth pattern may be referred to as a sequential sawtooth pattern. The right-left mineral tooth pattern here means that the second color dot (ie, the color dot CDJ_2, CDJ 4) is located at the lower left of the first color dot (ie, the color dot CDJJ, CD-丨-3). The first right-left zigzag pattern is horizontally aligned with the second right-left zigzag pattern, but vertically separated by the component mounting area DCA-1. Similarly, the second color component and the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 13] respectively have four color dots, wherein the four color dots constitute two horizontally aligned right and left mineral tooth patterns, and the two right and left The sawtooth pattern is vertically separated by the component device area, and the 65 1338798 right-left zigzag patterns can be respectively referred to as the sequenced zigzag pattern and the ordered triple-tooth pattern. In the pixel pattern mo, these color components are vertically aligned and horizontally offset by the width of at least one color dot. [00121] These color dots of the alizarin pattern 131G are distributed in the same-color of the western checkerboard pattern. The main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of all color points of the extended pixel pattern 1310 are the same. The figure shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the extended element pattern 1310. In the pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have a positive 1 = negative dot polarity pattern, and all the color dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity. By interlacing these extended pixel patterns, the polarity of the = color dot forms a complete checkerboard pattern, which will be detailed later. This is not printed. _22] The extended pixels of Figure 13(4) are applied in different formats. For example, the ancient, the traveler will be & is to expand the pixel to the direction of the intersection of #, : ^ ^ some of the implementation of the way to interleave in the row direction, and ΐΠ ^ (four) is to expand the painting v,» ^ , 1 ^ ^ ^ The real yoke example will expand the pixels while interleaving in the row direction and the column direction. Figure 13: Teacher: The light gate = 1320 is to make the expanded pixels in the wrong direction. And the body two Ρ (Μ), Ρ ((Μ), _ is located in the peer two and two differently used to clearly indicate 'the color of the different pixels is the column two columns of the interlaced, each column of the pixel will be adjacent Two columns). Specifically, a certain column - Jin Zhao = between the top and the bottom of the - color point. The prime color point will be adjacent to the display element P(0, 〗). , 4 paintings of the first column of the Africans v歹; the primed p (0, 〇) overlap. In detail, e 66 1338798 • The color dot CD_1_1 of the pixel P(0,0) fills the gap between the color dot CD_1-4 of the pixel P(0,1) and the component device area dca_1. The color dot CD_2_1 of the pixel P(0,0) fills the gap between the color dot CD_2_4 of the pixel P(0,1) and the component device region dca_2 (this gap is also a pixel P (0). , 1) the color dot CD_]_3, the gap between CD_2_3), and the color dot CD_3_1 of the pixel P(0,0) is the color dot CD_3_4 of the pixel P(0,1) and the component device area DCA_3 The gap between the gaps is filled (this gap is also the gap between the color dots CD_2_3 and CD_3_3 of the pixel P(0,1)). In addition, the color dot CD_2_2 of the pixel P (〇, 〇) fills the gap between the color dots CD_1-4 and CD_2_4 of the pixel P(〇, l), and the color of the halogen P (〇, 〇) The dot CD_3-2 fills the gap between the color dots CD-2_4 and CD_3-4 of the pixel P(〇, l). The other gaps of the pixels ρ(〇, ι) will be filled by the color points of the pixel P(0, 2). In detail, the color dots CD-2_3, CD_3_3, CD-2-4, and CD-3-4 of the pixel P(0, 2) are respectively the color dot CD-1_1 of the pixel P(0,1), The gap between CD_2_1, color dot CD-2_1, CD-3_1, color dot CD-1-2, CD_2_2, color Φ dot CD_2_2, CD_3_2 is filled. Furthermore, the color dot CD_1_3 of the pixel p(0, 2) fills the gap adjacent to the color dots CD_1_2 and CD丄1 of the pixel P(0, 1). Similarly, the color point of the pixel ρ(〇, ι) is filled in the pixels P(0,0), P(〇,2). [00123] The embodiment of Fig. 13(b) is such that the polarity of the dot of the entire display constitutes a checkerboard pattern in a manner of alternating the polarity of the dots. Specifically, the pixels of the even columns have the first polarity, and the pixels of the odd columns have the second polarity. As mentioned earlier, under a continuous frame, these elements switch their particle polarity. For example, the pixels of the zeroth column and the second column (i.e., 67 1338798 - even columns) of Fig. 13(b) have negative particle polarity, and the pixels of the first column (i.e., odd columns) have positive particle polarity. However, when switching to the next figure (4), even (four) pixels have a positive dot polarity, while odd columns have a negative polarity. Since the switching elements on the same column have the same polarity, Figure 13 ( b) The pixel pattern is a switching element column inversion driving mechanism, but the polarity of the switching elements on the any-column is opposite to the polarity of the switching elements in the adjacent column. In the ® 13(8) 'Pixel P(0,0) The switching element has a negative polarity, and the switching element of the pixel P (〇, 1) has a positive polarity, and the switching element W of the halogen P (〇, 2) has a negative polarity. [00124] FIG. 13(b) As shown at the edge of the display, the partial gap of the expanded element is not filled. There are several different ways to address the situation where the gap at the edge is not filled. For example, some implementations of the invention For example, only half of the pixels are set at the edge of the display, that is, in this embodiment, the pixels P(0, 0) are not configured with color dots CD_l_3, CD 1 4, CD_2-3, CD-2-4, CD—3_3, CD—3-4— In other real examples of the present invention, the edges of the display are hidden, and There will be no such gaps at the visible edge of the display. In a further embodiment of the invention, the edges of the display are covered by a black matrix and the pixels at the edges are not used at all. FIG. 13(c) further illustrates the meaning of the column-to-interlace, and FIG. 13(c) shows the eight pixels of the display 1320' and the eight elements are distributed in four column directions and two line directions. Similar to the above description of Fig. 3(b), the pixels P(〇,〇) are interlaced with the alizarin p(〇,l), and the pixels P(〇,l) are interlaced with the pixel p(〇2). 'And alizarin P (〇, 2) is interlaced with pixels p(0,3). Similarly, alizarin P(l,〇) is interlaced with pixel P(l,l), and alizarin P ( 1,1} is associated with alizarin p(12) 68 j ' and alizarin p(l,2) is interlaced with alizarin ρ(ι,3). Similar to Fig. 2), the pattern 'Figure 13 (4) The pattern also uses a switching element column inversion driving mechanism. [0^126] Figure 13 (d) shows a portion of the display 134, and the display 40 疋 interleaves the expanded pixels in a row direction. The extended pixel of Figure 13 (4) is The distortion of the pixel pattern 1310 is 舻μ—', J is specific and έ, Figure 13(d) The width of the component device area in the display element is the same as the width of the color dot, and the stripes are interlaced. The three pixels in Figure 13(d) are in the same column but in different rows. A part of the pixel filled with ρ(-1,0) is similar to the part of the pixel Ρ(3,0), and the filled 昼素 is used to fill the gap of the pixel at the edge of the screen. Otherwise, these gaps will not be filled. In the row-to-interlace, the pixels of each row will overlap with the adjacent pixels of the two rows (except for the leftmost row of the rightmost spot of the display). Fill up with filled 昼. Specifically, the color point of a certain pixel fills the gap between the color points of adjacent pixels, and the pixel of the first line of the display is ρ(1,〇) with the display. Zero-order pixels 〇 (〇, 〇) overlap. In detail, the color dot CD_3-1 of the pixel ρ(〇,〇) fills the gap between the color dots CD-y'cDj-1 of the pixel ρ(ι,〇), and the pixel The color point CD_3-2 of P(〇,〇) is filled with the gap between the color points CD-2_2 and CD_1_2 of the pixel P(1,0), and the color point CD of the pixel P(〇,〇) -3_3 is to fill the gap between the color points CD-2, 3 and CD-1 of the pixel P(1,0), and the color point CD-3-4 of the element P (〇〇) is Fill the gap between the color dots CD 2-4 of the pixels p〇, 〇). In addition, the color point CD 2 of the alizarin p (〇, 〇) is filled with the gaps of the color points CD 1-2 and CD_1_1 of the alizarin P (1, 0), and the picture is drawn. The color dot CD_2_3 of the prime P (〇, 〇) fills the gap between the color dot CD_1-4 of the pixel P(1, 0) and the component device region DCA_1. The other voids of the alizarin P(l,〇) are filled by the color dots of the alizarin P(2,0). In detail, the color dot CD_1_1 of the pixel P(2,0) fills the gap between the color dots CD_2_1 and CD_3-1 of the pixel P(1,0), and the pixel P(2,0) The color dot CD_i_2 fills the gap between the color dots CD_2_2 and CD-3-2 of the pixel p(丨,〇), and the color dot CD_1-3 of the pixel p(2,〇) is drawn The gap between the color dots cd_2_3 and CD_3_3 ^ of the prime p(1, 〇) is filled, and the color dot CD_1-4 of the pixel P(2, 〇) is the color dot CD_2_4 of the pixel P(1,0), The gap between CD-3_4 is filled. In addition, the color dot CD_2-4 of the pixel P(2,0) fills the gap between the color dots CD_3_3 and CD_3_4 of the pixel p(丨,〇). Similarly, the color point of the alizarin p(1, 〇) is also filled in the pixels P(0,0), p(2 〇). [00127] The embodiment of Figure 13(d) is such that the polarity of the dot of the entire display constitutes a checkerboard pattern in a manner that alternates the polarity of the dots in the row direction. Specifically, the pixels of even rows have the first pole, and the pixels of odd rows have the first polarity. As mentioned earlier, these pixels switch their particle polarity under a continuous frame. For example, the pixels of the zeroth row and the second row (i.e., even rows) of Fig. 13(4) have negative particle polarity, and the pixels of the first row (i.e., odd rows) have f particle polarity. However, when switching to the next frame, the pixels of the even rows have positive polarity, while the pixels of odd rows have negative polarity. [00128] There are several different methods that can be used to resolve gaps at the edges. For example, 'some embodiments of the present invention fill the void at the n-edge of Figure 13 (4) with a square that uses the filling. In Example 1338798. In his embodiment, an incomplete pixel can be used for the display. For example, & '昼素Ρ(Ο,Ο), there is no color point CD_1_1 'CD 1 2, CD_1-3, CD-1_4 and component device area DCAj. In other embodiments of the invention, the display The edges are obscured so that there will be no such gaps at the visible edges of the display. [00129] Figure 13 (e) further illustrates the meaning of the interlacing, while Figure 13 (e) depicts the display 1340. Eight pixels, and the eight pixels are distributed in four rows and two columns upward. Similar to the previous description of Figure 13(d), the pixel #P(M) is associated with the pixel P(l,〇 Interlaced, while the prime P (1 〇) is interlaced with the book two mp (10) is interlaced with the pixel P (3, 0). _1 = ρ (〇, ι) is interlaced with the pixel ρ (ι, ι), and The pixel PG, 〖) is the parent of the pixel p(21), and the pixel P(2, l) is interlaced with the pixel ρ(3, ι). [00130] FIG. 13(f) shows the display 137 Part of the 〇, and the display 1370 is The extended pixels are interleaved with a horizontal pixel pair. Similar to Figure 13(d) 'The expanded pixel of Figure 13(f) is the distortion of the pixel pattern 131〇, and the width and color of the device area The width of the particle is the same. Figure π(1) four # 昼 ρ(0,0), ρ(ι,0), Ρ(2,0), Ρ(3,0) are in the same column, but they are different. In the horizontal pixel pairing interlacing, two horizontally adjacent primes are mutually wrong, so that the color point corresponding to any pixel can fill the gap of another element. As shown in Fig. 13(1), The prime p(0,0) and p(1〇) constitute a set of horizontal pixel pairings. The color point corresponding to the element (the color particle of the book (3)丄I) is horizontally adjacent to the prime of another frame) = (such as the color point CD JJ of the pixel P (], 〇), and the color dot CD_1_1 of the pixel p (〇, 〇) is located to the left of the color dot cDjj of the pixel P(1, 〇). Similarly, The pixels (2, 〇), ; (3, 0) constitute another set of horizontal pixel pairings. 1338798 [00131] In order to make the particle polarity constitute the checkerboard pattern, the two pixels in the pixel pairing t are separately With different polarity Specifically, the first pixel of each set of pixel pairs has a first polarity, and the first element of each set of pixel pairs has a second polarity. As described above, under the continuous frame, these The halogen will switch its particle polarity. As shown in Figure 13(1), the first pixel of each group of pixels (ie, pixels p(〇,〇), P(2,0)) has negative particle polarity, and each The second element of the group pixel pair (ie, p(丨,0), p(3,0)) has a positive particle polarity. However, when (4) is down-side frame, each group of pixels is paired

第個畫素即具有正質點極性,而每組畫素配對之第二個 畫素便具有正質點極性。 [00132]如前所述,不同形式之擴展畫素圖樣可組合成 為一個顯示晝面。圖丨4(a)繪示另一種擴展畫素圖樣141〇, 而畫素圖樣141〇可單獨運用或是搭配圖 圖樣。圖Μ⑻之擴展畫素圖樣1彻具有三個顏色分量素 而每個顏色分量又分割為四個顏色質點。顏色質點 ⑶丄U即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點、)”·、 CD—2_1(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 第三顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)構成畫素圖 ’ 一列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間隔一個颅 色質”寬度’以使其他畫素的顏色質點' = cd"、CD22、CD3V/=顏色質點’顏色質點 的官产。爯去—據麻^ 少亦間隔一個顏色質點 :者,擴展畫素圖樣1410之第二列偏移第一列以 吏付顏色貝.點CD丄2鄰接於顏色質點CD丄】、c〇 72 Ps 1338798 之間的空隙。擴展晝素圖樣1410之第三列為元件裝置區域 列向’並且是由元件裝置區域DCA_1、DCA_2、DCA 3 所$成,其中每個元件裝置區域的寬度等於兩個顏色質點 ' 的寬度加上水平質點間距。開關元件SE_1、SE_2、SE_3 是分別位於元件裝置區域DCA—1、DCA一2、DCA—3,而元 件裝置區域列向的左側邊是對齊於第一列的左側邊。顏色 質點CD—1—3、CD_2—3、CD 3—3構成畫素圖樣141〇的第 四列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第三列 •I與第—列對齊以使得顏色質點是CD—1—3水平對齊於顏 色質點CD—1 — 1。顏色質點cd—1—4、CD 2—4、CD 3 4構 成畫素圖樣1310的第四列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色 質點的寬度。第四列是與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點是 CD—1_4水平對齊於顏色質點CDJ_2。此外,開關元件 SE—1是耦接至顏色質點CD—1J、CD」_2、CD 1 3、 CDJ—4之電極,而開關元件SE_2是耦接至顏色質點 CD_2J、CD—2—2、CD—2—3、CD—2一4 之電極,且開關元件 • SE—3是耦接至顏色質點CD_3_1、CD_3_2、CD 3 3、 CD_3_4之電極。 — [00133]換句話說’擴展晝素圖樣141〇之第一顏色分 量具有四個顏色質點,其中顏色質點CD—1 一1、CD 1 2構 成第一左右鋸齒圖案,而顏色質點CD一1_3、CD 1 4構成 第二左右鋸齒圖案,且此處之左右鋸齒圖案意為第二個顏 色質點(即顏色質點CD一 1_2、CD一1一4)是位在第—個顏色質 點(即顏色質點CD—1一1、CDJ一3)的右下方。第—左右鋸齒 圖案疋與第一左右鑛齒圖案水平對齊,但被元件裝置區域 73 1338798 DCA一1垂直分離。類似地,擴展畫素圖樣14丨〇之第一顏 色分量與第三顏色分量亦分別具有四個顏色質點,其中這 四個顏色質點構成兩個水平對齊之左右鑛齒圖案,且這= 個左右鋸齒圖案是被元件裝置區域垂直分離。在畫素=樣 1310中’這些顏色分量是垂直對齊,並水平偏移至少一 顏色質點的寬度。 [00134] 畫素圖樣141〇的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋 棋盤圖案的同一顏色中。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴展 晝素圖樣1410的全部顏色質點的極性均為相同。圖ΐ4(&) 即為擴展畫素圖樣1410之正質點極性圖案,在正質點極性 圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極性。相反 地,在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均 具有負極性。 [00135] 圖14(b)繪示顯示器14〇〇的局部,且顯示器 1400是將兩個不同形式的擴展晝素以列向進行交錯。具體 而言’圖14(b)之三個畫素P(0,〇)、!>(〇」)、?(〇 2)是位於同 —仃中,但卻位於不同列中。畫素p(〇,〇)、p(〇,2)是應用圖 13(a)之畫素圖樣1310’而畫素P(〇1)是應用圖14(a)之晝素 圖,M10。以圖14(b)之顯示器而言,位於奇數列上的畫 ,是應用圖13(a)之畫素圖樣1310,而位於偶數列上的晝素 是應用圖14(a)之畫素圖樣141〇。以畫素圖樣131〇、141〇 之列向父錯中’每列之畫素會與相鄰兩列之畫素部份重疊 (除了顯示器的最上方與最下方的那一列)。具體而言,某 、列畫素之顏色質點會將相鄰列晝素之顏色質點之間的空 隙填滿。舉例而言’顯示器第一列之畫素P(0,1)便與顯示 ζ- 74 1338798 器第零列之畫素P(0,0)重疊。詳細而言,晝素p(〇,〇)之顏色 質點CD_1—1是將晝素ρ(〇,ι)之顏色質點cd_1_3、CD_2_3 之間的空隙填滿,而晝素P(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD_2_1是將畫 素P(0,1)之顏色質點CD_2_3、CD_3_3之間的空隙填滿, 且畫素P(0,0)之顏色質點CD_3_1是將畫素P(〇,l)之顏色質 點CD—3_3、CD_3_4鄰接的空隙填滿。此外,晝素p(〇,〇) 之顏色質點CD_1—2是將晝素P(〇,l)之顏色質點Cd_1_3、 CD一1—4鄰接的空隙填滿’而畫素p(〇,〇)之顏色質點CD_2_2 • 是將晝素P(0,1)之顏色質點CD_1_4、CD_2—4之間的空隙 填滿’且晝素P(0,0)之顏色質點CD_3_2是將晝素P(〇,l) 之顏色質點CD—2_4、CD_3_4之間的空隙填滿。晝素p(〇, 1) 之其他間隙將會被畫素P(〇,2)之顏色質點所填滿。詳細而 言,晝素 P(〇,2)之顏色質點 CD—1_3、CD—2—3、CD_2_4、 CD_3_4是分別將畫素!>(〇,〇之顏色質點cdjj、 CD_2 J、顏色質點CD—2 j、CD-3一卜顏色質點CD2、 CD—2—2、顏色質點CD—2_2、CD—3_2之間的空隙填滿。再 • 者,畫素P(0,2)之顏色質點CD_3_3是將晝素!>(〇,〖)之顏色 質點CD—3—丨、CD_3_2鄰接的空隙填滿,而晝素p(〇2)之 顏色質點CD_1_4是將畫素P(〇,l)之顏色質點cd_1_1、 CD_ 1 —2鄰接的空隙填滿。類似地’畫素p(〇, 1)之顏色質點 是填滿於畫素P(0,0)、P(〇,2)中。 [00136]圖14(b)之實施例是以列向交替質點極性的方 式而使整個顯示器的質點極性構成西洋棋盤圖案。具體而 5,偶數列的晝素是具有第一極性,而奇數列的書素是具 有第二極性。如前所述,在連續的圖框下,這些畫素會切The first pixel has a positive dot polarity, and the second pixel of each set of pixel pairs has a positive dot polarity. [00132] As previously mentioned, different forms of expanded pixel patterns can be combined into one display surface. Figure 4(a) shows another extended pixel pattern 141〇, and the pixel pattern 141〇 can be used alone or in combination with the pattern. The expanded pixel pattern 1 of Fig. 8 has three color components and each color component is divided into four color dots. The color dot (3) 丄U is the first color dot of the first color component, ”··, CD—2_1 (ie, the first color dot of the second color component), and the first color dot of the third color component ) constituting a picture of a pixel map. However, these color points are separated from each other by at least one cranial color "width" so that the color points of other pixels are '= cd", CD22, CD3V/= color dot 'color dot' of the official production.爯 — 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据 据The gap between Ps 1338798. The third column of the extended pixel pattern 1410 is the component device region column 'and is formed by the component device regions DCA_1, DCA_2, DCA 3, wherein the width of each component device region is equal to the width of the two color dots' plus Horizontal particle spacing. The switching elements SE_1, SE_2, SE_3 are located in the device device regions DCA-1, DCA-2, DCA-3, respectively, and the left side of the element device region column is aligned to the left side of the first column. The color dots CD-1, CD_2-3, and CD3-3 form the fourth column of the pixel pattern 141, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The third column • I is aligned with the first column so that the color dot is CD—1—3 horizontally aligned to the color dot CD—1 — 1. The color dots cd - 1-4, CD 2-4, CD 3 4 constitute the fourth column of the pixel pattern 1310, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot is CD-1_4 horizontally aligned to the color dot CDJ_2. In addition, the switching element SE-1 is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD-1J, CD"_2, CD1 3, CDJ-4, and the switching element SE_2 is coupled to the color dot CD_2J, CD-2-2, CD - 2 - 3, CD - 2 - 4 electrodes, and switching elements • SE-3 are coupled to the electrodes of color dots CD_3_1, CD_3_2, CD 3 3, CD_3_4. — [00133] In other words, the first color component of the 'expanded pixel pattern 141' has four color dots, where the color dot CD-1-1, CD1 2 constitutes the first left and right zigzag pattern, and the color dot CD-1_3 CD 1 4 constitutes a second left and right sawtooth pattern, and the left and right sawtooth patterns herein mean that the second color dot (ie, color dot CD-1_2, CD-11-4) is located at the first color dot (ie, color) The lower right of the dot CD-1, CDJ-3). The first-left and right sawtooth patterns are horizontally aligned with the first left and right mineral tooth patterns, but are vertically separated by the component device region 73 1338798 DCA-1. Similarly, the first color component and the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 14 respectively have four color dots, wherein the four color dots constitute two horizontally aligned left and right mineral tooth patterns, and this is about The sawtooth pattern is vertically separated by the component device area. In the pixel=sample 1310, these color components are vertically aligned and horizontally offset by at least one color dot width. [00134] These color dots of the pixel pattern 141〇 are distributed in the same color of the western checkerboard pattern. The main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of all color points of the extended alizarin pattern 1410 are the same. Figure 4 (&) is the positive dot polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 1410. In the positive dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. Conversely, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all of the color dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity. [00135] FIG. 14(b) shows a portion of the display 14A, and the display 1400 is to interleave two different forms of expanded pixels in a column direction. Specifically, the three pixels P(0, 〇) of Figure 14(b)! >(〇)),? (〇 2) is located in the same 仃, but in a different column. The pixels p(〇, 〇), p(〇, 2) are the pixel pattern 1310' of Fig. 13(a), and the pixel P(〇1) is the pixel map of Fig. 14(a), M10. In the display of Fig. 14(b), the picture on the odd column is the pixel pattern 1310 of Fig. 13(a), and the pixel on the even column is the pixel pattern of Fig. 14(a). 141〇. In the pixel pattern 131〇, 141〇 to the parent error, the pixels in each column will partially overlap the pixels in the adjacent columns (except the top and bottom columns of the display). Specifically, the color point of a column of pixels will fill the gap between the color points of adjacent columns of pixels. For example, the pixel P(0,1) in the first column of the display overlaps with the pixel P(0,0) in the zeroth column of the display ζ-74 1338798. In detail, the color dot CD_1-1 of the alizarin p (〇, 〇) fills the gap between the color dots cd_1_3 and CD_2_3 of the 昼素ρ(〇, ι), and the 昼素P(〇,〇) The color dot CD_2_1 fills the gap between the color dots CD_2_3 and CD_3_3 of the pixel P(0,1), and the color dot CD_3_1 of the pixel P(0,0) is the pixel P(〇,l). The gaps adjacent to the color dots CD-3_3 and CD_3_4 are filled. In addition, the color point CD_1-2 of the alizarin p (〇, 〇) is filled with the space adjacent to the color point Cd_1_3 and CD 1-4 of the alizarin P (〇, l) and the pixel p (〇, 〇 ) The color dot CD_2_2 • fills the gap between the color dots CD_1_4 and CD_2-4 of the alizarin P(0,1) and the color dot CD_3_2 of the alizarin P(0,0) is the alizarin P ( 〇, l) The gap between the color dots CD-2_4 and CD_3_4 is filled. The other gaps of the prime p (〇, 1) will be filled by the color points of the pixels P (〇, 2). In detail, the color points of the prime P (〇, 2) CD-1_3, CD-2-3, CD_2_4, CD_3_4 are the pixels! >(〇, the color point cdjj, CD_2 J, color dot CD-2 j, CD-3 color dot CD2, CD-2-2, color dot CD-2_2, CD-3_2 gap filling Full. Again, the color point CD_3_3 of the pixel P(0,2) is filled with the gaps adjacent to the color points CD-3_丨 and CD_3_2 of the 昼素!>(〇,〖), and the 昼素p (〇2) The color dot CD_1_4 fills the gap adjacent to the color dots cd_1_1 and CD_1-2 of the pixel P(〇, l). Similarly, the color dot of the pixel p(〇, 1) is filled. In the pixels P(0,0), P(〇,2), [00136] The embodiment of Fig. 14(b) is such that the polarity of the dot of the entire display constitutes a checkerboard pattern in such a manner that the polarities of the alternating dots are arranged in a column direction. Specifically, 5, the even-numbered columns have the first polarity, and the odd-numbered columns have the second polarity. As mentioned above, under the continuous frame, these pixels will be cut.

75 1338798 換其質點極性。舉例而言’圖14⑻之第零列與第二列(即 之畫素具有負質點極性,而第一列(即奇數列)之畫 二正質點極性。然而’當換到下一個圖框時,偶數列 的旦素是具有正質點極性,而奇數列的畫素是具有負質點 極性。應用與前述相同的概念,熟悉此項技藝者當可採用 料的方式,或是其他畫錢樣的各種交錯機 制所組成的晝素圖案。 =〇137]圖15為依據本發明另—實施例之—種擴展畫 素圖樣°圖15之擴展畫素圖樣151()具有三個顏色分量, 每,顏色 '里又分割為六個顏色質點。顏色質點 ΓΠ—Λ即為ί 一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 ΓΠ—1 —!即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 CD—3—丨(即為第三顏色分量之第—個顏色質 樣的第-列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間=:;= 色質點的&度,以使其他晝素的顏色質點可以穿插至^ 中顏色貝點CD 1 S'C'D 9 7 1士 1sln . .. — —2 eD-2-2、CD_3—2 構成畫素圖樣 的弟一列。如同第一列之顏色質點,顏色質點 CD:1—2、CD~2-2、CD-3—2彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點 的^度。再者’擴展晝素圖樣M10之第二列偏移第一列以 使得顏色質點CD_2_2鄰接於顏色質,點CD丄i、CD 2 j 之間的空隙。顏色質點CDJ—3、CD—2—3、CD_3—3構成畫 素,樣151G的第三列,而且彼此至少亦間隔—個顏色質點 的I度第二列是與第一列對齊以使得顏色質點cd 1 3 是鄰接於顏色質點CD丄2、CD丄2之間的空隙。顏色質 點CD_1_4、CD_2_4、CD—3—4構成晝素圖樣1510的第四 76 1338798 列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第四列是 與第二列對齊以使得顏色質點CD_2_4是鄰接於顏色質點 1_3、CD_2_3之間的空隙。顏色質點CD 1 5、CD 2 5、 •— — _ -—— CD一3_5構成晝素圖樣1510的第五列,而且彼此至少亦間 隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第五列是與第一列對齊以使得顏 色質點CD_1_5是鄰接於顏色質點CD—1—4、CD 2 4之間 的空隙。顏色質點CD—16、CD—2_6、CD_3—6構成畫素圖 樣1510的第六列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬 度。第六列是與第四列對齊以使得顏色質點CD_2—6是鄰 接於顏色質點CD_1_5、CD_2_5之間的空隙。畫素圖樣丨5 j 〇 更包括元件裝置區域DCA—1、DCA_2、DCA—3,而元件裝 置區域DCA_1、DCA—2、DCA—3構成之元件袈置區域列向 即為畫素圖樣1510的第七列,其中每個元件裝置區域的寬 度等於兩個顏色質點的寬度加上水平質點間距。元件裝置 區域列向(即第七列)是水平對齊於第二列、第四列以^第 六列。此外’開關元件SE—丨、SE_2、SE—3是分別位於元 件裝置區域DCAJ、DCA_2、DCA—3。開關元件SEJ是 耦接至顏色質點CD1J、CD_1_2、CD_1_3、cd】4、 CD_1_5、CD一1—6之電極’而開關元件SE—2是輕接至顏色 質點00—2_卜〇0_2—2、匚0一2_3、00_2_4、€0又5、〇〇2 6 之電極,且開關元件SE—3是耦接至顏色質點CD 3 1、 CD 3 2、CD 3 3、CD 3 m ί 0 -- —」、CD—3一5、CD_3〜6 之電極。 [00138]換句話說,擴展畫素圖樣151()之第—顏色分 量之六個顏色質點CDJ」、CD12、CD_U、CD% 4、 —— -1-6構成右左右左右左鑛齒圖案,而此處之 77 1338798 右左右左右左鋸齒圖案意為第二個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD_1 _2)是位在第一個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_1—1)的左 下方’接著第三個顏色質點(即顏色質點CDJ—3)是位在第 二個顏色質點的右下方’之後第四個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD一 1 一4)是位在第三個顏色質點的左下方,再來第五個顏 色質點(即顏色質點CD_1 一5)是位在第四個顏色質點的右下 方,最後第六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_1_6)是位在第五 個顏色質點的左下方。類似地,擴展畫素圖樣151〇之第二 顏色为里與第二顏色分置亦分別具有六個顏色質點以構成 右左右左右左鋸齒圖案。在畫素圖樣丨51〇中,這些顏色分 量是垂直對齊,並水平偏移至少一個顏色質點的寬度。每 個顏色分量分別具有元件裝置區域DCAj、DCA_2、 DCA一3,而元件裝置區域是位於顏色分量的下方,並與顏 色分量水平對齊。此外,對應顏色分量之開關元件是位於 元件裝置區域’絲接至此顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 _39]類似擴展畫素圖樣131〇之顏色質點畫素圖 樣1510❺这些顏色質點是分佈於西洋棋盤圖案的同一顏 色中。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴展畫素圖樣i5i〇的全 部顏色質點的極性均為相同。圖15即為擴展畫素圖樣】51〇 之正質點極性㈣,在正質點極性圖案中, 與=元㈣具有正極性。城地,在負f生^ 元料具有貞純。類似前述 的極性構成-個完整的西洋_ 4顏色貝點 一丨6為依據本發明另!實施例之擴展畫素圖 78 (5 1338798 樣。圖16之擴展畫素圖樣1610具有三個顏色分量,而每 個顏色分量又分割為六個顏色質點。顏色質點Cdj 1(即 ‘ 為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、CD_2_1(即為第二顔 , 色分量之第一個顏色質點)、CD_3—1(即為第三顏色分量之 第一個顏色質點)構成晝素圖樣1610的第一列。不過這些 顏色質點彼此至少間隔一個顏色質點的寬度,以使其他畫 素的顏色質點可以穿插至其中。顏色質點CD 1 2、 CD—2—2、CD一3 一 2構成畫素圖樣1610的第二列。如同第一 • 列之顏色質點,顏色質點CD—1 —2、CD—2—2、CD—3_2彼此 至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。再者,擴展晝素圖樣161〇 之第二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點CD—i—2鄰接於顏色 質點CD—1 —1、CD一2一1之間的空隙。顏色質點CCL1 j、 CD—2—3、CD-3一3構成晝素圖樣161〇的第三列,而且彼此 至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。然而,第三列同時偏移 第一列與第二列以使得顏色質點CEL1 一3是鄰接於顏色質 點CD—1—2、CD—2—2之間的空隙。顏色質點CD丄4、 • CD-2-4、構成畫素圖樣1610的第四列,而且彼此 至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第四列是與第二列對齊 以使得顏色質點CD_2—4是鄰接於顏色質點cd_j_3、 CD一2—3之間的空隙。顏色質點、CD_2_5、CD 3 5 構成畫素圖樣1610的第五列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏 色質點的寬度。f五列是肖第一列對齊以使得彥員色質點 5疋鄰接於顏色質點CD—1—4、CD_2_4之間的空隙。 =色質點CD丄6、CD—2_6、CD—3—6構成晝素圖樣161〇 的第六列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。然 79 1338798 而,第/、列同時偏移其他列以使得顏色質點CD_2_6是鄰 接於顏色貝點CD一1—5、CD_2一5之間的空隙。晝素圖樣161〇 * 更包括元件裝置區域DCA—1、DCA_2、DCA—3,而元件裝 •置區域DCA—1、DCA—2、DCA_3構成之元件裝置區域列向 即為畫素圖樣1610的第七列,其中每個元件裝置區域的寬 度等於兩個顏色質點的寬度加上水平質點間距。元件裝置 區域列向(即第七列)是水平對齊於第六列。此外,開關元 件SEJ、SE—2、SE—3是分別位於元件裝置區域dCAj、 fli DCA—2、DCA—3。開關元件SE_j是耦接至顏色質點 CD—1—1、CD—1—2、CD—1—3、CD—1 一4、CD一 1—5、CD—1—6 之電極,而開關元件SE—2是耦接至顏色質點CD_2_1、 CD—2—2、CD_2—3、CD—2一4、CD_2_5、CD—2_6 之電極, 且開關元件SE—3是耦接至顏色質點CD_3_1、CD_3_2、 CD_3_3、CD 3 4、CD 3—5、CD—3 6 之電極。 [00141]換句話說,擴展畫素圖樣16丨〇之第一顏色分 量之六個顏色質點CD—1J、CD丄2、CD_1_3、CD 1 4、 • CD-匕5、CD 一匕6構成左右右左左左鋸齒圖案,而此處之 左右右左左左鋸齒圖案意為第二個顏色質點(即顏色質點 CD—1 一2)是位在第一個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_1_1)的右 下方’接著第三個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD一 1—3)是位在第 一個顏色質點的右下方’之後第四個顏色質點(即顏色質點 丨_4)是位在第三個顏色質點的左下方,再來第五個顏 色質點(即顏色質點CD_1_5)是位在第四個顏色質點的左下 方’最後第六個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_1_6)是位在第五 個顏色質點的左下方。類似地,擴展畫素圖樣16】〇之第二 1338798 顏色分里與第二顏色分量亦分別具有六個顏色質點以構成 左右右左左左鋸齒圖案。在畫素圖樣丨61〇中,這些顏色分 里疋垂直對齊,並水平偏移至少一個顏色質點的寬度。每 •個顏色分量分別具有元件裝置區域DCAJ、DCA_2、 • DCA一3而元件裝置區域是位於顏色分量的下方,並與顏 色分量水平料。此外’對應顏色分量之關元件是位於 元件裝置區域,且轉接至此顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 [00142]類似擴展晝素圖樣13丨〇之顏色質點晝素圖 樣1610的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋棋盤圖案的同一顏 色中。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴展晝素圖樣161〇的全 4顏色貝點的極性均為相同^圖16即為擴展畫素圖樣161〇 之正質點極性圖案,在正質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質 點與開關元件均具有正極性。相反地,在負質點極性圖案 中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有負極性。類似前述, 將k些擴展畫素圖樣彼此交錯,即可使顯示器之顏色質點 的極性構成一個完整的西洋棋盤圖案。 a [00143]圖i7(a)-17(d)為依據本發明其他實施例之不同 癌樣之,展晝素圖樣。在圖17⑻_17(d)之實施例中,每個 顏色分里均會具有鋸齒圖案,而此細部結構將會於後詳 述。第一顏色分量之鋸齒圖案是與第二顏色分量之鋸齒圖 案垂直對齊,而第三顏色分量之鋸齒圖案同時垂直偏移第 一與第二顏色分量之鋸齒圖案。 θ [〇〇144]圖17(a)之擴展晝素圖樣1710具有三個顏色分 里而每個顏色分量又分割為三個顏色質點。顏色質點 CD—1 — 1(即為第一顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)、 133879875 1338798 Change its particle polarity. For example, the zeroth column and the second column of Figure 14 (8) (ie, the pixels have negative particle polarity, while the first column (ie, odd columns) draws two positive particle polarities. However, when changing to the next frame The even-numbered columns have a positive particle polarity, while the odd-numbered columns have a negative particle polarity. Apply the same concept as described above, familiarize yourself with the art of using material, or other money-like A pixel pattern composed of various interlacing mechanisms. Fig. 15 is an expanded pixel pattern according to another embodiment of the present invention. The expanded pixel pattern 151() of Fig. 15 has three color components, each of which has The color 'is divided into six color dots. The color dot ΓΠ—Λ is 第 the first color particle of a color component), ΓΠ—1 —! is the first color particle of the second color component), CD —3—丨 (that is, the first column of the first color of the third color component. However, these color points are at least between each other =:;= the degree of the color point, so that the color points of other pixels can Interspersed into ^ color color point CD 1 S'C'D 9 7 1士 1sln . . . — — 2 eD-2-2, CD_3—2 A column of the pico-pattern. Like the color of the first column, the color points CD: 1-2, CD~2-2, CD-3-2 are at least The second column of the extended color element M10 is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD_2_2 is adjacent to the color quality, and the gap between the dots CD丄i and CD 2 j. The color dot CDJ-3, CD-2-3, CD_3-3 form a pixel, the third column of the sample 151G, and at least spaced from each other - the second column of the I degree of the color dot is aligned with the first column to make the color dot cd 1 3 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD 丄 2 and CD 丄 2. The color dots CD_1_4, CD_2_4, and CD 3-4 constitute the fourth 76 1338798 column of the eucalyptus pattern 1510, and at least one color point is also spaced from each other. The width of the fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD_2_4 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots 1_3 and CD_2_3. The color dot CD 1 5, CD 2 5, • — — _ ——— CD_3_5 Forming the fifth column of the tilde pattern 1510, and at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The fifth column Is aligned with the first column such that the color dot CD_1_5 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD-1 - 4 and CD 2 4. The color dots CD-16, CD-2_6, CD_3-6 constitute the pixel pattern 1510 Six columns, and at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The sixth column is aligned with the fourth column such that the color dot CD_2-6 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD_1_5, CD_2_5. The pixel pattern 丨5 j 〇 Furthermore, the component device regions DCA-1, DCA_2, and DCA-3 are included, and the component device regions DCA_1, DCA-2, and DCA-3 are arranged in the column column to be the seventh column of the pixel pattern 1510, each of which The width of the component device area is equal to the width of the two color dots plus the horizontal dot spacing. The component unit area column (ie, the seventh column) is horizontally aligned to the second column and the fourth column to the sixth column. Further, the switching elements SE_丨, SE_2, SE-3 are located in the element device regions DCAJ, DCA_2, DCA-3, respectively. The switching element SEJ is coupled to the color dot CD1J, CD_1_2, CD_1_3, cd]4, CD_1_5, CD-11-6 electrode and the switching element SE-2 is lightly connected to the color dot 00-2_卜〇0_2-2 , 匚0_2_3, 00_2_4, €0 and 5, 〇〇2 6 electrodes, and the switching element SE-3 is coupled to the color dot CD 3 1 , CD 3 2, CD 3 3, CD 3 m ί 0 - -", CD-3-5, CD_3~6 electrodes. [00138] In other words, the six color dots CDJ", CD12, CD_U, CD% 4, -1-6 of the first-color component of the extended pixel pattern 151() constitute a left-right left and right left-tooth pattern. Here, 77 1338798 right left and right left zigzag pattern means that the second color dot (ie, color dot CD_1 _2) is located at the lower left of the first color dot (ie, color dot CD_1-1) and then the third The color dot (ie, the color dot CDJ-3) is located at the lower right of the second color dot, and the fourth color dot (ie, the color dot CD-1 to 4) is located at the lower left of the third color dot. Then the fifth color dot (ie, the color dot CD_1-5) is located at the bottom right of the fourth color dot, and the last sixth color dot (ie, the color dot CD_1_6) is located at the lower left of the fifth color dot. . Similarly, the second color of the expanded pixel pattern 151 is also separated from the second color by six color dots to form a right left, right, left, and left zigzag pattern. In the pixel pattern 丨51〇, these color components are vertically aligned and horizontally offset by the width of at least one color dot. Each color component has a component device region DCAj, DCA_2, DCA-3, respectively, and the component device region is located below the color component and is horizontally aligned with the color component. Further, the switching element corresponding to the color component is an electrode located in the component device region 'wired to the color dot of the color component. _39] Similar to the expanded pixel pattern 131〇 color dot pixel pattern 1510❺ These color particles are distributed in the same color of the checkerboard pattern. The main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of all the color points of the extended pixel pattern i5i〇 are the same. Figure 15 shows the positive pixel polarity (4) of the extended pixel pattern 51〇. In the positive dot polarity pattern, it has positive polarity with the = element (4). City land, in the negative f raw ^ yuan material is pure. Similar to the aforementioned polar composition - a complete Western _ 4 color point 丨 6 is an extended pixel diagram 78 (5 1338798 in accordance with an embodiment of the invention. The expanded pixel pattern 1610 of Figure 16 has three color components. And each color component is further divided into six color dots. The color dot Cdj 1 (ie, 'the first color particle of the first color component), CD_2_1 (that is, the second color, the first color dot of the color component) CD_3-1 (that is, the first color dot of the third color component) constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 1610. However, these color dots are at least separated from each other by the width of one color dot to make the color pixels of other pixels. Can be interspersed into it. Color dot CD 1 2, CD-2-2, CD-3 3 2 constitute the second column of the pixel pattern 1610. Like the color column of the first column, color dot CD-1-2, CD —2—2, CD—3_2 are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. Further, the second column of the expanded pixel pattern 161〇 is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD—i—2 is adjacent to the color dot CD -1 - 1, the gap between CD - 2 - 1. The chroma points CCL1 j, CD-2-3, and CD-3-3 form the third column of the pixel pattern 161〇, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. However, the third column is simultaneously offset by the first column and The second column is such that the color dots CEL1 - 3 are adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD - 1 - 2 and CD - 2 - 2. The color dots CD 丄 4, • CD - 2-4, and the pixel pattern 1610 The fourth column, and at least spaced apart from each other by a width of a color dot. The fourth column is aligned with the second column such that the color dot CD_2-4 is adjacent to the gap between the color dot cd_j_3 and the CD 2-3. CD_2_5, CD 3 5 constitute the fifth column of the pixel pattern 1610, and at least one width of the color dot is also spaced apart from each other. The five columns of the f are the first column alignment of the first column so that the color point 5疋 of the narrator is adjacent to the color dot CD- The gap between 1-4 and CD_2_4 = The color point CD丄6, CD-2_6, CD-3-6 constitutes the sixth column of the 161-inch enamel pattern, and at least the width of one color dot is also separated from each other. 1338798 Instead, the /, column is offset from other columns to make the color dot CD_2_6 Adjacent to the gap between the color point CDs 1-5 and CD_2-5. The enamel pattern 161〇* further includes the component device areas DCA-1, DCA_2, DCA-3, and the component mounting area DCA-1. The component device area formed by DCA-2 and DCA_3 is listed as the seventh column of the pixel pattern 1610, wherein the width of each component device region is equal to the width of two color dots plus the horizontal dot pitch. That is, the seventh column) is horizontally aligned to the sixth column. Further, the switching elements SEJ, SE-2, and SE-3 are located in the element device regions dCAj, fli DCA-2, and DCA-3, respectively. The switching element SE_j is an electrode coupled to a color dot CD-1, 1, CD-1-2, CD-1-3, CD-1-4, CD-1-5, CD-1-6, and the switching element The SE-2 is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD_2_1, CD-2-2, CD_2-3, CD-2-4, CD_2_5, CD-2_6, and the switching element SE-3 is coupled to the color dots CD_3_1, CD_3_2 , CD_3_3, CD 3 4, CD 3-5, CD-3 6 electrodes. [00141] In other words, the six color dots CD-1J, CD丄2, CD_1_3, CD1 4, CD-匕5, CD-匕6 of the first color component of the expanded pixel pattern 16丨〇 are composed of left and right. Right, left, left, and zigzag patterns, and the left, right, left, and left zigzag patterns here mean that the second color dot (ie, color dot CD-1 to 2) is located at the bottom right of the first color dot (ie, color dot CD_1_1). 'The third color dot (ie, the color dot CD 1-3) is located at the lower right of the first color dot' after the fourth color dot (ie, the color dot 丨_4) is in the third color. At the lower left of the particle, the fifth color dot (ie, the color dot CD_1_5) is located at the lower left of the fourth color dot. The last sixth color dot (ie, the color dot CD_1_6) is at the fifth color dot. The bottom left. Similarly, the expanded pixel pattern 16] 第二 second 1338798 color and second color components also have six color dots respectively to form left and right right left and left zigzag patterns. In the pixel pattern 丨61〇, these color points are vertically aligned and horizontally offset by at least one color dot width. Each color component has a component device area DCAJ, DCA_2, • DCA-3, respectively, and the component device region is located below the color component and is horizontally related to the color component. Further, the off component corresponding to the color component is an electrode located in the component device region and transferred to the color dot of the color component. [00142] These color points of the color dot matrix pattern 1610 similar to the extended enamel pattern 13 are distributed in the same color of the checkerboard pattern. The main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of the full 4 color shells of the expanded pixel pattern 161〇 are the same. FIG. 16 is the positive pixel polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 161〇, in the positive dot polarity pattern, all Both the color dot and the switching element have positive polarity. Conversely, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all of the color dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity. Similar to the foregoing, by interlacing k extended pixel patterns, the polarity of the color dots of the display constitutes a complete checkerboard pattern. a [00143] Figures i7(a)-17(d) are graphs of different cancerous samples according to other embodiments of the present invention. In the embodiment of Fig. 17 (8) - 17 (d), each of the color points has a zigzag pattern, and the detail structure will be described later. The sawtooth pattern of the first color component is vertically aligned with the sawtooth pattern of the second color component, and the sawtooth pattern of the third color component is simultaneously vertically offset by the sawtooth pattern of the first and second color components. θ [〇〇 144] The expanded tilde pattern 1710 of Fig. 17(a) has three color gradations and each color component is further divided into three color masons. Color dot CD—1 — 1 (ie the first color particle of the first color component), 1338798

Φ CD-2-〗(即為第二顏色分量之第一個顏色質點)構成畫素圖 樣1710的第一列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間隔一個顏 色質點的寬度,以使其他畫素的顏色質點可以穿插至其 中。顏色質點CD 一丨一 2、cd_2_2構成畫素圖樣171〇的第二 列。如同第—列之顏色質點,顏色質點CD 12、CD_2 2 彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。再者,擴展畫素圖 樣1 710之第一列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點1 2鄰接 於顏色貝點CD_1_1、CD-2一1之間的空隙。顏色質點 CD-1-3、CD—2一3構成畫素圖樣1710的第三列,而且彼此 ^少亦間隔—個顏色質點的宽度。第三列偏移第二列以使 得顏色質點CD_2_3是鄰接於顏色質點CDj_2、cD 2 2 之間的空隙。畫素圖樣1710之第四列為元件裝置區域列 向,並且是由元件裝置區域DC A— I、DCA—2、DC A—3所構 成,詳、、田而5,元件裝置區域DCA_1是與顏色質點cd 1 3 水平對齊,並位於顏色質點的下方,而元件裝置 區域DCA—2是與顏色質點CD—2_3水平對齊, 質點CD—2—3的下方,且元件裝置區域心3是位於= 裝置區域DCAj的左方。亦即由左至右,元件裝置區域列 向分別為元件裝置區域DCA—3、元件裝置區域dca」、間 隙以及元件裝置區域DCA—2。顏色質點CD 3 " 圖樣1710的第五列’並位於元件裝置區域Dca 3的下方、。 顏色質點CD」_2構成晝素圖樣171〇的第六列:並位於顏 ΐϋΐΤ—3—丨的右下方。顏色質點CD~3-3構成畫素圖樣 口1〇的第七列,並位於顏色質點CD—3—2的左下方。此 開關元件SEJ、SE-2、SE-3是分別位於元件裝置區域 82 5 1338798 ^CA—1、DCA~2、DCA-3。開關元件SE—1是耦接至顏色 貝點CDJ、CDj—2、CD—l3之電極,而開關元件2 是轉接至顏色質點CD—2J、CD—2—2、CD_2—3之電極,且 開關元件SE-3是耦接至顏色質點CD_3_1、CD 3 2 ' CD—3_3 之電極。 一― 曰㈧0145]換句話說,擴展畫素圖樣171〇之第一顏色分 量之三個顏色質點CDjj、CD丄2、CD」」構成左右左 鋸:圖々案(此亦為序一鋸齒圖案),而此處之左右左鋸齒圖 案意為第二個顏色質點(即顏色質點CD_1_2)是位在第一個 顏色質點(即顏色質點CD」」)的右下方,而第三個顏色質 點(即顏色質點CD—1—3)是位在第二個顏色質點的左下方。 類似地,擴展晝素圖樣1710之第二顏色分量之三個顏色質 點CD—2—1、CD_2—2、CD—2—3亦構成左右左鑛齒圖案(亦 此亦為序二鋸齒圖案),且擴展晝素圖樣171〇之第三顏色 分量之三個顏色質點CD—3一1、CD—3—2、CD—3—3亦構成左 右左鋸齒圖案(亦此亦為序三鋸齒圖案)。此外,第一顏色 f量是垂直對齊於第二顏色分量,並水平偏移第二顏色分 量至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第三顏色分量是垂直 偏移第一與第二顏色分量至少顏色分量高度,並位於第一 與第二顏色分量的下方,而元件裝置區域列向便位於第三 顏色分量以及第一與第二顏色分量之間。再者,第三顏色 分是水平向左偏移第一顏色分量至少一個顏色質點的寬 度。此外,元件裝置區域DCA一3是水平對齊於第三顏色分 里之第一顏色負點,並位於此顏色質點上方,而元件裝置 區域DCA_1是水平對齊於第一顏色分量之第三顏色質Φ CD-2-〗 (i.e., the first color dot of the second color component) constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 1710. However, these color dots are at least separated from each other by the width of one color dot so that the color pixels of other pixels can be inserted into it. The color dot CD 丨2, cd_2_2 constitutes the second column of the 171〇 pixel pattern. Like the color dot of the first column, the color dots CD 12 and CD_2 2 are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. Furthermore, the first column of the extended pixel pattern 1 710 is offset from the first column such that the color dot 1 2 is adjacent to the gap between the color point CD_1_1, CD-2-1. The color dots CD-1-3 and CD-2-3 constitute the third column of the pixel pattern 1710, and are spaced apart from each other by a width of a color dot. The third column is offset by the second column such that the color dot CD_2_3 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CDj_2, cD 2 2 . The fourth column of the pixel pattern 1710 is the element device region column direction, and is composed of the component device regions DC A - I, DCA - 2, DC A - 3, detail, field and 5, and the device device region DCA_1 is The color dot cd 1 3 is horizontally aligned and located below the color dot, while the component device area DCA-2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD-2_3, below the dot CD-2-3, and the component device region heart 3 is located at = The left side of the device area DCAj. That is, from left to right, the component device regions are respectively listed as the component device region DCA-3, the device device region dca", the gap, and the component device region DCA-2. The color dot CD 3 " the fifth column ' of the pattern 1710 is located below the component device region Dca3. The color dot CD"_2 constitutes the sixth column of the 171-inch enamel pattern: it is located at the lower right of the ΐϋΐΤ ΐϋΐΤ -3 丨. The color dot CD~3-3 constitutes the seventh column of the pixel pattern port 1 and is located at the lower left of the color dot CD-3-2. The switching elements SEJ, SE-2, and SE-3 are located in the device device regions 82 5 1338798 ^ CA-1, DCA 2, and DCA-3, respectively. The switching element SE-1 is coupled to the electrodes of the color point CDJ, CDj-2, CD-1, and the switching element 2 is the electrode that is transferred to the color point CD-2J, CD-2-2, CD_2-3, And the switching element SE-3 is an electrode coupled to the color dot CD_3_1, CD 3 2 'CD-3_3.一― 曰(八)0145] In other words, the three color points CDjj, CD丄2, CD”” of the first color component of the extended pixel pattern 171〇 constitute a left and right left saw: a picture (this is also a zigzag pattern) ), and the left and right zigzag patterns here mean that the second color dot (ie, the color dot CD_1_2) is located at the lower right of the first color dot (ie, the color dot CD"), and the third color dot ( That is, the color dot CD-1-3 is located at the lower left of the second color dot. Similarly, the three color dots CD-2-1, CD_2-2, and CD-2-3 of the second color component of the extended tilde pattern 1710 also constitute a left and right left ore pattern (also referred to as a sequenced zigzag pattern). And extending the three color points of the third color component of the 昼 图 pattern 171 CD CD-3, 1, CD-3, 2, CD-3-3 also constitute a left and right left sawtooth pattern (also referred to as a three-sawed pattern) ). Additionally, the first color f amount is vertically aligned to the second color component and horizontally offset by the width of the second color component by at least two color dots. However, the third color component is vertically offset from the first and second color components by at least the color component height, and is located below the first and second color components, and the component device region column is located in the third color component and the first Between the second color components. Further, the third color component is horizontally shifted to the left by a width of at least one color dot of the first color component. Further, the component device area DCA-3 is a first color negative point horizontally aligned with the third color point and located above the color dot, and the component device region DCA_1 is a third color quality horizontally aligned with the first color component.

83 點,並位於此顏色質點下方,且元件裝置區域DCA_2是水 平對齊於第二顏色分量之第三顏色質點,並位於此顏色質 點下方,其中元件裝置區域DcA_3、DCA—2、DCAj是 包含於元件裝置區域列向。此外,開關元件SE_i、SE_2、 犯―3是分別位於元件裝置區域DCA少DCA 2、DCa 3, 並刀別耗接第-、第二、第三顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 [00146]類似擴展晝素圖樣131〇之顏色質點,畫素圖 樣1710的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋棋盤圖案的同一顏 色中(忽略70件裝置區域)。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴 展畫素圖樣1710的全部顏色質點的極性均為相同。圖口⑻ 即為擴展畫素圖樣171G之正質點極性圖案,在正f點極性 圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極性。相反 地’在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均 ,有負極性。將這些擴展畫素圖樣彼此交錯,即可使顯示 益之顏色質點的極性構成一個完整的西洋棋盤圖案,而 將會於後詳述。 θ _47]圖17〇))之擴展畫素圖樣⑽具有三個顏色分 1,而每個顏色分量又分割為三個顏色質點。 (即為第一彥員色分量之第一個顏色質點)··: (即為第二顏色分量之第—個顏色質點)構成畫素圖 i”—列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間隔—個顏 色貝點的寬度’以使其他晝素的顏色質點可以穿插至复 中。顏色質點CD丄2、CD—2_2構成晝素圖樣丨72() ^ 列。如同第一列之顏色質點,顏色質點cmc 1 彼此至少亦間隔_個顏色質關寬度。再者,擴展畫素圖 1338798 樣1720之第二列偏移第一列以使得顏色質點CD_1_2鄰接 於顏色質點CD_1_1、CD一2_1之間的空隙。顏色質點 CD-1-3 CD—2—3構成畫素圖樣1720的第三列,而且彼此 至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第三列偏移第二列以使 得顏色質點CD_2—3是鄰接於顏色質點、cD 2 2 之間的空隙。晝素圖樣1720之第四列為元件裝置區域列 向’並且是由元件裝置區域DCAJ、DCA—2、DCA 3所構 成。詳細而言,元件裝置區域DCAj是與顏色質點 水平對齊,並位於顏色質點CD一 1一3的下方,而元件裝置 ,域DCA—2是與顏色質點CD_2—3水平對齊,並位於顏色 貝CD「2一3的下方,且元件裝置區域dca一3是位於元件 裝置區域DCA_2的右方。亦即由左至右,元件裝置區域列 向分別為元件裝置區域DCAj、間隙、元件裝置區域 =八—2以及元件裝置區域1)〇:八一3。顏色質點〇:1)一3—1構成 畫素圖樣mo的第五列,並位於元件裝置區域dCA—3的 下方,且與元件裝置區域DCA—3水平對齊。顏色_ 3—2構成畫素圖樣172〇的第六列並位於顏色質點 人1的右下方。顏色質點CD〜3」構成畫素圖樣172〇 的弟七列,並位於顏色質點CD一3—2的左下方。 [00148]換句話說,擴展晝素圖樣Π2〇之第一 =二個顏色質點CD—1 —卜CD—1—2、CD_l—3構成左右左 ’=圖案’而擴展畫素圖樣1720之第二顏色分量之三個顏 ' 2 CD—2—1、CD—2_2、CD—2—3亦構成左右左鋸齒圖 C、且擴展畫素圖樣1720之第三顏色分量之三個顏色質點 〜3〜1、CD_3—2、CD_3_3亦構成左右左鋸齒圖案。此外, 85 133879883 points, and located below the color dot, and the component device area DCA_2 is a third color dot horizontally aligned with the second color component and located below the color dot, wherein the component device regions DcA_3, DCA-2, DCAj are included in The component device area is listed. Further, the switching elements SE_i, SE_2, and "3" are electrodes which are located in the component device region DCA with less DCA 2, DCa 3, and which consume the color dot of the first, second, and third color components, respectively. [00146] Similar to the color point of the expanded tilde pattern 131, these color points of the pixel pattern 1710 are distributed in the same color of the checkerboard pattern (ignoring 70 device areas). The main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of all color points of the extended pixel pattern 1710 are the same. The picture port (8) is the positive dot polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 171G. In the positive f-point polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. Conversely, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all color dots and switching elements have a negative polarity. By interlacing these extended pixel patterns, the polarity of the color points of the display will form a complete checkerboard pattern, which will be detailed later. θ _47] The expanded pixel pattern (10) of Fig. 17 〇)) has three color points 1, and each color component is further divided into three color points. (ie, the first color dot of the first color component) ··: (that is, the first color particle of the second color component) constitutes a pixel map i"-column. However, these color dots are at least spaced from each other - The width of the color point is 'so that the color points of other pixels can be inserted into the complex. The color points CD丄2, CD-2_2 form the elementary pattern 丨72() ^ column. Like the color of the first column, the color The particle points cmc 1 are at least spaced from each other by a color-off width. Further, the expanded pixel 1338798-like second column of the sample 1720 is offset from the first column such that the color dot CD_1_2 is adjacent to the color dot CD_1_1, CD-2_1 The color dot CD-1-3 CD-2-3 forms the third column of the pixel pattern 1720, and is at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The third column is offset from the second column to make the color dot CD_2-3 It is adjacent to the color dot and the space between cD 2 2. The fourth column of the pixel pattern 1720 is the component device region column 'and is composed of the device device regions DCAJ, DCA-2, DCA 3. In detail, Component device area DCAj is water with color point Aligned, and located below the color dot CD 1-3, and the component device, the domain DCA-2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD_2-3, and is located below the color shell CD "2-3, and the component device area dca 3 is located to the right of the component device region DCA_2, that is, from left to right, the component device region is listed as the component device region DCAj, the gap, the device device region = 八-2, and the component device region 1) 八: Bayi 3 The color dot 〇: 1) 3-1 constitutes the fifth column of the pixel pattern mo, and is located below the component device region dCA-3, and is horizontally aligned with the component device region DCA-3. The color _3-2 constitutes a picture The sixth column of the prime pattern 172〇 is located at the lower right of the color dot person 1. The color dot CD~3” constitutes the seven columns of the pixel pattern 172〇, and is located at the lower left of the color dot CD 3-1. [00148] In other words, the first element of the extended 昼素 pattern =2〇=two color dots CD-1-b CD-1-2, CD_l-3 constitutes the left and right '=pattern' and the expanded pixel pattern 1720 The three color components of the two color components ' 2 CD — 2 — 1, CD — 2 2 , CD — 2 — 3 also constitute the left and right left sawtooth map C , and the three color components of the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 1720 ~ 3 ~1, CD_3-2, CD_3_3 also constitute a left and right left sawtooth pattern. In addition, 85 1338798

第一顏色分量是垂直對齊於第二顏色分量,並水平偏移第 色分量至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第三顏色分 i疋垂直偏移第一與第二顏色分量,並位於第一與第二顏 色π i的下方,而元件裝置區域列向便位於第三顏色分量 =及第一與第二顏色分量之間。再者,第三顏色分量是水 平向右偏移第一顏色分量至少一個顏色質點的寬度。此 外,凡件裝置區域DCA1是水平對齊於第一顏色分量之第 二顏色質點,並位於此顏色質點下方,而元件裝置區域 DCA—2是水平對齊於第二顏色分量之第三顏色質點,並位 於此顏色質點下方,且元件裝置區域DCA—3是水平對齊於 第二顏色分量之第一顏色質點,並位於此顏色質 其中元件裂置區域DCA—1、DCA—2、DCA」=:元 件裝置區域列向。另外,開關元件SE—丨、SE—2、SE—3是 分別位於元件裝置區域DCA_丨、DCA一2、DC^_3,並分別 耦接第一、第二、第三顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 [00149]類似擴展畫素圖樣131〇之顏色質點,畫素圖 樣1720的這些顏色質點是分佈於西洋棋盤圖案的同一顏 色中。此種排列的主要優點便在於擴展晝素圖樣丨72〇的全 部顏色質點的極性均為相同。圖17(b)即為擴展畫素圖樣 1720之負質點極性圖案,在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏 色質點與開關元件均具有負極性。相反地,在正質點極性 圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極性。將這 些擴展晝素圖樣彼此父錯,即可使顯示器之顏色質點的極 性構成一個完整的西洋棋盤圖案,而此將會於後詳述。 [00150]圖17(c)之擴展晝素圖樣173〇具有三個顏色分 86 C母個顏色分1又分割為三個顏色質點。顏色質點 椹::構成畫素圖樣丨730的第一列’而顏色質點CD—3—2 :成畫素圖樣1 73 0的第二列,並位於顏色質點c D—3:1的 、下方。顏色質點CD—3—3構成畫素圖樣m〇的第三列, 並位於顏色質點CD—3—2的左下方。畫素圖樣173〇之第四 列為元件t置區域列向’並且是由元件裝置區域隐―】、 =CA-2、DCA_3所構成。詳細而言,元件裝置區域DCA」 疋與顏色質點CD—3—3水平對齊,並位於顏色質點CD—3—3 的下方。元件裝置區域DCA一2是位於元件裝置區域DC A 3 的左方,而元件裝置區域DCA一1是位於元件裝置區域 DCA—2的左方,並間隔元件裝置區域DCA_2至少一個元 件裝置區域的寬度。亦即由左至右,元件裝置區域列向分 別為元件裝置區域DCA_1、間隙、元件裝置區域DCa_2 以及元件裝置區域DCA—3。顏色質點CD—1_1、CD—2 1構 成畫素圖樣1730的第五列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間 隔一個顏色質點的寬度,以使其他畫素的顏色質點可以穿 插至其中。此外’第五列的配置方式是使得顏色質點 CD—1_1、CD_2_1分別水平對齊於元件裝置區域DCAj、 DCA—2。顏色質點CDj—hCDjj構成畫素圖樣丨73〇 的第六列。如同第五列之顏色質點,顏色質點CDJ_2、 CD_2_2彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。再者,擴展 畫素圖樣1730之第六列偏移第五列以使得顏色質點 CD一1_2鄰接於顏色質點CD_1_1、CD一2_1之間的空隙。 顏色質點CDJ_3、CD_2_3構成畫素圖樣1730的第七列, 而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第七列偏移第 1338798 六列以使得顏色f點CD-2」是鄰接於顏色質點CD丄2、 CD_2_2之間的空隙。此外,開關元件兕」、兕―2、兕」 是分別位於元件裝置區域DCAJ、D〇v_2、d(:a—」。_ 兀件SE_1是耦接至顏色質點CD—丨―丨、cd 1 2⑶】3 之電極,而開關元件SE-2是搞接至顏色質點CD 2—「 CD_2—2、CD义3之電極,且開關元件SE—3是減至顏色 質點CD—3」、CD—3—2、cD 3—3之電極。The first color component is vertically aligned to the second color component and horizontally offsets the width of at least two color dots of the color component. However, the third color is vertically offset from the first and second color components and is located below the first and second colors π i , and the component device region is located in the third color component = and the first and the second Between two color components. Further, the third color component is a width that shifts horizontally to the right by at least one color dot of the first color component. In addition, the device area DCA1 is horizontally aligned with the second color point of the first color component and located below the color point, and the component device area DCA-2 is the third color point horizontally aligned with the second color component, and Located below the color dot, and the component device region DCA-3 is the first color dot horizontally aligned with the second color component, and is located in the color region of the component split region DCA-1, DCA-2, DCA":: component The device area is listed. In addition, the switching elements SE_丨, SE-2, SE-3 are respectively located in the component device regions DCA_丨, DCA-2, DC^_3, and are coupled to the color points of the first, second, and third color components, respectively. The electrode. [00149] Similar to the color pixel of the extended pixel pattern 131, the color points of the pixel pattern 1720 are distributed in the same color of the checkerboard pattern. The main advantage of this arrangement is that the polarities of all the color points of the expanded 昼 72 pattern are the same. Fig. 17(b) shows the negative dot polarity pattern of the expanded pixel pattern 1720. In the negative dot polarity pattern, all of the color dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity. Conversely, in the positive dot polarity pattern, all color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. By making these extended tilapia patterns wrong with each other, the polarity of the color points of the display can form a complete checkerboard pattern, which will be detailed later. [00150] The expanded pixel pattern 173 of Figure 17 (c) has three color points. 86 C The mother color is divided into three and is divided into three color dots. The color dot 椹:: constitutes the first column of the pixel pattern 丨 730 and the color dot CD_3-2: the second column of the pixel pattern 1 73 0, and is located below the color dot c D-3:1 . The color dot CD—3—3 constitutes the third column of the pixel pattern m〇 and is located at the lower left of the color dot CD—3-2. The fourth column of the pixel pattern 173 is composed of the element t-region column direction 'and is hidden by the component device region 】, =CA-2, DCA_3. In detail, the component device area DCA" is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD-3-3 and is located below the color dot CD-3-3. The component device region DCA-2 is located to the left of the component device region DC A 3 , and the component device region DCA-1 is located to the left of the component device region DCA-2, and the width of at least one component device region of the spacer device device region DCA_2 . That is, from left to right, the component device regions are arranged in the component device region DCA_1, the gap, the device device region DCa_2, and the component device region DCA-3, respectively. The color dots CD-1_1 and CD-2 constitute the fifth column of the pixel pattern 1730. However, these color dots are at least separated by the width of one color dot so that the color pixels of other pixels can be inserted into it. Further, the fifth column is arranged such that the color dots CD-1_1, CD_2_1 are horizontally aligned with the component device regions DCAj, DCA-2, respectively. The color dot CDj-hCDjj constitutes the sixth column of the pixel pattern 丨73〇. Like the color dots in the fifth column, the color dots CDJ_2 and CD_2_2 are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. Furthermore, the sixth column of the extended pixel pattern 1730 is offset from the fifth column such that the color dot CD-1_2 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD_1_1 and CD-2_1. The color dots CDJ_3, CD_2_3 constitute the seventh column of the pixel pattern 1730, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The seventh column is offset by the first column of 1338798 such that the color f point CD-2" is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD丄2, CD_2_2. In addition, the switching elements 兕", 兕"2, 兕" are located in the device device regions DCAJ, D〇v_2, d(:a-". _ The device SE_1 is coupled to the color dot CD-丨-丨, cd 1 2 (3)] 3 electrodes, and the switching element SE-2 is connected to the color dot CD 2 - "CD 2-2, CD 3 electrode, and the switching element SE-3 is reduced to the color dot CD-3", CD- 3-2, the electrode of cD 3-1.

[00151]換句話說’擴展畫素圖樣173()之第一顏色分 量之三個顏色質點CD丄1、CD丄2、CD」—3㈣左右左 鑛齒圖案,而擴展晝素圖樣173G之第二顏色分量之三個顏 色貝』CD—2J、CD一2_2、CD_2_3亦構成左右左錫齒圖 案,且擴展畫素圖樣1730之第三顏色分量之三個顏色質點 fD_3J、CD_3_2、CD—3—3仍構成左右左鑛齒圖案。此外, 第-顏色分量是垂直對齊於第二顏色分量,並水平偏移第 員色分量至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第三顏色分 量是,直偏移第-與第二顏色分量’並位於第一與第二顏 ,刀畺的上方,且元件裝置區域列向便是位於第三顏色分 量以及第-與第二顏色分量之間。再者,第三顏色分量是 水平向右偏移第二顏色分量至少—個顏色質點的寬度。此 外,兀件裝置區域dca_i是水平對齊於第一顏色分量之第 一顏色質點,並位於此顏色質點上方,而元件裝置區域 DCA一2是水平對齊於第二顏色分量之第一顏色質點,並位 於此顏色質點上方,且元件裝置區域DCA_3是水平對齊於 第三顏色分量之第三顏色質點,並位於此顏色質點下二,、 其中元件裝置區域DCA一1、DCA_2、DCA一3是包含於元[00151] In other words, 'the three color points of the first color component of the expanded pixel pattern 173() are CD丄1, CD丄2, CD”—3 (four) left and right left tooth pattern, and the expanded element pattern 173G The three color components of the two color components, CD-2J, CD-2_2, and CD_2_3, also constitute the left and right left tin tooth patterns, and the three color points of the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 1730 are fD_3J, CD_3_2, CD-3. 3 still constitutes the left and right left tooth pattern. Further, the first-color component is vertically aligned to the second color component and horizontally offsets the width of at least two color dots of the member color component. However, the third color component is that the first and second color components are directly offset and located above the first and second skins, and the component device region is located in the third color component and the first- Between the second color components. Furthermore, the third color component is horizontally offset to the right by at least the width of the second color component. In addition, the component device region dca_i is horizontally aligned with the first color dot of the first color component and located above the color dot, and the component device region DCA-2 is horizontally aligned with the first color dot of the second color component, and Located above the color dot, and the component device region DCA_3 is a third color dot horizontally aligned with the third color component, and is located under the color dot 2, wherein the component device regions DCA-1, DCA_2, DCA-3 are included in yuan

88 S 丄 件裳置區域列向。另外,開關S件SEJ、SE—2、SE_3是 刀別位於元件裝置區域DCA—1、DCA—2、DCA—3,並分別 轉接第-、第二、第三顏色分f之顏色f點之電極。 [00152]圖17(c)即為擴展畫素圖樣丨73〇之正質點極性 圖案,在正質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件 均具有正極性。相反地,在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏 色f點與開關元件均具有負極性。將這些擴展畫素圖樣彼 此交錯,即可使顯示器之顏色質點的極性構成一個完整的 西洋棋盤圖案,而此將會於後詳述。 曰[0(Π53]圖17(d)之擴展畫素圖樣丨74〇具有三個顏色分 量,而每個顏色分量又分割為三個顏色質點。顏色質點 CD_3_1構成畫素圖樣174〇的第一列,而顏色質點cD_3_2 構成畫素圖樣1740的第二列,並位於顏色質點CD—的 右下方。顏色質點CD—3—3構成畫素圖樣1740的第三列, 並位於顏色質點CD—3J2的左下方。晝素圖樣174〇之第四 列為το件裝置區域列向,並且是由元件裝置區域DCAj、 OCA一2、DCA—3所構成。詳細而言,元件裝置區域DCAj 疋與顏色質點CD—3一3水平對齊’並位於顏色質點cd 3 3 —·_ 的下方。元件裝置區域DCA_1是鄰接於元件裝置區域 DCA一3的右方,而元件裝置區域DCA_2是位於元件裝置 區域DCA—1的右方,並間隔元件裝置區域DCAj至少一 個元件裝置區域的寬度(即元件裝置區域DCAj、DCA_2 形成一個空隙)。亦即由左至右,元件裝置區域列向分別為 元件裝置區域DCA—3、元件裝置區域DCA—丨、間隙以及元 件裝置區域DCA一2。顏色質點CD—1 一】、CD—2J構成畫素 89 133879888 S 丄 The item is placed in the area of the column. In addition, the switch S pieces SEJ, SE-2, SE_3 are located in the component device area DCA-1, DCA-2, DCA-3, and respectively switch the color f points of the first, second, and third color points f The electrode. [00152] Fig. 17(c) is a pattern of positive dot polarities of the expanded pixel pattern ,73〇, in which all color dots and switching elements have positive polarity. Conversely, in the negative dot polarity pattern, all of the color f dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity. By interlacing these extended pixel patterns, the polarity of the color dots of the display forms a complete checkerboard pattern, which will be detailed later.曰[0(Π53] The extended pixel pattern 丨74〇 of Fig. 17(d) has three color components, and each color component is divided into three color dots. The color dot CD_3_1 constitutes the first of the pixel pattern 174〇 Column, and the color dot cD_3_2 constitutes the second column of the pixel pattern 1740, and is located at the lower right of the color dot CD-. The color dot CD-3-3 constitutes the third column of the pixel pattern 1740, and is located at the color dot CD-3J2 The lower left side of the morpheme pattern 174〇 is the το device area column direction, and is composed of the component device areas DCAj, OCA-2, DCA-3. In detail, the component device area DCAj 疋 and color The dot CD-3-3 is horizontally aligned 'and located below the color dot cd 3 3 —·. The component device region DCA_1 is adjacent to the right of the component device region DCA-3, and the component device region DCA_2 is located at the component device region DCA. -1 to the right, and the width of at least one component device region of the spacer device device region DCAj (ie, the component device regions DCAj, DCA_2 form a gap). That is, from left to right, the component device regions are respectively listed as component device regions. DCA-3, Shu DCA- region, the gap and the element region means a 2 element means DCA color dot a] CD-1, CD-2J constituting the pixel 891338798

Θ樣$740 ό勺第五列。不過這些顏色質點彼此至少間隔—個 顏色i點的I度’以使其他晝素的顏色質點可以穿插至兑 中。此外’第五列偏移第四列以使得得顏色質點CD 1 Γ、 CD—2—1分別水平對齊於元件裝置區域dcAj、dca_2。 顏色質點CD—l _2、CD〜2__2構成晝素圖樣1740的第六列, 且顏2質點CD丄2、CD—2—2彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質 點的$度。再者,擴展晝素圖樣1740之第六列偏移第五列 以使%•顏色質點CDJ—2鄰接於顏色質點CD_1 1、CD_2__1 之間的空隙。顏色質點CDj_3、cd_2-3構成畫素圖樣丨74〇 的第七列,而且彼此至少亦間隔一個顏色質點的寬度。第 七列偏移第六列以使得顏色質點CD-2_3是鄰接於顏色質 點CD—1—2、CD—2—2之間的空隙。此外,開關元件SEj、 SE_2、SE—3是分別位於元件裝置區域DCAJ、DCA 2、 DCA—3 °開關元件SEj是耦接至顏色質點cd 1 t、Look at the fifth column of the $740 scoop. However, these color dots are at least spaced apart from each other by a degree i of the color i point so that the color points of other pixels can be interspersed into the redemption. Further, the fifth column is shifted by the fourth column such that the color dot CD 1 Γ, CD 2-1 is horizontally aligned with the component device regions dcAj, dca_2, respectively. The color dot CD_l _2, CD~2__2 constitutes the sixth column of the alizarin pattern 1740, and the color 2 dots CD 丄 2 and CD 2-1 are at least $ degrees apart from each other by a color dot. Furthermore, the sixth column of the extended tilde pattern 1740 is offset from the fifth column such that the %•color dot CDJ-2 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD_1 1 and CD_2__1. The color dots CDj_3 and cd_2-3 constitute the seventh column of the pixel pattern 丨74〇, and are at least spaced apart from each other by the width of one color dot. The seventh column is offset from the sixth column such that the color dot CD-2_3 is adjacent to the gap between the color dots CD-1-2 and CD-2-2. In addition, the switching elements SEj, SE_2, SE-3 are respectively located in the device device region DCAJ, DCA 2, DCA-3 ° switching element SEj is coupled to the color dot cd 1 t,

CD—1—2、CD—1_3之電極,而開關元件SE_2是耦接至顏色 質點CD_2」、CD又2、CD—2一3之電極’且開關元件SE—3 是耦接至顏色質點CD 一 3_1、CD—3_2、CD—3—3之電極。 [00154]換句話說,擴展晝素圖樣174〇之第一顏色分 量之三個顏色質點CD—i一丨、CDJ—2、CDJ_3構成左右左 鑛齒圖案’而擴展畫素圖樣1740之第二顏色分量之三個顏 色質點CD—2—1、CD_2_2、CD—2_3亦構成左右左鋸齒圖 案,且擴展畫素圖樣1740之第三顏色分量之三個顏色質點 CD—3_;1、CD_3_2、CD_3—3仍構成左右左鋸齒圖案。此外, 第一顏色分量是垂直對齊於第二顏色分量,並水平偏移第 二顏色分量至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第三顏色分 ί S :; 90 1338798 直向上偏移第—與第二顏色^量至少 的而度,且元件裝置區域列向是位於第三顏色分量 一與第二顏色分量之間。再者第— ’ 偽銘笛$二顏色分量是水平向左 勹顏色分莖至少一個顏色質點的寬度。此外,元件 、區域DCAJ A水平對齊於第— 質點,並位於此顏色質點上太;-从# 弟顏色CD-1-2, CD-1_3 electrode, and switching element SE_2 is coupled to color dot CD_2", CD2, CD-2-3 electrode ' and switching element SE-3 is coupled to color dot CD An electrode of 3_1, CD-3_2, CD-3-3. [00154] In other words, the three color points of the first color component of the extended tilapia pattern 174 CD, CD-i 丨, CDJ /2, CDJ_3 constitute the left and right left ore pattern, and the second of the expanded pixel pattern 1740 The three color points CD-2, 1, CD_2_2, CD-2_3 of the color component also constitute the left and right left sawtooth pattern, and the three color points of the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 1740 are CD_3_; 1, CD_3_2, CD_3 -3 still constitutes the left and right left sawtooth pattern. Additionally, the first color component is vertically aligned to the second color component and horizontally offsets the width of the at least two color dots of the second color component. However, the third color ί S :; 90 1338798 is offset upward by at least the first and second colors, and the component device region is oriented between the third color component and the second color component. In addition, the first - 'false whistle $ two color component is horizontal to the left 勹 color stalk at least one color point width. In addition, the component, the area DCAJ A is horizontally aligned to the first particle, and is located on the color dot too; - from the # brother color

上"、此顏巴貝點上方,而几件裝置區域DCA 水平對齊於第二顏色分量之第一顏色質 —疋 質:上:,且兀件裝置區域DCA 一 3是水平對齊於 刀篁之第三顏色質點,並位於此顏色質 裝置區域0以卜0€八2、繼34人/、中兀件 — ~ ULA-3疋包含於元件裝置區 域另外,開關元件SE—hSUSE—3是分別位於 :件哀置區域DC A J、DC A—2、DCA—3,並分別耦接第一、 弟一、第三顏色分量之顏色質點之電極。 [00155] 圖17(d)即為擴展晝素圖樣17 圖案’在負質點極性圖案中,所有的顏色質點 句具有負極性。相反地’在正質點極性圖案尹,所有的顏 色^點與開關元件均具有正極性。將這些擴展晝素圖樣彼 此^錯’即可使顯示器之顏色f點的極性構成—個完整的 西洋棋盤圖案,而此將會於後詳述。 [00156] 在本發明之一實施例中,應用擴展畫素圖樣 1710、1720、1730、1740之顯示器會以類似圖】3⑻的概 念而使用列向交錯的方式排列晝素。具體而言,應用擴展 畫素圖樣1710、1730之晝素具有第一種極性圖案,而應用 擴展畫素圖樣1720、1740之畫素具有相反的極性圖案。應 用擴展畫素圖樣丨720之畫素之第三顏色分量將會配置於 1338798 應用擴展畫素圖樣1710之畫素之第一與第二顏色分量之 間。類似地,應用擴展畫素圖樣17〗〇之畫素之第三顏色分 量將會配置於應用擴展畫素圖樣1720之畫素之第一與第 二顏色分量之間。應用擴展畫素圖樣173〇、174〇之畫素的 排列方式相同於應用擴展畫素圖樣171〇、172〇之畫素的排 列方式。應用擴展畫素圖樣1730之晝素之第一顏色分量是 垂直對齊於應用擴展畫素圖樣1710之畫素之第三顏色分 里,並偏移此第三顏色分量至少兩個顏色質點寬度。類似 地,應用擴展畫素圖樣174〇之晝素之第一顏色分量是垂直 對齊於應用擴展畫素圖樣172〇之畫素之第三顏色分量,並 偏移此第三顏色分量至少兩個顏色質點寬度。圖17(φ會示 此四個畫素Ρ171〇、Ρ172〇、Ρ1730、Ρ1740的排列方式。 應用擴展畫素圖樣171〇之晝素pm〇是標示為點陰影記 號’而應用擴展晝素圖樣⑽之畫素ρΐ72()是標記為右上 至左下^角線陰影符號,且應用擴展畫素圖樣1730之畫素 = 730是標記為左上至右下對角線陰影符號,又應用擴展 旦素圖樣mo之晝素Ρ174〇是標記為垂直線陰影符號。 壹_157]圖18⑷與18⑻為依據本發明另一實施例之擴 展畫^圖樣1810之正質點極性圖案與負f點極性圖案。具 ,而《圖18(a)繪示擴展畫素圖樣181()之正質點極性圖 ”擴展至素圖樣181〇之第一顏色分量之三個顏色質里占 ϋ1、A1—2、CDJ—3構成左右左鑛齒圖案(此亦為序 案)’而擴展畫素圖樣1810之第二顏色分量之三 圖案(此亦為序:‘:幸― 吁一鋸齒圖案),且擴展晝素圖樣181〇之第三 92 § 1338798 顏色分量之三個顏色質點CD—3_】、CD—3—2、cd—3—3仍構 成左右左鋸齒圖案(此亦為序二鋸齒圖案)。此外,第一顏 色/刀里疋垂直對齊於第三顏色分量,並水平偏移第三顏色 分量至少二個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第二顏色分量是垂 直向上偏移第一與第三顏色分量至少一個顏色分量的高 度。再者’第二顏色分量是水平向右偏移第一顏色分量至 少-個顏色質點的寬度。此外,元件裝置區域列向包括元 件裝,區域DCAJ、DCA—2、DCA—3,並間隔於第二顏 色分量以及第-與第三顏色分量之間。詳細而言,元件裝 置區域DCA—1是水平對齊於顏色質點CDJ」,並位於此 ^員色質點上方’而元件裝置區域職’2是水平對齊於顏色 貝』CD—2—3,並位於此顏色質點下方,且 是水平對齊於顏色質點⑶―3J,並位於此顏色^ 點另外,開關元件sE—mw是分別位於 :=區域DCA」、DCA〜2、DCA」,因此元件裝置區 域列向亦可稱為開關元件列向,並且第一顏色分量盥第二 ,色分量是分別位於開關元件列向之第 開關元件%丨編至顏色質點CD—丨】、二: 3于;二:極’而開關元件SE-2是搞接至顏色質點 抹~ 又2、CD-2」之電極,且開關元件SE—3是 耗接至顏色質點CD 3J、CD—3 2、c — 畫素圖樣_之正一 ^ ^極性圖案中,所有的顏色f點與開關元件均具有玉 二;反:.圖剛即為擴展晝素圖樣刪.之_ 圖案’在負質點極性圖案中’所有的顏色質點與開關元 93 件均具有負極性。 [00158]圖18(c)與18(d)為依據本發明另一實施例之擴 展晝素圖樣1820之正質點極性圖案與負質點極性圖案。擴 展晝素圖樣1820之第一顏色分量之三個顏色質點 CD〜1_1、CD_1—2、CD—1 一3構成左右左鋸齒圖案,而擴展 旦素圖樣1820之第二顏色分量之三個顏色質點、 CD—2—2、CD一2_3亦構成左右左鋸齒圖案,且擴展畫素圖 樣1820之第三顏色分量之三個顏色質點cD+gj、 CD-3-2、CD-3-3仍構成左右左鋸齒圖案。此外,第一顏 色分量是垂直對齊於第三顏色分量,並水平偏移第三顏色 刀量至少一個顏色質點的寬度。不過,第二顏色分量是垂 直向下偏移第一與第三顏色分量至少一個顏色分量的高 度。再者,第二顏色分量是水平向右偏移第一顏色分量至 少一個顏色質點的寬度。此外,元件裝置區域列向包括元 件裝置區域DCA—1、DCA_2、DCA—3,並間隔於第二顏 色分畺以及第一與第三顏色分量之間。詳細而言,元件裝 置區域DCA一1是水平對齊於顏色質點CD—1_3,並位於此 顏色質點下方,而元件裝置區域DCA一2是水平對齊於顏色 質點CD—2一1 ’並位於此顏色質點上方’且元件裝置區域 DCA—3是水平對齊於顏色質點CD一3—3,並位於此顏色質 點上方。另外,開關元件SE_1、SE—2、SE—3是分別位於 兀件裝置區域DCA_1、DCA—2、DCA—3。開關元件SEJ 是耦接至顏色質點CD_11、CD_1_2、CD—1 一3之電極,而 開關元件SE—2是耦接至顏色質點CD_2 J、CD_2_2、 CD_2—3之電極’且開關元件SE_3是耦接至顏色質點 94 5 1338798 镰 CD—3_J、CD一3一2、CD_3_3之電極。圖18(c)即為擴展畫素 圖樣1820-之負質點極性圖案’在負質點極性圖案中,所有 的顏色質點與開關元件均具有負極性。相反地,圖l8(d) 即為擴展畫素圖樣1820+之正質點極性圖案,在正質點極 性圖案中,所有的顏色質點與開關元件均具有正極性。根 據前述的概念,將這些擴展晝素圖樣1810、丨82〇彼此交 錯,即可使顯示器之顏色質點的極性構成一個完整的西洋 棋盤圖案’而此將會於圖18(e)詳述。 [00159]在本發明之一實施例中,應用擴展畫素圖樣 1810、1820之顯示器會以類似圖13(b)的概念而使用列向 父錯的方式排列晝素。圖18(e)繪示顯示器18〇〇之局部, 而顯示器1800之畫素是應用擴展晝素圖樣181〇、丨82〇。 具體而έ,顯不器1800之每一列是由交替之擴展畫素圖樣 1810、182G所構成’而每—列的開端均為應用擴展畫素圖 樣1820之畫素。在同一列上的所有畫素具有相同的質點極 性圖案’不過相鄰兩列上之畫素便具有相反的質點極性圖 案。應用擴展畫素圖樣】82〇之畫素(如第一列)之第二顏色 分量將會配置於應用擴展畫素圖樣1820之畫素(如第一列 =下:列’即第二列)之第一與第三顏色分量之間。在圖 e ’擴展畫素R1P1(即列R】的第—個晝素)之第二顏 將會配置於擴展晝素R2pi(即列R2的第—個書素) 181〇之與分量之間。相反地’應㈣展晝素圖樣 展畫素圖^181〇^^\二純分量將會配置於應用擴 第—盥第二雜A、旦素(如苐一列之上一列,即第一列)之 '、夕刀里之間。在圖i8(e)中,擴展畫素R2p2(即 η 95 1338798 列R2的第二個畫素)之第二顏色分量將會配置於擴展畫素 R1P2(即列R1的第二個畫素)之第一與第三顏色分量之 間。這些列是水平對齊,且於垂直方向彼此交錯,以使得 應用擴展畫素圖樣1810並位於第二列上之晝素之第三顏 色分量是垂直對齊於應用擴展晝素圖樣181〇並位於第一 列上之畫素之第一顏色分量。類似地,應用擴展畫素圖樣 1820並位於第一列上之晝素之第三顏色分量是垂直對齊於Above ", above this point, and several pieces of device area DCA are horizontally aligned with the first color of the second color component - enamel: upper:, and the device area DCA-3 is horizontally aligned with the knife The third color point is located in the color quality device area 0 to be 0. 8 2, followed by 34 people /, the middle piece - ~ ULA-3 is included in the component device area. In addition, the switching element SE_hSUSE-3 is They are respectively located in the parts of the vacant area DC AJ, DC A-2, and DCA-3, and are respectively coupled to the electrodes of the color points of the first, third, and third color components. [00155] FIG. 17(d) is an expanded pixel pattern 17 pattern. In the negative dot polarity pattern, all color dot patterns have a negative polarity. Conversely, in the positive dot polarity pattern Yin, all the color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. Adding these extended pixel patterns to each other makes the polarity of the color point f of the display constitute a complete checkerboard pattern, which will be detailed later. [00156] In one embodiment of the invention, the display to which the extended pixel patterns 1710, 1720, 1730, 1740 are applied will be arranged in a column-wise staggered manner in a similar manner to the concept of 3(8). Specifically, the pixels to which the extended pixel patterns 1710, 1730 are applied have the first polarity pattern, and the pixels to which the extended pixel patterns 1720, 1740 are applied have opposite polarity patterns. The third color component of the pixel using the extended pixel pattern 720 will be placed between the first and second color components of the pixel of the extended pixel pattern 1710 applied to 1338798. Similarly, the third color component of the pixel using the extended pixel pattern will be placed between the first and second color components of the pixel of the extended pixel pattern 1720. The pixels of the extended pixel pattern 173〇, 174〇 are arranged in the same way as the pixels of the extended pixel pattern 171〇, 172〇. The first color component of the pixel applying the extended pixel pattern 1730 is vertically aligned to the third color of the pixel of the applied extended pixel pattern 1710, and offsets the third color component by at least two color dot widths. Similarly, the first color component of the pixel that is applied to the extended pixel pattern is vertically aligned with the third color component of the pixel of the extended pixel pattern 172, and offsets the third color component by at least two colors. Particle width. Figure 17 (φ shows the arrangement of the four pixels Ρ171〇, Ρ172〇, Ρ1730, Ρ1740. Applying the extended pixel pattern 171〇 昼 〇 〇 is marked as a point shadow mark 'and the extended 昼 图 pattern (10) The pixel ρ ΐ 72 () is marked as the upper right to the lower left ^ corner line shadow symbol, and the pixel of the extended pixel pattern 1730 is applied = 730 is marked as the upper left to the lower right diagonal shadow symbol, and the extended denier pattern is applied.昼 157 157 Ρ 〇 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 Fig. 18(a) shows that the positive pixel polarity map of the extended pixel pattern 181() is extended to the three color qualities of the first color component of the prime pattern 181〇, which constitutes ϋ1, A1-2, and CDJ-3. The left mineral tooth pattern (this is also a preamble)' expands the third pattern of the second color component of the pixel pattern 1810 (this is also the order: ': Fortunately, a jagged pattern), and the expanded enamel pattern 181〇 The third 92 § 1338798 three color points of the color component CD-3_], CD-3 - 2. cd—3—3 still constitutes the left and right left sawtooth pattern (this is also the sequence of the second sawtooth pattern). In addition, the first color/knife 疋 is vertically aligned with the third color component, and horizontally offsets the third color component by at least two. The width of the color dot. However, the second color component is a height that vertically shifts at least one color component of the first and third color components. Further, the second color component is horizontally shifted to the right by the first color component at least - In addition, the component device area is arranged to include the component, the regions DCAJ, DCA-2, DCA-3, and spaced between the second color component and the first and third color components. In detail, The component device area DCA-1 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CDJ" and located above the color point of the member. The component device area '2 is horizontally aligned with the color bar' CD-2-3 and is located below the color dot. And horizontally aligned with the color dot (3) - 3J, and located in this color ^ point, the switching elements sE - mw are located in: = area DCA", DCA ~ 2, DCA", so the component device area can also be called for The components are arranged in the direction, and the first color component is second, and the color components are respectively located in the switching element column to the first switching element %丨 to the color dot CD—丨, two: 3 in; two: pole' and the switching element SE-2 is the electrode that is connected to the color dot wiper~2, CD-2", and the switching element SE-3 is connected to the color dot CD 3J, CD-3, 2 - the pixel pattern _ ^ ^In the polarity pattern, all the color f points and the switching elements have the jade two; the reverse: the picture is just the extended element pattern. _ The pattern 'in the negative dot polarity pattern' all the color points and switching elements All 93 pieces have negative polarity. 18(c) and 18(d) are a positive dot polarity pattern and a negative dot polarity pattern of the expanded alizarin pattern 1820 according to another embodiment of the present invention. The three color dots CD~1_1, CD_1-2, and CD-1 of the first color component of the extended tilde pattern 1820 constitute a left and right left sawtooth pattern, and the three color dots of the second color component of the extended tartan pattern 1820 CD-2-2, CD-2_3 also constitute a left and right left sawtooth pattern, and the three color points cD+gj, CD-3-2, CD-3-3 of the third color component of the extended pixel pattern 1820 still constitute Left and right zigzag patterns. Further, the first color component is vertically aligned to the third color component and horizontally offset by the width of the third color knife by at least one color dot. However, the second color component is a height that vertically offsets at least one color component of the first and third color components. Further, the second color component is a width that shifts the first color component horizontally to the right by at least one color dot. Further, the component device area is arranged to include the element device regions DCA-1, DCA_2, DCA-3, and spaced between the second color bin and the first and third color components. In detail, the component device area DCA-1 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD-1_3 and located below the color dot, and the component device region DCA-2 is horizontally aligned with the color dot CD-2-1' and located in this color. Above the particle 'and the component device area DCA-3 is horizontally aligned to the color dot CD 1-3 and above the color dot. Further, the switching elements SE_1, SE-2, and SE-3 are located in the device area DCA_1, DCA-2, and DCA-3, respectively. The switching element SEJ is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD_11, CD_1_2, CD-1-3, and the switching element SE-2 is coupled to the electrodes of the color dots CD_2 J, CD_2_2, CD_2-3 and the switching element SE_3 is coupled Connect to the electrode of color particle 94 5 1338798 镰CD—3_J, CD 3-1, CD_3_3. Fig. 18(c) shows the negative pixel polarity pattern of the expanded pixel pattern 1820-. In the negative dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have a negative polarity. Conversely, Figure l8(d) is the positive dot polarity pattern of the extended pixel pattern 1820+. In the positive dot polarity pattern, all the color dots and the switching elements have positive polarity. According to the foregoing concept, by interleaving these extended pixel patterns 1810 and 丨82〇, the polarity of the color dots of the display constitutes a complete western checkerboard pattern' which will be detailed in Fig. 18(e). [00159] In one embodiment of the invention, the display to which the extended pixel patterns 1810, 1820 are applied will arrange the pixels in a manner similar to the parental error in a similar manner to the concept of Figure 13(b). Fig. 18(e) shows a portion of the display 18, and the pixels of the display 1800 are applied to the extended pixel patterns 181, 丨 82. Specifically, each column of the display 1800 is composed of alternating extended pixel patterns 1810, 182G, and the beginning of each column is a pixel to which the extended pixel pattern 1820 is applied. All pixels on the same column have the same pattern of polarity polarities', but the pixels on the adjacent columns have opposite particle polarity patterns. Applying the extended pixel pattern] The second color component of the 82-inch pixel (such as the first column) will be placed in the pixel of the extended pixel template 1820 (eg, first column = lower: column 'ie second column) Between the first and third color components. The second color of the expanded pixel R1P1 (ie, the first element of the column R) will be placed between the extended element R2pi (ie, the first book of the column R2) 181〇 and the component . Conversely, 'should (4) display the prime pattern of the paintings ^181〇^^\ two pure components will be configured in the application of the expansion - 盥 second hybrid A, Dan (such as a column above the first column, the first column ), between the eve of the knife. In Figure i8(e), the second color component of the extended pixel R2p2 (i.e., the second pixel of η 95 1338798 column R2) will be placed on the extended pixel R1P2 (ie, the second pixel of column R1). Between the first and third color components. The columns are horizontally aligned and interlaced with each other in the vertical direction such that the third color component of the pixel that applies the extended pixel pattern 1810 and is located on the second column is vertically aligned with the application extended pixel pattern 181 and is located first The first color component of the pixel on the column. Similarly, the third color component of the pixel that applies the extended pixel pattern 1820 and is located on the first column is vertically aligned with

應用擴展畫素圖樣1820並位於第二列上之畫素之第一顏 色分量。圖18(e)繪示應用此種排列的範例,其中畫素 R1P卜R2P卜R3P卜R1P3、R2P3、R3P3是應用擴展畫素 圖樣1820 ’而畫素R1P2、R2P2、R3p2是應用擴展畫素圖 樣 1810 [00160]圖18⑴繪示具有源極線训」、s〇」2、s〇 3、 S1—1、Sl—2、S1—3 與閘極線 GO、Gl、G2 之顯示器 1830。 一般而言,標示成SX_Y之源極線是用於任一列中之第X 個畫素的第Y個顏色分量,而標示成Gz之源極線是用於 第Z列。電晶體的源極是耗接至源極線,而電晶體的閘極 是耦接至閘極線,且電晶體的汲極是耦接至各個顏色質點 的電極。為求說明清楚,特定的電晶體可表示成電晶體 (SX—Y, GZ) ’其中電晶體疋叙接至源極線sx—γ與閘極線 GZ。受制於圖i8(f)的空間有限,顏色質點是標示為]κ 而有別於其他圖示中的CD一j_K,不過為求一致性,以一下 的敘述中仍會沿用CD_j—K。此外,電性連接構件是標示 成粗黑線。舉例而言,在被閘極線G1以及源極線s〇 i、 、S0_3所控制的畫素i860 t 電晶體T(S0一 1, G1)的 96 s 丄幻8798 ' 汲極是耦接至顏色質點CD—1 一3,而顏色質點CDJ—3又耦 接至顏色質點CD丄2’且顏色質點CD—1—2餘接至顏色 質點CD一 1 —1。類似地,電晶體T(s〇-2, Gi)的汲極是耦接 •至顏色質點CD—2—1,而顏色質點CD_2」又鶴接至顏色質 .點CEL2—2,且顏色質點CD—2_2再耦接至顏色質點 CD一2一3。電晶體t(s〇_3,G1)的汲極是輕接至顏色質點 CD—,而顏色質點CD—3—3又耦接至顏色質點cf) 3 2, 且顏色質點CD-3-2再耦接至顏色質點CD—3—卜再者Γ雷 晶體 T(SO—U GI)、T(S0_2, G1)、丁(s〇—3, GJ)的開極是輕接 至閘極線⑴,而電晶體T(S0—丨,G1)、T(s〇—2,⑴)、t(s〇」, G1)的源極是分別耦接至源極線8〇_丨、s〇_2、s〇j。類似’ 地,晝素1865是耦接至閘極線G1與源極線、μ 2、 S1—3 ’而畫素185G是柄接至間極線G2與源極線s〇—―】、 S0—2、SG_3,且畫素1875是減至間極線G()與源極線 SI —1 S1一2、S1一3 ’又畫素187〇是耦接至閘極線 極線 S0_1、S0—2、S0_3。 馨 _61]每一條閘極線是從顯示器〗830的左邊延伸至 右邊,並控制顯示器1830中同一列上的所有畫素,且對於 任一列^的畫素而言,顯示器183〇會具有對應的閑極線。 此外:每-條源極線是從顯示器卿的頂邊延伸至底邊, 且顯示器1830具有多條源極線,其中源極線的數量是在任 -列上畫素f 1C的三倍(亦即_條源極線對應一個畫素的 -個顏色分量)。當顯示器進行操作時,每次僅有—條閉極 線會啟動(aCtWe),且在此啟動的問極線上的所有電晶體合 藉由正向閘極脈衝而呈現導通的狀態,至於在其他閉極; 97 t的電日a體則會因為接地的非啟動閘極線而呈現斷路的狀 U: L所有的源極線均會㈣啟動’而每條源極線會 =;像:貝料至作動列上的電晶體,其中啟動列是由啟動 甲〜所控制。所以根據閘極線與源極線的操作方式,閑 =線又被稱為匯;4排線,而源極線亦可稱為資料線。電壓 曰^夜晶f容進行充電至—個特定的灰階,並藉由濾光片 =生色彩。§電晶體在非啟動下,顏色質點的電極便是 ^於電性隔離⑽態’而能夠轉電場的強度以控制液 日曰U而寄生漏電是無法避免的,而最終電荷將會全部 流對於列數目不多的小尺寸螢幕而言,因為各列的電 壓是,常在更新,所以漏電不算是個問題。不過對於列數 目較^的大尺寸顯示器而言’各列在兩次更新的時刻之間 必:員等待較長的時間。如此一纟,本發明的某些實施例中 更可為了顏色質點而配置一個或多個的儲存電容。這些儲 存電谷疋與顏色質點的電容一起充電,並於非作動列狀態 下提供所謂的維持電荷。再者,匯流排線與資料線之材質 可由如鋁(A1)或鉻(〇)之非透光導體所組成。 [00162]如圖18(f)所示,各列上的電晶體與元件裝置區 域將顯不器1830切割成許多顏色質點領域,而每個領域上 之顏色質點之質點極性便構成西洋棋盤圖案。如前所述, 構成西洋棋盤圖案之質點極性是用來增強每個顏色質點的 邊緣電場。 [00163]畫素圖樣181〇、182〇的一個重要特徵便在於 其顏色排列是因為畫素的第一、第三顏色分量以及第二顏 色分量之間的偏移所導致,所以晝素圖樣1810、1820亦適The first color component of the pixel of the expanded pixel pattern 1820 and located on the second column is applied. Figure 18(e) shows an example of applying such an arrangement, in which the pixels R1P, R2P, R3P, R1P3, R2P3, and R3P3 are applied to the extended pixel pattern 1820' and the pixels R1P2, R2P2, and R3p2 are applied to the extended pixel pattern. 1810 [00160] FIG. 18(1) shows a display 1830 having source line training, s〇"2, s〇3, S1-1, S1-2-2, S1-3 and gate lines GO, Gl, G2. In general, the source line labeled SX_Y is the Yth color component for the Xth pixel in any column, and the source line labeled Gz is used for the Zth column. The source of the transistor is drained to the source line, and the gate of the transistor is coupled to the gate line, and the drain of the transistor is the electrode coupled to each color dot. For clarity of explanation, a particular transistor can be represented as a transistor (SX-Y, GZ)' where the transistor is connected to the source line sx-γ and the gate line GZ. Due to the limited space in Figure i8(f), the color dot is marked as κ and is different from the CD-j_K in other diagrams. However, for consistency, CD_j-K will still be used in the following description. In addition, the electrical connection members are marked as thick black lines. For example, the 96 s illusion 8798' bungee of the pixel i860 t transistor T (S0-1, G1) controlled by the gate line G1 and the source lines s〇i, S0_3 is coupled to The color dot CD-1 is 3, and the color dot CDJ-3 is coupled to the color dot CD丄2' and the color dot CD-1-2 is connected to the color dot CD_1-1. Similarly, the drain of the transistor T (s〇-2, Gi) is coupled to the color dot CD_2-1, and the color dot CD_2" is connected to the color quality. The point CEL2-2, and the color dot CD-2_2 is recoupled to the color dot CD 2-3. The buckle of the transistor t(s〇_3, G1) is lightly connected to the color dot CD-, and the color dot CD-3-3 is coupled to the color dot cf) 3 2, and the color dot CD-3-2 Re-coupling to the color dot CD—3—the open pole of the T-SO GI, T(S0_2, G1), D (S〇-3, GJ) is lightly connected to the gate line (1), and the sources of the transistors T (S0-丨, G1), T(s〇-2, (1)), t(s〇, G1) are respectively coupled to the source lines 8〇_丨, s〇 _2, s〇j. Similar to 'ground, the halogen 1865 is coupled to the gate line G1 and the source line, μ 2, S1 - 3 ' and the pixel 185G is the handle to the interpole line G2 and the source line s—", S0 — 2, SG_3, and the pixel 1875 is reduced to the interpolar line G() and the source line SI-1 S1-2, S1-3' and the pixel 187〇 is coupled to the gate line S0_1, S0 — 2, S0_3. Xin_61] Each gate line extends from the left to the right of the display 830, and controls all the pixels on the same column in the display 1830, and for any column of pixels, the display 183 具有 will have a corresponding Leisure line. In addition: each source line extends from the top edge of the display to the bottom edge, and the display 1830 has a plurality of source lines, wherein the number of source lines is three times that of the pixel f 1C on the any-column (also That is, the _ strip source line corresponds to one color component of one pixel. When the display is operated, only the -off-off line will be activated (aCtWe) at a time, and all the transistors on the inquiring line that is activated here will be turned on by the forward gate pulse. As for the other Closed; 97 t electric day a body will be broken because of the grounded non-starting gate line U: L all source lines will (4) start 'and each source line will =; like: Bay Feed to the transistor on the actuation column, where the startup column is controlled by the start A~. Therefore, according to the operation mode of the gate line and the source line, the idle = line is also called a sink; the 4 line is, and the source line can also be called a data line. The voltage 曰 ^ night crystal f capacity is charged to a specific gray level, and by the filter = raw color. § Under the non-starting of the transistor, the electrode of the color particle is electrically isolated (10) state and the intensity of the electric field can be controlled to control the liquid 曰U and the parasitic leakage is unavoidable, and the final charge will flow all the way to For small screens with a small number of columns, since the voltages of the columns are constantly updated, leakage is not a problem. However, for a large-sized display with a larger number of columns, the columns are between the two update times: the waiter waits for a long time. As such, in some embodiments of the invention, one or more storage capacitors may be configured for color dots. These stored electricity valleys are charged together with the capacitance of the color dot and provide a so-called sustain charge in the non-actuated column state. Furthermore, the material of the bus bar and the data line may be composed of a non-transmissive conductor such as aluminum (A1) or chromium (〇). [00162] As shown in FIG. 18(f), the transistor and component device regions on each column cut the display 1830 into a plurality of color dot areas, and the dot polarity of the color dots in each field constitutes a checkerboard pattern. . As mentioned earlier, the particle polarity that constitutes the checkerboard pattern is used to enhance the fringing electric field of each color particle. [00163] An important feature of the pixel patterns 181〇, 182〇 is that the color arrangement is caused by the offset between the first and third color components of the pixel and the second color component, so the tiling pattern 1810 1820 is also suitable

S 98 1338798 • 用三角型的色彩配置(delta type color lay0ut)。相較於傳統 條紋圖案色彩配置(stripe pattern col〇r iay0ut)而言,三角蜇 態色彩配設具有較高的影像品質,但卻具有較差的文字顯 - 示品質。以採用條紋圖案色彩配置之顯示器而言,本發明 之實施例另提供一種新穎的驅動機制以提昇條紋圖案色彩 配置的效果’其t圖案色彩配置可應用圖14-18之畫素圖 樣,而在前述說明中的這些畫素圖樣是採用搭配開關元件 列反轉驅動機制。圖19(a)為依據本發明一實施例使用此新 ^ 穎驅動機制之顯示器1900。圖19(a)與圖18(f)類似,其差 別在於提供至某些源極線的訊號會延遲,所以相同的描述 便不再重述。具體而言,延遲之源極訊號S〇_2_D、S1_1J〇、 S1_3_D是分別施加到源極線s〇_2、Sl_l、Sl_3上。延遲 之源極訊號SO—2_D、SI—1_D、S1_3_D可利用將正常之源 極訊號(未繪示)進行延遲或其他習知電路而達成(如同圖 18(f)之设4)。此延遲的時間等% —次列向更新的時間。在 一實施例之應用+,此延遲之源極訊號可由正常之源極訊 φ 號變化而來,而本實施例無需更改驅動電路與控制器的設 計’便可應用本發明新穎之驅動機制。在另一實施例之應 用中,延遲之源極訊號是由時間控制器而產生,而本實施 例無需更改驅動電路與其他控制器的設計,便可應用本發 明新穎之驅動機制。此新穎之驅動機制亦於美國專利第 11751469號申請案中詳加揭露,而此由Hiap l. Ong.所發 明之申請案標題為『應用於液晶顯示器之低成本開關元件 點反轉驅動機制 Low Cost Switching Element Point Inversion Driving Scheme for Liquid Crystal Display』。 ,··. -,· 99 1338798 , ⑽[00164]如® 19⑷所示,當以延遲之源極訊號驅動時, 單一晝素中的顏色分量便會重新校正對準。詳細而言,四 個畫素1950、1955、I960、1965是繪示於顯示器丨9〇°〇中。 '每個畫素的範圍是用陰影標示,而此陰影僅用於解釋圖 '丨9(a) ’且热任何功能上的意義。畫素丨950包括三個電晶體 τ日(SO—1,G 1)、T(S0—2,G2)、T(S0—3,G 1) ’ 其中元件裝置區域 疋圍繞電晶體,且電晶體是耦接至這些顏色質點(陰影背景 枕圍)的電極。 • [GG165]畫素195G之第-顏色分量具有三個顏色質點 CD一 1 — 1、CD一 1—2、CD一1—3 ’且這些顏色質點是排列成左 右左鋸齒圖案。畫素1950之顏色質點CD—丨—3是水平對 齊、垂直鄰接且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞之電晶體 T(S0—1,G1)上方。畫素丨95〇之顏色質點CD—丨―3的電極是 耦接至電晶體T(S0一1,G1)之汲極。藉由晝素1950之顏色質 點CD_1—3的電極,畫素1950之顏色質點CD_1_2的電極 亦耦接至電晶體丁(S0_1,G1)之汲極。藉由畫素1950之顏色 • 質點CD_1—2、CD—1_3的電極,畫素1950之顏色質點 CD—11的電極也耦接至電晶體卩讥一丨力”之汲極。畫素 195〇之第二顏色分量具有三個顏色質點、 CD_2_2、CD_2_3 ’且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖 案。畫素1950之顏色質點cD_2一 1是水平對齊、垂直鄰接 且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞之電晶體T(S0_2,G2)下方。畫 素1950之顏色質點CD_2J的電極是耦接至電晶體 T(S0—2,G2)之汲極。藉由晝素1950之顏色質點CD_2_1的 電極,晝素1950之顏色質點CD_2_2的電極亦耦接至電晶 100 1338798S 98 1338798 • Use delta type color lay0ut. Compared with the traditional stripe pattern col〇r iay0ut, the triangular color scheme has higher image quality, but has poorer text display quality. In the case of a display with a stripe pattern color configuration, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a novel driving mechanism to enhance the effect of the stripe pattern color configuration. The t pattern color configuration can be applied to the pixel pattern of FIGS. 14-18. The pixel patterns in the foregoing description are based on a column switching inversion driving mechanism. Figure 19 (a) shows a display 1900 using this new driving mechanism in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 19(a) is similar to Fig. 18(f) except that the signal supplied to some of the source lines is delayed, so the same description will not be repeated. Specifically, the delayed source signals S〇_2_D, S1_1J〇, and S1_3_D are applied to the source lines s〇_2, S1-1, and S1_3, respectively. The delayed source signals SO-2_D, SI-1_D, S1_3_D can be achieved by delaying the normal source signal (not shown) or other conventional circuits (as in Figure 18(f). The time of this delay, etc. - the time at which the column is updated. In the application of the embodiment, the delayed source signal can be changed by the normal source signal φ, and the present embodiment can apply the novel driving mechanism of the present invention without changing the design of the driver circuit and the controller. In another embodiment, the delayed source signal is generated by a time controller, and the present embodiment can apply the novel driving mechanism of the present invention without changing the design of the driver circuit and other controllers. This novel driving mechanism is also disclosed in detail in the application of U.S. Patent No. 1,751, 469, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, the entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire content Cost Switching Element Point Inversion Driving Scheme for Liquid Crystal Display. ,··. -,· 99 1338798 , (10) [00164] As shown in ® 19(4), when driven by a delayed source signal, the color component in a single pixel realigns the alignment. In detail, the four pixels 1950, 1955, I960, and 1965 are shown in the display 丨9〇°〇. 'The range of each pixel is shaded, and this shadow is only used to explain the figure '丨9(a) ' and any functional significance of the heat. The pixel 950 includes three transistors τ (SO-1, G 1), T (S0-2, G2), T (S0-3, G 1) ' where the device device region surrounds the transistor and is electrically The crystal is the electrode that is coupled to these color dots (shaded background pillows). • The first color component of the [GG165] pixel 195G has three color dots CD-1, CD-1-2, CD-1-3' and these color dots are arranged in a left-right zigzag pattern. The color dot CD_丨-3 of the pixel 1950 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and located above the transistor T (S0-1, G1) surrounded by the component device region. The electrode of the color dot CD-丨-3 of the pixel is connected to the drain of the transistor T (S0-1, G1). The electrode of the color dot CD_1_2 of the pixel 1950 is also coupled to the drain of the transistor D1 (S0_1, G1) by the electrode of the color point CD_1-3 of the halogen 1950. By the color of the pixel 1950 • the electrode of the dot CD_1-2, CD-1_3, the electrode of the color dot CD-11 of the pixel 1950 is also coupled to the pole of the transistor. The second color component has three color dots, CD_2_2, CD_2_3' and the color dots are arranged in a left-right left zigzag pattern. The color dot cD_2-1 of the pixel 1950 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and located around the component device area. Below the transistor T (S0_2, G2), the electrode of the color dot CD_2J of the pixel 1950 is coupled to the drain of the transistor T (S0-2, G2). The electrode of the color dot CD_2_1 of the halogen 1950, 昼The electrode of the color dot CD_2_2 of the 1950 is also coupled to the electro-crystal 100 1338798

體T(SO—2,G2)之汲極。藉由畫素1950之顏色質點CDJ2J、 CD—2_2的電極’畫素195〇之顏色質點CD_2_3的電極也 耗接至電晶體T(S0_2,G2)之汲極。畫素1950之第三顏色分 量具有三個顏色質點CD—3__1、CD_3_2、CD_3_3,且這些 顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖案。晝素1950之顏色質點 CD_3_3是水平對齊、垂直鄰接且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞 之電晶體T(S0_3,G1)上方。畫素】950之顏色質點CD_3_3 的電極是耦接至電晶體T(S0_3,G1)之汲極。藉由畫素1950 之顏色質點CD_3—3的電極,晝素1950之顏色質點CD_3_2 的電極亦耦接至電晶體丁(§0_3,(}1)之汲極。藉由畫素195〇 之顏色質點CD_3—2、CD_3_3的電極,畫素1950之顏色質 點CD-3-1的電極也耦接至電晶體T(S0_3,G1)之汲極。畫 素1960應用與畫素195〇相同的畫素圖樣,所以其内部連 接方式均相同,於此便不再重述。相較於畫素1950的電晶 體 T(S0—1,G1)、T(S0一2,G2)、T(S0—3,G1),晝素 I960 包括The bungee of the body T (SO-2, G2). The electrode of the color dot CD_2_3 of the electrode 画 〇 〇 藉 藉 CD CD CD CD 950 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The third color component of the pixel 1950 has three color dots CD_3__1, CD_3_2, CD_3_3, and these color dots are arranged in a left-right left zigzag pattern. The color dot CD_3_3 of the halogen 1950 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and located above the transistor T (S0_3, G1) surrounded by the component device region. The pixel of the 950 color dot CD_3_3 is coupled to the drain of the transistor T (S0_3, G1). The electrode of the color dot CD_3_2 of the halogen 1950 is also coupled to the drain of the transistor D (§0_3, (}1) by the electrode of the color dot CD_3-3 of the pixel 1950. The color of the pixel is 195 〇 The electrode of the dot CD_3-2, CD_3_3, the electrode of the color dot CD-3-1 of the pixel 1950 is also coupled to the drain of the transistor T (S0_3, G1). The pixel 1960 uses the same painting as the pixel 195〇. The pattern is the same, so the internal connection is the same, so it will not be repeated here. Compared with the transistor T1 (S0-1, G1), T (S0-2, G2), T (S0- 3, G1), Alizarin I960 includes

相對應之電晶體 T(SOj,GO)、T(s〇—2,G1)、T(s〇—3 G2)。 再者,當畫素1950為正質點極性圖案時,畫素196()為負 質點極性圖案。 [00166]如圖19(a)所示,晝素1950之三個顏色分量是 垂直對齊,而得以排除圖18(〇色彩對齊的問題。然而,為 達成西洋棋盤圖案,第二顏色分量的極性必須與第一、第 二顏色分量的極性相反。此外,第二顏色分量之電晶體是 與第一、第三顏色分量之電晶體位於不同列上。再者,某 一列上所有開關元件(共享同一條閘極線)具有相同的極 性,而相鄰列上所有開關元件便具有相反的極性。如此一 1338798 來,顯示器1900可採用開關元件列反轉驅動機制以使顏色 * 質點的極性構成西洋棋盤圖案,進而使每個顏色質點產生 四個液晶領域(LC domains)。 . [00丨67]畫素1955、1965是應用不同的畫素圖案而有 • 別於畫素1950、1960。晝素1955之第一顏色分量具有三 個顏色質點CD 一匕1、CD—1_2、CD_1_3,且這些顏色質點 是排列成左右左鋸齒圖案。晝素1955之顏色質點CDJJ 是水平對齊、垂直鄰接且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞之電晶 • 體丁(S1 —〗,G2)下方。畫素1955之顏色質點CD_1_1的電極 是搞接至電晶體T(S1一1,G2)之及極。藉由畫素1955之顏色 質點CD—1 — 1的電極,畫素1955之顏色質點CD_1_2的電 極亦耗接至電晶體T(S1 —1,G2)之;及極。藉由晝素1955之顏 色質點CDJ一1、CD_1—2的電極,畫素1955之顏色質點 CD—1—3的電極也耦接至電晶體T(Si—LG2)之汲極。畫素 1955之第二顏色分量具有三個顏色質點CD_2_i ' CD—2_2、CD_2_3,且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖 • 案。晝素]955之顏色質點CD一2一3是水平對齊、垂直鄰接 且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞之電晶體T(s】—2,G1)上方。畫 素1955之顏色質點CD_2_3的電極是耦接至電晶體 丁(S1_2,G1)之汲極。藉由畫素】955之顏色質點CD—2一3的 電極,畫素1955之顏色質點CD—2—2的電極亦耦接至電晶 體T(S1 一2,G1)之汲極。藉由畫素1955之顏色質點CD 2 2、 CD-2-3的電極,畫素1955之顏色質點CD—2J的電極也 耦接至電晶體T(S1 一2,G1)之汲極。畫素1955之第三顏色分 量具有三個顏色質點CD—3—】、CD_3_2、cd 3 曰技此 102 5 丄338798 • 顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖案。畫素1955之顏色質點 CD-3_J是水平對齊、垂直鄰接且位於由元件裝置區域圍繞 之電晶體T(S1_3,G2)上方。畫素1955之顏色質點CD 3J . 的電極是耗接至電晶體T(S1_3,G2)之汲極。藉由畫素1955 之顏色質點CD—3_1的電極,畫素1955之顏色質點CD_3__2 的電極亦耗接至電晶體T(S1_3,G2)之汲極。藉由畫素1955 之顏色質點CD—3_1、CD—3一2的電極,晝素1955之顏色質 點CD-3-3的電極也耦接至電晶體T(S1_3,G2)之汲極。畫 _ 素1965應用與畫素1955相同的畫素圖樣,所以其内部連 接方式均相同,於此便不再重述。相較於晝素1955的電晶 體 T(S1_1,G2)、T(S1_2,G1)、T(S1—3,G2),畫素 1965 包括 相對應之電晶體 T(S11,G1)、丁(S1—2 G〇)、T(S1—3 G1)。 再者’當畫素1955為負質點極性圖案時,畫素1965為正 質點極性圖案。 [00168] 如圖19(a)所示,畫素1955之三個顏色分量是 垂直對齊,而得以排除圖18(f)色彩對齊的問題。如前所述, 參 4達成西洋棋盤圖案’第二顏色分量的極性必須與第一、 第二顏色分置的極性相反。 [00169] 圖19(b)繪示一種擴展晝素圖樣1910(即為圖 19(a)之畫素1950)之正質點極性圖案。在畫素191〇中,第 一顏色分量具有三個顏色質點CDjj'CDj hcD】3, 且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖案。元件裝置區域 DC A— 1疋水平對齊、垂直鄰接(此處所稱垂直鄰接尚間隔一 個垂直質點間距VDS的距離)且位於顏色質點丨3下 方。開關元件SE_1是位於元件裝置區域DCA_1,其中顏 103 〔2 1338798 色質點CDJ—3的電極是轉接至開關元件SEJ,而顏色質 :二―;;:?極是藉由顏色f點CDJ」的電極而耦接至 的電極是藉由顏色質 ” --DJ—3的電極而耦接至開關元件se卜書 1910之第二顏色分量具有三個顏色質點CD力、 —货_ CD—2-3 ’且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鑛齒圖 案。第二顏色分量是配置成與第一顏色分量垂直對齊,並 水平^右偏移第二顏色分量,且偏移的距離為-個顏色質 點的寬度加上-個水平質點間距難,以使得第一顏色分 量與第二顏色分量間隔一個水平質點間距。元件裝置區域 DCA一2疋水平對齊、垂直鄰接且位於顏色質點上 方。開關元件SE—2是位於元件裝置區域DCA一2,其令顏 色質點CD一2—1的電極是耦接至開關元件SE—2,而顏色質 點CD—2一2的電極是藉由顏色質點CD-2j的電極而耦接至 開關元件SE一2,且顏色質點CD_2一3的電極是藉由顏色質 點CD-2—1、CD—2_2的電極而耦接至開關元件SE—2。畫素 1910之第三顏色分量具有三個顏色質點CD_3_1、 CD—3:2、CD—3一3,且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖 案。第二顏色分量是配置成與第二顏色分量垂直對齊,並 水平向右偏移第二顏色分量一個顏色質點的寬度加上一個 水平質點間距HDS的距離。元件裝置區域DCA_3是水平 對齊、垂直鄰接且位於顏色質點下方。開關元件 SE—3是位於元件裝置區域dca_3,其中顏色質點CD_3_3 的電極是耦接至開關元件SE_3,而顏色質點CD_3__2的電 極是藉由顏色質點CD_3_3的電極而耦接至開關元件 104 1338798 SE一3,且顏色質點CD一3—1的電極是藉由顏色質點 CD一3_2、CD_3—3的電極而耦接至開關元件。 [00170] 如前所述,由質點極性所構成的西洋棋盤圖案 • 是用於增強每個顏色質點的邊緣電場。圖19(b)繪示晝素圖 樣1910+之正質點極性圖案。亦即,開關元件SEj、 以及顏色質點 CD_1_1、CDJ 2、CD—、CD 3 1 〜、 CD一3—2、CD_3_3具有正極性,並標示為,,+,,,且開關元件 SE_2以及顏色質點CD—2J、CD—2—2、CD—2—3具有負極 Φ 性,並標示為。圖19(e)繪示晝素圖樣1910-之負質點極 性圖案。亦即,開關元件SE —丨、SE—3以及顏色質點 CD丄 1、CD丄 2、CD 一 1—3、CD3J、CD」_2、CD 3‘、 具有負極性,並標示為,,_,,,且開關元件SE—2以及顏色質 點CD—2—1、CD_2—2、CD—2—3具有正極性,並標示為”+,,。 [00171] 圖19(d)繪示-種擴展晝素圖樣192〇(即為圖 19(a)之畫素1965)之正質點極性圖案。在畫素192〇中第 一顏色分量具有三個顏色質點(:1)_】_卜€〇_1__2、匸〇13, • I這些顏色質點是排列成左右左㈣圖f。元件裝置區域 DCA_1是水平對齊、垂直鄰接(此處所稱垂直鄰接尚間隔一 個垂直質點間距VDS的距離)且位於顏色質點⑶―】」上 方二開關凡件SEJ是位於元件裝置區域DCA—1,其中顏 色質點CD—1J的電極是轉接至開關元件%ι,*顏色質 2的電極是藉由顏色質點⑶丄⑽電極而搞接至 :關凡件SEJ,且顏色質‘點CD丄3的電極是藉由顏色質 2 CD—1^1、CDJ一2的電極而耦接至開關元件SEj。畫素 之第一顏色分量具有三個顏色質點CD 2】、 105 · S ) ' CD 2 2^ Cn i 〇 案—二_ -2·~3’且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鋸齒圖 水、。,第二顏色分量是配置成與第一顏色分量垂直對齊,並 點:顏色分量,且偏移的距離為一個顏色質 、 旦盥*、又加上—個水平質點間距HDS,以使得第一顏色分 第一顏色分量間隔一個水平質點間距。元件裝置區域 CA-2是水平對齊、垂直鄰接且位於顏色質 點CD_2_3下 *開關tl件SE—2是位於元件裝置區域dca—2,其中顏 . CD_2_3的電極是搞接至開關元件$ε—2,而顏色質 『CD—2—2的電極是藉由顏色質點CD—2」#電極而搞接至 ^關7G件SE_2 ’且顏色f點CD—2J的電極是藉由顏色質 .占CD~2-2、CD-2-3的電極而耗接至開關元件SE—2。畫素 1920之第三顏色分量具有三個顏色質點cD_3j、 ~ ~ CD-3〜3,且這些顏色質點是排列成左右左鑛齒圖 〃。第二顏色分量是配置成與第二顏色分量垂直對齊,並 水平向右@移第二顏色分量一個顏色質點的寬度加上一個 水平質點間距HDS的距離。元件裝置區域DCA—3是水平 對齊、垂直鄰接且位於顏色質點⑶刀上方。—開關元件 SE—3是位於元件裝置區域DCA—3,其令顏色質點⑶υ 的電極是減至開關元件SE」,而顏色—CD 3—2的電 極是藉由顏色質點CD—3—3的電極而搞接至開關元件 兕―3,且顏色質點CD—3—3的電極是藉由顏色質點 CD—3—1、CD—3_2的電極而耦接至開關元件SE_3。 [00172]如前所述,由質點極性所構成的西洋棋盤 是用於增強每個顏色質點的邊緣電場。圖19(d)緣示竺素圖 樣1920+之正質點極性圖案。亦即,開關元件se !里e °Corresponding transistors T(SOj, GO), T(s〇-2, G1), T(s〇-3 G2). Furthermore, when the pixel 1950 is a positive dot polarity pattern, the pixel 196() is a negative dot polarity pattern. [00166] As shown in Fig. 19(a), the three color components of the halogen 1950 are vertically aligned, and the problem of color alignment of Figure 18 is eliminated. However, in order to achieve the checkerboard pattern, the polarity of the second color component Must be opposite to the polarity of the first and second color components. Furthermore, the transistor of the second color component is on a different column than the transistors of the first and third color components. Furthermore, all switching elements in a column are shared The same gate line has the same polarity, and all the switching elements in the adjacent columns have opposite polarities. Thus, in 1338798, the display 1900 can use the switching element column inversion driving mechanism to make the polarity of the color* mass point constitute the western ocean. The checkerboard pattern, in turn, produces four LC domains for each color dot. [00丨67] The pixels 1955 and 1965 are different pixel patterns and are different from the pixels 1950 and 1960. The first color component of 1955 has three color points CD - 1, CD - 1_2, CD_1_3, and these color points are arranged in a left and right left zigzag pattern. The color point CDJJ of the 1955 is a horizontal pair Vertically adjacent to the electro-crystal body (S1 - 〗, G2) surrounded by the component device area. The electrode of the color dot CD_1_1 of the pixel 1955 is connected to the transistor T (S1 - 1, G2) The electrode of the color dot CD_1_2 of the pixel 1955 is also consumed by the electrode of the color pixel CD_1_2 of the pixel 1955. The electrode is also consumed by the transistor T (S1 -1, G2); The color of the 1955 color dot CDJ-1, CD_1-2 electrode, the pixel of the color dot CD-1 of the pixel 1955 is also coupled to the bungee of the transistor T (Si-LG2). The second color of the pixel 1955 The component has three color dots CD_2_i 'CD-2_2, CD_2_3, and these color dots are arranged in left and right left zigzag patterns. The color of the 昼素] 955 CD 2-3 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent and located by the component The device area is surrounded by the transistor T(s)-2, G1. The electrode of the color dot CD_2_3 of the pixel 1955 is coupled to the drain of the transistor D1 (S1_2, G1). The electrode of the dot CD-2-3, the electrode of the color dot CD-2 of the pixel 1955 is also coupled to the transistor T (S1-2, G1). The electrode of the color dot CD-2J of the pixel 1955 is also coupled to the bungee of the transistor T (S1-2, G1) by the color of the pixel 1955 CD 2 2, CD-2-3 electrode. The third color component of the pixel 1955 has three color dots CD-3—], CD_3_2, cd 3 102 102 102 5 丄 338798 • The color dots are arranged in a left and right zigzag pattern. The color dot of the pixel 1955 CD-3_J is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and located above the transistor T (S1_3, G2) surrounded by the component device region. The electrode of the color dot CD 3J of the pixel 1955 is the drain of the transistor T (S1_3, G2). The electrode of the color dot CD_3__2 of the pixel 1955 is also consumed by the electrode of the transistor T (S1_3, G2) by the electrode of the color dot CD-3_1 of the pixel 1955. The electrodes of the color point CD-3-3 of the element 1955 are also coupled to the drain of the transistor T (S1_3, G2) by the electrodes of the color dots CD-3_1 and CD-3-2 of the pixel 1955. The painting _ 1965 uses the same pixel pattern as the pixel 1955, so the internal connection is the same, so it will not be repeated here. Compared to the transistor T (S1_1, G2), T (S1_2, G1), T (S1 - 3, G2) of the 昼素1955, the pixel 1965 includes the corresponding transistor T (S11, G1), D ( S1—2 G〇), T(S1—3 G1). Furthermore, when the pixel 1955 is a negative dot polarity pattern, the pixel 1965 is a positive dot polarity pattern. [00168] As shown in Fig. 19(a), the three color components of the pixel 1955 are vertically aligned, and the problem of color alignment of Fig. 18(f) is excluded. As previously mentioned, the polarity of the second color component must be opposite to the polarity of the first and second color divisions. [00169] FIG. 19(b) illustrates a positive dot polarity pattern of an extended alizarin pattern 1910 (ie, pixel 1950 of FIG. 19(a)). In the pixel 191, the first color component has three color dots CDjj'CDj hcD] 3, and these color dots are arranged in a left and right left zigzag pattern. The component device area DC A-1 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent (the vertical abutment is also separated by a distance of a vertical particle spacing VDS) and is located below the color dot 丨3. The switching element SE_1 is located in the component device area DCA_1, wherein the color 103 [2 1338798 color point CDJ-3 electrode is switched to the switching element SEJ, and the color quality: two;;: the pole is by the color f point CDJ" The electrode to which the electrode is coupled is coupled to the switching element by the electrode of the color quality "-DJ-3", the second color component of the book 1910 has three color dots CD force, - goods _ CD - 2 -3 ' and these color dots are arranged in left and right left ore patterns. The second color component is configured to be vertically aligned with the first color component, and horizontally and rightly offset by the second color component, and the offset distance is - The width of the color dot plus the horizontal dot spacing is difficult such that the first color component is spaced apart from the second color component by a horizontal dot spacing. The component device regions DCA-2 are horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and above the color dot. SE-2 is located in the component device area DCA-2, which causes the electrode of the color dot CD 2-1 to be coupled to the switching element SE-2, and the electrode of the color dot CD-2-2 is by the color dot CD- 2j electrode coupled to switch The SE-2, and the electrode of the color dot CD_2-3 is coupled to the switching element SE-2 by the electrodes of the color dots CD-2-1 and CD-2_2. The third color component of the pixel 1910 has three Color dots CD_3_1, CD-3:2, CD-3-3, and these color dots are arranged in a left-right left zigzag pattern. The second color component is configured to be vertically aligned with the second color component and horizontally shifted to the right. The width of one color dot of the two color component plus the distance of a horizontal dot pitch HDS. The component device area DCA_3 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent and located below the color dot. The switching element SE-3 is located in the component device area dca_3, wherein the color dot CD_3_3 The electrode is coupled to the switching element SE_3, and the electrode of the color dot CD_3__2 is coupled to the switching element 104 1338798 SE-3 by the electrode of the color dot CD_3_3, and the electrode of the color dot CD 3-1 is by color The electrodes of the dots CD-3_2 and CD_3-3 are coupled to the switching element. [00170] As described above, the checkerboard pattern consisting of the polarity of the particles is used to enhance the edge of each color dot. Figure 19(b) shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the tilde pattern 1910+, that is, the switching element SEj, and the color dots CD_1_1, CDJ 2, CD-, CD 3 1 〜, CD 3-1, CD_3_3 It has a positive polarity and is labeled as,,,,,, and, and the switching element SE_2 and the color dots CD-2J, CD-2-2, and CD-2-3 have a negative Φ property and are labeled as Fig. 19(e) The negative particle polarity pattern of the sputum pattern 1910-. That is, the switching elements SE_丨, SE-3 and the color dots CD丄1, CD丄2, CD-1–3, CD3J, CD”_2, CD 3′, have a negative polarity, and are labeled as, _, , and the switching element SE-2 and the color dot CD-2, CD_2-2, CD2-3 have a positive polarity and are labeled as "+,". [00171] Figure 19(d) shows The positive particle polarity pattern of the expanded tiling pattern 192 〇 (that is, the pixel 1965 of Fig. 19 (a)). The first color component has three color dots (: 1) in the pixel 192 _ _ _ _ 卜_1__2, 匸〇13, • I These color points are arranged in left and right (four) map f. The component device area DCA_1 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent (herein the vertical abutment is still separated by a vertical particle spacing VDS) and is located in color The particle (3)--" upper two switch parts SEJ is located in the component device area DCA-1, in which the electrode of the color dot CD-1J is transferred to the switching element %ι, * the color quality of the electrode is by the color dot (3) (10) The electrode is connected to: Guanfan SEJ, and the color quality 'point CD丄3 electrode is by color quality 2 CD-1^1, CDJ-2 Electrodes coupled to switching element SEj. The first color component of the pixel has three color points CD 2], 105 · S ) ' CD 2 2^ Cn i 〇 - two _ -2·~3' and these color dots are arranged in left and right left sawtooth water ,. The second color component is configured to be vertically aligned with the first color component, and point: the color component, and the offset distance is a color quality, 盥*, plus a horizontal particle spacing HDS, so that the first The color is divided into first horizontal color components by a horizontal color dot spacing. The component device area CA-2 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and located under the color dot CD_2_3. * The switch tl piece SE-2 is located in the component device area dca-2, wherein the electrode of the CD. CD_2_3 is connected to the switching element $ε-2 And the color quality "CD-2-2 electrode is connected to the 7G piece SE_2' by the color dot CD-2" electrode and the color f point CD-2J electrode is by color quality. The electrodes of ~2-2 and CD-2-3 are consumed by the switching element SE-2. The third color component of the pixel 1920 has three color dots cD_3j, ~~CD-3~3, and these color dots are arranged in left and right left ore maps. The second color component is a distance that is configured to be vertically aligned with the second color component and horizontally to the right @shift the second color component by the width of one color dot plus one horizontal dot pitch HDS. The component device area DCA-3 is horizontally aligned, vertically adjacent, and above the color dot (3) knife. - the switching element SE-3 is located in the component device region DCA-3, which causes the electrode of the color dot (3) 减 to be reduced to the switching element SE", and the color-CD 3-2 electrode is by the color dot CD-3-3 The electrode is connected to the switching element 兕-3, and the electrode of the color dot CD-3-3 is coupled to the switching element SE_3 by the electrodes of the color dots CD_3-1 and CD-3_2. [00172] As previously mentioned, a checkerboard composed of particle polarity is a fringe electric field for enhancing the color point of each color. Fig. 19(d) shows the positive dot polarity pattern of the 1920+ pattern. That is, the switching element se !

106 1338798 以及顏色質點 CD_1—1、CD_1_2、CD_1 j、CD_3 1、 CD—3_2、CD__3—3具有正極性,並標示為’,+’’,且開關元件 SE—2以^顏色質點CD_2J、CD」—2、CD一2一3具有負極 性,亚標不為。圖19(e)繪示晝素圖樣1920-之負質點極 性圖案。亦即,開關元件SE_1、SE一3以及顏色質點 CD-】」、CD」-2、CDJ—3、CD—3—1、CD」—2、CD 3 3 具有負極性,並標示為’,_,,,且開關元件SE—2以及顏色質106 1338798 and color dot CD_1-1, CD_1_2, CD_1 j, CD_3 1, CD-3_2, CD__3-3 have positive polarity and are marked as ', +'', and the switching element SE-2 is color dot CD_2J, CD ——2, CD 2-1 has a negative polarity, and the substandard is not. Fig. 19(e) shows the negative dot polar pattern of the tilapia pattern 1920-. That is, the switching elements SE_1, SE-3, and the color dots CD-], CD"-2, CDJ-3, CD-3-1, CD"-2, CD33 have a negative polarity and are labeled as ', _,,, and switching element SE-2 and color quality

J CD—2—1 CD—2—2、CD—2_3具有正極性’並標示為,,+,,。 [00173] 本發明之許多實施例可製作為2 2英忖 (?VGA240x320解析度規格之彩色顯示器,而此顯示器是採 用開關兀件列反轉驅動機制。此外,彩色畫素的尺寸是高 Μίμηι且寬丨41μηι。每個畫素可利用彩色濾光材料而分成J CD—2-1—CD—2—2, CD—2_3 has positive polarity’ and is labeled as,,,,,. [00173] Many embodiments of the present invention can be fabricated in a 22 inch (? VGA 240 x 320 resolution color display), and this display uses a switch element column inversion driving mechanism. In addition, the size of the color pixel is high Μίμηι And the width is 41μηι. Each pixel can be divided into by using color filter materials.

個顏色/7里(即紅、綠與氣色)。如此一來,qVga顯示 器在水平方向的解析度為720(240x3)個顏色分量,且在垂 直方向為320個顏色分量。每個顏色分量的理論尺寸是寬 47μπι且高14丨μηι,不過,有部份區域是要用於設置為元件 裝置,域。此外,顯示器在每列上具有72〇個開關元件, 並在每行上具有320個開關元件,以使開關元件的總數量 為720x320。元件裝置區域是由開關元件(薄膜電晶體)與儲 ,電容所組成,且元件裝置區域的理論尺寸是寬47μΐη'且 同38.Ομιτι。然而,考量垂直與水平質點間距的因素後,元 件裝置區域的實際尺寸是寬41μιΏ且高 35.0μπη ° [00174] 在顯示面板的製作過程中,可使用默克公司所 生產的垂直配向液晶,如型號MLC-6884之具有負介電異 向性特性之垂直向液晶。日本日產化學王業株式會社所 107 1338798 生產型號SE-5300之聚亞醯胺可用於達成無預傾角的垂直 液晶配向效果。相較於其他採用突起物或是銦錫氧化物溝 槽幾何形狀之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器而言,本發明之面 板的製作過程是無需進行摩擦配向的步驟,且上下基板在 對組時亦無需高精準的對位。此外,在不同顏色質點與元 件裝置區域之間的連接導線(可為銦錫氧化物材質)的寬度 為3μπι,而上下偏振片是貼附於面板上,且一般的液晶層 間距(cell gap)約略介於 2.0μπι〜3.5μηι。Colors / 7 miles (ie red, green and gas). As a result, the qVga display has a resolution of 720 (240 x 3) color components in the horizontal direction and 320 color components in the vertical direction. The theoretical size of each color component is 47 μm wide and 14 μμηη high, however, some areas are intended to be used as component devices, domains. In addition, the display has 72 turns of switching elements per column and 320 switching elements per line such that the total number of switching elements is 720x320. The component device area is composed of a switching element (thin film transistor) and a storage capacitor, and the theoretical size of the device device region is 47 μΐη′ and 38.Ομιτι. However, considering the factors of the vertical and horizontal dot spacing, the actual size of the component device area is 41 μm wide and 35.0 μπη ° [00174] In the manufacturing process of the display panel, the vertical alignment liquid crystal produced by Merck can be used, such as Model MLC-6884 has a vertical dielectric liquid crystal with negative dielectric anisotropy characteristics. Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd., Japan 107 1338798 The polyamine of the model SE-5300 can be used to achieve a vertical liquid crystal alignment without pretilt angle. Compared with other multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays using protrusions or indium tin oxide trench geometries, the fabrication process of the panel of the present invention does not require the step of rubbing alignment, and the upper and lower substrates are also in the group. No need for high precision alignment. In addition, the width of the connecting wires (which may be indium tin oxide material) between the different color dots and the device device region is 3 μm, and the upper and lower polarizing plates are attached to the panel, and a general liquid crystal layer gap (cell gap) It is approximately between 2.0μπι and 3.5μηι.

[00175] 在本發明之一個特定實施例中,顯示器是應用 圖18(a)-18(f)之畫素圖樣、質點極性圖案與畫素排列方式, 其中每個顏色分量示分割成三個顏色質點。如此一來,每 個顏色質點的理論尺寸是寬47μηι且高34.3μπι。然而,考 量垂直與水平質點間距的因素後,元件裝置區域的實際尺 寸是寬41μιη且高31.3μιη。在5伏特的外加電壓下,此顯 示器可達到高於600對比度之顯示效果。再者,以使用多 域垂直配向廣視角偏振片之顯示器而言,其具有非常寬的 視角,且各方向區域的視角均是大於士85° 。此外,以使用 一般線性偏振片且不含多域垂直配向廣視角光學補償膜之 顯示器而言,其水平或垂直方向區域的視角是大於士 85° , 而兩個對角線方向區域的視角亦大於士50° 。另外,相較於 線偏振片而言,圓偏振片可增加為兩倍的光穿透率。亦即, 使用多域垂直配向圓偏振片之顯示器可同時提升光穿透率 與視角。 [00176] 儘管依據本發明之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器 可於較低製作成本下而具有廣視角,本發明之某些實施例 108 1338798 仍會以光學補償的方式進一步提升視角。舉例而言,本發 明之某些實施例是採用具有光軸是垂直指向(vertical oriented)的負雙折射光學補償膜以提升視角,其中此光學 補償膜可貼附於上基板、下基板或兩者。其他的實施例可 採用具有單轴以及雙軸之光學補償膜,其中此補償膜可具 有正雙折射或負雙折射性質。再者,包含前述組合之多層 膜亦可被使用於顯示器上。其他實施例亦有使用圓偏振片 以同時提升光穿透率與視角。[00175] In a particular embodiment of the invention, the display is a pixel pattern, a particle polarity pattern and a pixel arrangement using FIGS. 18(a)-18(f), wherein each color component is divided into three Color dot. As a result, the theoretical size of each color particle is 47 μηη wide and 34.3 μπι higher. However, considering the factors of the vertical and horizontal dot spacing, the actual size of the component device area is 41 μm wide and 31.3 μm high. At an applied voltage of 5 volts, this display achieves a display contrast of more than 600 contrast. Further, in the case of a display using a multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle polarizing plate, it has a very wide viewing angle, and the viewing angle in each direction region is larger than ±85°. In addition, in a display using a general linear polarizing plate and not including a multi-domain vertical alignment wide viewing angle optical compensation film, the viewing angle of the horizontal or vertical direction region is larger than ±85°, and the viewing angles of the two diagonal direction regions are also Greater than ± 50°. In addition, the circularly polarizing plate can be increased to twice the light transmittance as compared with the linear polarizing plate. That is, a display using a multi-domain vertical alignment circular polarizing plate can simultaneously increase light transmittance and viewing angle. [00176] Although the multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display according to the present invention can have a wide viewing angle at a lower manufacturing cost, some embodiments of the present invention 108 1338798 can further enhance the viewing angle in an optically compensated manner. For example, some embodiments of the present invention employ a negative birefringent optical compensation film having an optical axis that is vertically oriented to enhance viewing angle, wherein the optical compensation film can be attached to the upper substrate, the lower substrate, or both. By. Other embodiments may employ an optical compensation film having both uniaxial and biaxial, wherein the compensation film may have positive birefringence or negative birefringence properties. Further, a multilayer film comprising the foregoing combination can also be used on a display. Other embodiments have also used circular polarizers to simultaneously increase light transmittance and viewing angle.

[00177]在本發明不同的實施例中,揭露出許多新穎的 結構與方式以使得無需利用基板上的實體形貌,即可製作 出多域垂直配向液晶顯示器。雖然本發明已以較佳實施例 揭露如上,然其並非用以限定本發明,任何熟習此技藝者, 在不脫離本發明之精神和範圍内,當可作些許之更動與潤 飾,特別是如其他形式的畫素定義、質點極性圖案、畫素 圖樣、極性、邊緣電場、電極、基板等等。因此本發明之 保護範圍當視後附之申請專利範圍所界定者為準。[00177] In various embodiments of the present invention, a number of novel structures and arrangements have been disclosed to enable the fabrication of multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays without the use of physical topography on the substrate. While the invention has been described above by way of a preferred embodiment, it is not intended to limit the invention, and may be modified and modified, particularly as such, without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Other forms of pixel definition, particle polarity pattern, pixel pattern, polarity, fringe field, electrode, substrate, etc. Therefore, the scope of the invention is defined by the scope of the appended claims.

【圖式簡單說明】 [0016] 圖1 (a)〜1 (c)為習知之單一領域垂直配向液晶顯 示器之畫素的示意圖。 [0017] 圖2為習知之多域垂直配向液晶顯示器之畫素 的示意圖。 [0018] 圖3(&)-3(15)為依據本發明一實施例之多域垂直 配向液晶顯示器之晝素的示意圖。 [0019] 圖4(a)-4(c)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖樣 ·; s > 109 的示意圖。 [0020] ® 5(a)-5(c)為依據本發明一實施例之質點極性 圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0021] 圖為依據本發明—實施例之質點極性 圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0〇22]圖6(a)_6(e)為依據本發明—實施例之質點極性 圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0023] 圖6(d)-6(f)為依據本發明一實施例之質點極性 圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0024] 圖7(a)-7(e)為依據本發明—實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0025] 圖7(d)-7(f)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0026] 圖8(a)-8(c)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0027] 圖8(d)-8(f)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0028] 圖9(a)-9(c)為依據本發明一實施例之晝素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0029] 圖9(d)-9(f)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0030] 圖1 〇(a)_ 10(d)為依據本發明一實施例之晝素圖 樣與質點極性圖案的示意圖。 [0031] 圖U(a)_i i(b)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣與質點極性圖案的示意圖。 110 1338798 [0032] 圖12(a)-12(c)為依據本發明一實施例之畫素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0033] 圖12(d)-12(f)為依據本發明一實施例之晝素圖 樣、質點極性圖案與液晶顯示裝置的示意圖。 [0034] 圖13(a)為依據本發明一實施例之擴展畫素圖樣 的示意圖。 [0035] 圖13(b)-13⑴為依據本發明不同實施例之應用 多種擴展畫素圖樣之液晶顯示器的示意圖。BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0016] Figs. 1(a) to 1(c) are diagrams showing the pixels of a conventional single-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display. 2 is a schematic diagram of a pixel of a conventional multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display. 3 (&)-3(15) is a schematic diagram of a pixel of a multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display according to an embodiment of the present invention. 4(a)-4(c) are schematic diagrams of a pixel pattern, s > 109, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. [0020] ® 5(a)-5(c) is a schematic view of a dot polarity pattern and a liquid crystal display device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0021] The figure is a schematic view of a dot polarity pattern and a liquid crystal display device in accordance with the present invention. 6(a)-6(e) are schematic views of a dot polarity pattern and a liquid crystal display device in accordance with the present invention. 6(d)-6(f) are schematic diagrams showing a dot polarity pattern and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 7(a)-7(e) are schematic diagrams of a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 7(d)-7(f) are schematic diagrams of a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 8(a)-8(c) are schematic diagrams showing a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 8(d)-8(f) are schematic diagrams showing a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 9(a)-9(c) are schematic diagrams of a halogen pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 9(d)-9(f) are schematic diagrams showing a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 1(a)-10(d) is a schematic diagram of a halogen pattern and a particle polarity pattern according to an embodiment of the present invention. U (a) - i i (b) is a schematic diagram of a pixel pattern and a particle polarity pattern in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 110 1338798 [0032] FIGS. 12(a)-12(c) are schematic diagrams showing a pixel pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 12(d)-12(f) are schematic views of a halogen pattern, a dot polarity pattern, and a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 13(a) is a schematic diagram of an extended pixel pattern in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 13(b)-13(1) are schematic diagrams of liquid crystal displays using a plurality of expanded pixel patterns in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention.

[0036] 圖14(a)為依據本發明一實施例之擴展晝素圖樣 的示意圖。 [0037] 圖14(b)為應用多種擴展畫素圖樣於單一液晶顯 示器上的示意圖。 [0038] 圖15為依據本發明一實施例之擴展晝素圖樣的 示意圖。 [0039] 圖16為依據本發明一實施例之擴展晝素圖樣的 示意圖。14(a) is a schematic diagram of an expanded pixel pattern in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 14(b) is a diagram showing the application of various extended pixel patterns on a single liquid crystal display. 15 is a schematic diagram of an expanded tilde pattern in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. 16 is a schematic diagram of an extended tilde pattern according to an embodiment of the invention.

[0040] 圖17(a)-17(d)為依據本發明不同實施例之多種 擴展畫素圖樣的不意圖。 [0041] 圖17(e)為應用多種擴展畫素圖樣於單一液晶顯 示器上的示意圖。 [0042] 圖18(a)-l8(b)為依據本發明不同實施例之多種 擴展晝素圖樣的不意圖。 [0043] 圖18(c)-18(d)為依據本發明不同實施例之多種 擴展畫素圖樣的不意圖。 [0044] 圖18(e)-18(f)為應用多種擴展晝素圖樣於單一 t 1338798 液晶顯示器上的示意圖。 [0045] 圖19(a)為應用多種擴展畫素圖樣於單一液晶顯 示器上的示意圖。 [0046] 圖19(b)-19(c)為依據本發明不同實施例之擴展 畫素圖樣與元件裝置區域的示意圖。 [0047] 圖19(d)-19(e)為依據本發明不同實施例之擴展 畫素圖樣與元件裝置區域的示意圖。17(a)-17(d) are schematic illustrations of various extended pixel patterns in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. 17(e) is a diagram showing the application of various extended pixel patterns on a single liquid crystal display. 18(a)-l8(b) are schematic illustrations of various extended tilde patterns in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. 18(c)-18(d) are schematic illustrations of various extended pixel patterns in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. [0044] FIGS. 18(e)-18(f) are schematic diagrams showing the application of various extended pixel patterns on a single t 1338798 liquid crystal display. 19(a) is a schematic diagram of applying a plurality of extended pixel patterns on a single liquid crystal display. 19(b)-19(c) are schematic diagrams showing extended pixel patterns and component device regions in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention. 19(d)-19(e) are schematic diagrams showing an extended pixel pattern and component device area in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention.

【主要元件符號說明】 100 :垂直配向液晶顯示器 105、205 :第一偏振片 110、210 :第一基板 120、220 :第一電極 125、225 :第一配向層 130、235、237 :液晶 140、240 :第二配向層[Main component symbol description] 100: Vertical alignment liquid crystal display 105, 205: First polarizing plate 110, 210: First substrate 120, 220: First electrode 125, 225: First alignment layer 130, 235, 237: Liquid crystal 140 , 240: second alignment layer

145、245 :第二電極 150、250 :第二基板 155、255 :第二偏振片 172、174、176、272、274、276 :觀$ 200 :多域垂直配向液晶顯示器 260 :突起物 300 :多域垂直配向液晶顯示器 302、402 :第一偏振片 305、405 :第一基板 1338798 307:第一配向層 310 、 320 、 330 、 410 、 420 、 430 、 440 、 1950 、 1955 、 1960、1965 :晝素 3U、321、331 :第一電極 312、313、322、323、332、333 :液晶 315、325、335 :第二電極 352 第二 二配向層 355 %二 二基板 357 %二 -偏振片145, 245: second electrode 150, 250: second substrate 155, 255: second polarizing plate 172, 174, 176, 272, 274, 276: $200: multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 260: protrusion 300: Multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display 302, 402: first polarizing plate 305, 405: first substrate 1338798 307: first alignment layer 310, 320, 330, 410, 420, 430, 440, 1950, 1955, 1960, 1965: Alizarin 3U, 321, 331: first electrode 312, 313, 322, 323, 332, 333: liquid crystal 315, 325, 335: second electrode 352 second two alignment layer 355% two substrates 357% two-polarizer

400、510-、510+、520(520-、520+)、610(610-、610+)、 620(610- 、 610+) 、 710(710- 、 710+) 、 730(730- 、 730+)、 810(810-、810+)、830(830-、830+)、910(910-、910+)、 930(910-、910+)、1010(1010-、1010+)、1030(1030-、1030+)、 1110(1110- 、 1110+) 、 1210(1210- 、 1210+) 、 1230(1230-、 1230+)、1310(1310-、1310+)、1410(1410-、1410+)、 1510(1510-、1510+)、1610(1610-、1610+)、1710(1710-、 1710+) 、 1720(1720- 、 1720+) 、 1730(1730- 、 1730+)、 1740(1740- 、 1740+) 、 1810(1810- 、 1810+) 、 1820(1820-、 1820+)、1910(1910-、1910+)、1920(1920-、1920+):畫素 圖樣 4 01 .液晶顯不β 408 :電晶體 450、500、550、600、650、750、900、1320、1340、 1400、1900 :顯示器 CD_1 —1、CD_1_2、CD丄3、CD丄4、CD丄5、 113 1338798 CD—1—6、CD—2—卜 CD—2_2、CD_2_3、CD_2_4、CD—2—5、 CD—2_6、CD 3 卜 CD_3_2、CD—3 3、CD 3_4、CD 3—5、 CD 3 6、CD 4_]、CD—4—2、CD_4 3、CD 4 4、CD—4 5 ' CD_4_6 :顏色質點400, 510-, 510+, 520 (520-, 520+), 610 (610-, 610+), 620 (610-, 610+), 710 (710-, 710+), 730 (730-, 730) +), 810 (810-, 810+), 830 (830-, 830+), 910 (910-, 910+), 930 (910-, 910+), 1010 (1010-, 1010+), 1030 ( 1030-, 1030+), 1110 (1110-, 1110+), 1210 (1210-, 1210+), 1230 (1230-, 1230+), 1310 (1310-, 1310+), 1410 (1410-, 1410+) ), 1510 (1510-, 1510+), 1610 (1610-, 1610+), 1710 (1710-, 1710+), 1720 (1720-, 1720+), 1730 (1730-, 1730+), 1740 (1740) - , 1740+), 1810 (1810-, 1810+), 1820 (1820-, 1820+), 1910 (1910-, 1910+), 1920 (1920-, 1920+): pixel pattern 4 01 . Not β 408: Transistors 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 750, 900, 1320, 1340, 1400, 1900: Display CD_1-1, CD_1_2, CD丄3, CD丄4, CD丄5, 113 1338798 CD —1—6, CD—2—Bu CD—2_2, CD_2_3, CD_2_4, CD—2—5, CD—2_6, CD 3 Bu CD_3_2, CD—3 3, CD 3_4, CD 3—5, CD 3 6 CD 4_], CD-4-2, CD_4 3, CD 4 4, CD-4 5 ' CD_4_6 : Yan Particle

SEJ、SE—2、SE—3、SE—4 :開關元件 HDS :水平質點間距 VDS :垂直質點間距 GO、G卜 G2、G3、G4 :閘極線 S3、S4、S5、S6、S7、S8、S0J、S0_2、S0_3、SI J、 Sl_2、Sl_3 :源極線 P(0,1)、P(u)、P(〇,〇)、P(l,〇)、P(2,0)、p(2,l):畫素 T(S0—1,GO)、T(S0_2, G0)、T(S0_3, G0)、T(S0—1,Gl)、 T(SO—2, Gl)、T(SO—3, Gl)、T(S0_1,G2)、T(SO—2, G2)、 T(S0_3, G2):電晶體 DCA—1、DCA—2、DCA—3、DCA—4 :元件裝置區 i或 SO 2 D、SI 1 D、SI 3 D :源極訊號SEJ, SE-2, SE-3, SE-4: Switching element HDS: Horizontal particle spacing VDS: Vertical particle spacing GO, G Bu G2, G3, G4: Gate lines S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8 , S0J, S0_2, S0_3, SI J, Sl_2, Sl_3: source line P(0,1), P(u), P(〇,〇), P(l,〇), P(2,0), p(2,l): pixels T(S0-1, GO), T(S0_2, G0), T(S0_3, G0), T(S0-1, Gl), T(SO-2, Gl), T(SO—3, Gl), T(S0_1, G2), T(SO—2, G2), T(S0_3, G2): transistor DCA-1, DCA-2, DCA-3, DCA-4: Component device area i or SO 2 D, SI 1 D, SI 3 D : source signal

s 114s 114

Claims (1)

"99. 9. 24 年月 曰條正替換頁辛 十、申請專利範圍: 1 · 一種顯示器單元,包括: __ f畫素,具有多個第一晝素顏色質點;以及 第二晝素,具有多個第二晝素顏色質點; ,、中該第一畫素是與該第二晝素交錯; 晝素具有 而該第二 :巾$第一晝素具有_第一極十生,而該第 :二極性,該第一晝素隸屬於一第— 晝素隸屬於一第二列向中。 J ^ 金如中請專利範圍f丨項所述之顯示器單元,其中一 二晝j第—顏色質點、—第二畫素第二顏色質點 '-第 第:奎去二顏色質點以及-第二晝素第四顏色質點圍繞-米畫素第一顏色質點。 第申請專概圍第2_述之顯示器單元,其中該 -畫2第—顏色質點、—第一晝素第二顏色質點、-第 第二書素第顏,:以及—第一畫素第四顏色質點圍繞該 思京弟一顏色質點。 _第==專利範圍!^ !項所述之顯示器單元,更包括 其中全三晝素具有多個第三晝素顏色質點, X卓二晝素疋與該第二晝素交錯。 第三㈣4項所述之顯示器單元,其中該 息京隸屬於一第三列向中。 6=請專利範㈣5項所述之顯 弟列向與該第三列向呈有嗜第一榀从 ,、甲系 有該第二極性。、有㈣極性,而該第二列向具 7 如申請專利範圍第4項所述,示器單元,其中該 115 :-晝素是水平對齊於該第三晝素, 移該第三晝素—晝素高度。 斗畫素垂直偏 第二晝素水所述之顯示器單元,其中該 如申請專利範圍第4項所述 第一晝素隸屬於一第一行向中,而該第Γ^70,其中該 二行向中,且該第三畫素隸屬於-第I;向畫中素隸屬於-第 11.如申請專利範圍第1〇項所述之 。。 行向與該第三行向具有—第—極Ζ二其中 具有一第二極性。 而该第二行向 第—L2請專利範圍第4項所述之顯示器單元,盆卜方 旦素疋垂直對齊於該第三晝素, 八- 移該第-畫素之-畫素寬度。 °亥弟-畫素水平偏 13.如申請專利範圍第12項所述 一 馨该第二晝素水平偏移該第—畫素。 《早7L’其中 …14.如申請專利範圍第12項所 一 戎第二畫素垂直偏移該第—晝素。 。羊70’其中 15. 如申請專利範圍第, 第-晝素於-第-方向上對齊該第二第其:該 於一第_方向上偏移該第二蚩 —’、 ^弟旦素 16. 如申請專利範圍第二素 顏色質點寬度。 丁月今〜乾lij第1項所述县 包括一第一畫素元件裝置=二=該 畫素更包括一第二畫素元件裝置區域列向。 4第一 116 1338798 ▲ /7.如申請專利範圍第16項所 該第一全去;处壯班广丄- 〇 —凡’其中 杜壯i素件裝置區域列向疋水平對齊於該第二金辛开 件裝置區域列向。 一常7L 18,如申請專利範圍第]項所述之顯示器單元, —光學補償獏。 括 。19.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之顯示器單元,更包括 圓偏振片。 20.如申請專利範圍第19項所述之顯示器單元,更包 括一光學補償膜。 1Π 1338798 曰修正替換百 七、指定代表圖: (一) 本案之指定代表圖為:第(13(c))圖。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 1320 :顯示器 CD丄1、CD丄2、CD丄3、CD丄4、CD_2_1、 CD_2_2、CD—2 3、CD_2—4、CD—3 J、CD 3—2、CD_3_3、 CD_3_4 :顏色質點 DCA_1、DCA_2、DCA_3 :元件裝置區域 SE_1、SE 2、SE 3、SE 4 :開關元件 八、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式: 益"99. 9. 24 years of the month is replacing the page Xin 10, the scope of the patent application: 1 · A display unit, comprising: __ f pixels, having a plurality of first halogen color points; and a second element, Having a plurality of second halogen color dots; wherein, the first pixel is interlaced with the second pixel; the halogen has and the second: the first element has a _ first pole, and The second: the second polarity, the first element belongs to a first----the sulphur belongs to a second column. J ^ Jin Ruzhong, please refer to the display unit described in the patent scope f丨, where one or two j-th color--a second color dot--the first: the two color points and the second The fourth color point of the alizarin surrounds the first color point of the m-pixel. The first application of the second aspect of the display unit, wherein the - painting 2 - color point, - the first element of the second color point, - the second book of the first face, and - the first element The four-color dot surrounds the color of the Sijing brother. _第== patent range! The display unit of the item ^^, wherein the all-triosin has a plurality of third halogen color dots, and the X-dioxin is interlaced with the second halogen. The display unit according to item 4, wherein the Beijing is affiliated with a third column. 6=Please refer to the paradigm of the fifth paragraph of the patent (4), and the first line of the first line. And having (4) polarity, and the second column is 7, as described in claim 4, wherein the 115:- halogen is horizontally aligned with the third element, and the third element is moved. - The height of the alizarin. The display unit is vertically oriented to the second halogen water, wherein the first element as described in item 4 of the patent application belongs to a first line of the center, and the second line is 70, wherein the two The line is oriented, and the third pixel belongs to - the first one; the picture is subordinate to the -11. As described in the first item of the patent application. . The row direction and the third row direction have a first polarity and a second polarity. The second line is directed to the display unit described in item 4 of the L-L2 patent, the basin is vertically aligned with the third element, and the pixel-width of the first-pixel is shifted. ° Haidi - pixel level deviation 13. As described in the scope of claim 12, the second element level shifts the first pixel. "Early 7L' where ...14. As in the 12th item of the patent application, the second pixel is vertically offset from the first element. . Sheep 70' wherein 15. In the scope of the patent application, the first element is aligned with the second one in the - direction - the second 蚩 - ', ^ 弟 素 16 If the patent application scope is the second color color dot width. Ding Yuejin ~ dry lij item 1 said the county includes a first pixel component device = two = the pixel further includes a second pixel component device area column direction. 4 First 116 1338798 ▲ /7. If the patent application scope is the first to go to the 16th item; the Zhuangban 广丄- 〇—凡' where the Du Zhuang i element device area is aligned to the horizontal alignment of the second The Jinxin opening device area is listed. A constant 7L 18, such as the display unit described in the scope of the patent application, - optical compensation. Including. 19. The display unit of claim 1, further comprising a circularly polarizing plate. 20. The display unit of claim 19, further comprising an optical compensation film. 1Π 1338798 曰Revision and replacement VII. Designation of representative drawings: (1) The designated representative figure of this case is: (13(c)). (2) A brief description of the component symbols of this representative figure: 1320: Display CD丄1, CD丄2, CD丄3, CD丄4, CD_2_1, CD_2_2, CD—2 3, CD_2—4, CD—3 J, CD 3-2, CD_3_3, CD_3_4: color point DCA_1, DCA_2, DCA_3: component device area SE_1, SE 2, SE 3, SE 4 : switching element 8. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: beneficial
TW96138112A 2007-05-21 2007-10-12 Display unit with interleaved pixels TWI338798B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/751,539 US7999900B2 (en) 2005-09-15 2007-05-21 Display unit with interleaved pixels

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200846751A TW200846751A (en) 2008-12-01
TWI338798B true TWI338798B (en) 2011-03-11

Family

ID=44839749

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW96138112A TWI338798B (en) 2007-05-21 2007-10-12 Display unit with interleaved pixels

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI338798B (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200846751A (en) 2008-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI374307B (en) Pixels using associated dot polarity for multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display
JP4638862B2 (en) Liquid crystal display device and driving method thereof
TWI386882B (en) Liquid crystal display panel, method for driving the same, and liquid crystal display apparatus using the same
CN1799080B (en) Liquid crystal display backplane layouts and addressing for non-standard subpixel arrangements
TWI431606B (en) 3d display and driving method thereof
US8144274B2 (en) Cell type parallax-barrier and stereoscopic image display apparatus using the same
TWI460518B (en) Array substrate and pixel unit of display panel
US20130229449A1 (en) Three-dimensional display device
US8259245B2 (en) Liquid crystal display and photomask for manufacturing the same
JPH0296118A (en) Liquid crystal display device
TWI338797B (en) Large-pixel multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal using fringe fields
JPH022585A (en) Pixel array having zig-zag three primary color
CN102193244A (en) Display device and electronic apparatus
CN103345087A (en) Two-dimensional and three-dimensional switchable liquid crystal display device and display method thereof
CN103278958A (en) Liquid crystal grating and display system with same
CN111025791B (en) Display panel and display device
CN109416489A (en) Liquid crystal array substrate, liquid crystal display panel and liquid crystal display device
US7999900B2 (en) Display unit with interleaved pixels
US7956958B2 (en) Large-pixel multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal display using fringe fields
US8605239B2 (en) Display unit with interleaved pixels
US9007363B2 (en) Display apparatus and method of displaying three dimensional image
TWI406038B (en) Pixels having polarity extension regions for multi-domain vertical alignment liquid crystal displays
TWI338798B (en) Display unit with interleaved pixels
CN109416481A (en) Counter substrate, display panel and display equipment
JP7021407B2 (en) Display device and its driving method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees